FORM 6-K
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 6-K
REPORT OF FOREIGN ISSUER
PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-16 OR 15d-16 OF
THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
Date: For the period ending 7 October 2005
TELSTRA CORPORATION LIMITED
ACN 051 775 556
242 Exhibition Street
Melbourne Victoria 3000
Australia
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant files or will file annual reports under
cover of Form 20-F or Form 40-F.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant by furnishing the information contained in this
Form is also thereby furnishing the information to the Commission pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b)
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
If Yes is marked, indicate below the file number assigned to the registrant in
connection with Rule 12g3-2(b):
|
|
|
13 September 2005
|
|
Office of the Company Secretary |
|
|
|
The Manager |
|
|
|
|
Level 41 |
|
|
242 Exhibition Street |
Company Announcements Office
|
|
MELBOURNE VIC 3000 |
Australian Stock Exchange
|
|
AUSTRALIA |
4th Floor, 20 Bridge Street |
|
|
SYDNEY NSW 2000
|
|
Telephone 03 9634 6400 |
|
|
Facsimile 03 9632 3215 |
|
|
|
ELECTRONIC LODGEMENT |
|
|
Dear Sir or Madam
Telstra Corporation Limited Response to Senator Stephen Conroys statement
Senator Stephen Conroy has stated in Parliament today that he has written to the ASX and ASIC
asking that they investigate media reports of a Telstra document concerning proposed cost
reductions and job cuts. Telstra is concerned that the ASX and ASIC disclosure and
investigation processes are being used for political ends.
Telstra has previously announced to the ASX that it is undertaking a company wide strategic
review. Telstra has also announced to the ASX that it has introduced a number of immediate
measures to address the deterioration in the companys earnings outlook and that it will
introduce further measures to drive earnings growth and reduce costs as the CEO completes his
strategic review of the companys operations. Telstra has not taken any decision to cut 10,000
jobs as stated by Senator Conroy or 14,000 jobs as reported in the media.
Senator Conroy has referred to a 104 page document. Telstra is not aware of the specific
document referred to. Telstras total operating expenses in 2004/05 were $11.9 billion as
reported to the ASX on 11 August 2005. Senator Conroys reference to cuts of around $12 billion
would appear to be a mistaken reference to this number. There are no documents of which Telstra
is aware recommending job cuts of the magnitude referred to by Senator Conroy. There is also no
document of which Telstra is aware that recommends Telstra cuts its range of services by 80%.
The strategic review is expected to be completed and outcomes announced to the market in
the latter part of October.
Yours sincerely
Douglas Gration
Company Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
Telstra Corporation Limited |
|
|
ACN 051 775 556 |
|
|
ABN 33 051 775 556 |
Morgan Stanley
Regulatory Conference |
Tony Warren
General Manager
Regulatory Affairs |
Regulation requires Telstra to sell access to the declared network below cost. |
The burden of social obligation is not shared easily. |
The regulation compliance burden is growing. |
Regulation is expanding into new markets. |
Morgan Stanley Telecom Regulation for Investors
Conference
20 September 2005
Tony Warren
Introduction
Thank you for giving me the chance to speak here today. Telstra has made very clear in
recent months that public debate around regulation is to be welcomed and like our
competitors here today we do not shy away from it.
The Australian telecommunications industry is evolving rapidly. With the debate on the
legislation needed to support T3 now behind us, hopefully a rational and less highly charged
discussion of the need for updating of the regulatory framework to address this industry
evolution can proceed.
While issues of regulation should be unrelated to the deliberations on T3, they have
inevitably been swept up in the overall debate. Both Telstra and the Government have said many
times that the sale process and the regulatory settings going forward are separate matters.
The Governments role as both owner and regulator we would agree has created confusion and
conflict. This has in some cases lead to no proper resolution of regulatory issues which in a
normal privatisation process would have been dealt with years ago.
1
It has been well documented that Telstra has major concerns with some of the existing and
proposed regulation of the industry this is not new. Telstra has raised these issues
frequently in the past, perhaps in a more muted way, but weve raised them all the same.
They are issues that have the potential, if not managed properly, to severely and detrimentally
impact the levels of investment and consequently the quality of telecommunications services in
this country.
In saying this Telstra acknowledges that not all regulation is bad. We, like most companies
acknowledge the legitimate right of Governments to make decisions about public policy settings
in the best interests of society as a whole.
Clearly, for example, there is a legitimate expectation that regulation will ensure that
telecommunications services will be provided to people who live outside the profitable
metropolitan areas of the country as well.
So before anyone again jumps to the conclusion that this is Telstra trying to walk away from
its obligations to regional Australia, I want to make one thing clear: Telstra is completely
committed to serving its customers no matter where they are. In fact, in the debate so far, we
believe we are the only ones acting with the interests of regional Australians in mind. It is
because we are committed to serving rural and regional areas that we are bringing these issues
to the attention of the Australian public.
2
But the debate must be had. We cannot stick our heads in the sand and ignore the fact
that current and proposed policies are severely impacting on this countrys ability to
provide improved telecommunications services to all.
These are complex issues taken on their own but are also so intertwined that changes in one
area have the potential to seriously impact another.
There are important questions to be considered about how to get the settings right so that
investment and innovation is encouraged and the best possible services are provided to
consumers.
So I want to spend my time today away from the 10 second media grab and the corridors of
Canberra addressing some of our main concerns and how they impact on customers, shareholders
and levels of investment.
These concerns are:
|
1. |
|
Regulation requires Telstra to sell access to the declared Telstra network to
our competitors at below cost. |
|
|
2. |
|
The burden of the social obligations is not shared fairly amongst carriers. |
|
|
3. |
|
The regulatory compliance burden is growing; and |
|
|
4. |
|
Regulation is expanding into new markets |
3
Regulation requires Telstra to sell access to the declared Telstra network at below
cost
Its always seemed ironic to me that if Telstra were to price a product at below cost in the
retail market we would be accused by the ACCC of predatory pricing, and yet the Commission
routinely forces us to provide products at below cost at wholesale.
Under the telecom specific access regime in the Trade Practices Act the ACCC can set prices
for competitors to access Telstras network at levels that are below cost. The ACCC itself
implicitly acknowledges this.
For example, the ACCC has recognised that the price they required Telstra to sell local calls
to competitors (around 18c per call) is below its estimate of the cost of local calls. To
quote from a 2003 ACCC report on model terms and conditions:
use of Telstras [economic cost model], modified to include the Commissions
assumptions, to estimate the broad quantum of network costs associated with a local
call indicates that the TSLRIC (along with the Commissions estimated retail costs)
does exceed 20 cents for 2002-03.1
|
1 ACCC, Final Model Terms and Conditions Determination, October 2004, page 91. |
4
More recently, the Commission seems concerned that a wholesale local call price based on a
retail minus construct is above cost something Telstra disputes and hence is looking at
shifting to a cost-based methodology. In April this year the Commission stated:
it is possible that the costs of providing a local call ... have now fallen below retail
prices. Even if this is not the case, it is likely that it will occur within the next
regulatory period. It may therefore be possible to price local call wholesale services
using either [retail minus retail costs] or cost based pricing2
This sounds suspiciously like a case of heads they win, tails we lose
The biggest issue on the table at the moment, however, is ULL pricing. The ACCC wants to force
Telstra to provide access to ULL services at a 40%-45% discount on the prices determined by the
ACCC itself just 10 months ago.
All this does is reduce the incentive for Telstra and other carriers to invest in
infrastructure, innovate and rollout new services.
Getting the regulatory settings right, so that they encourage rather than dampen investment,
is absolutely crucial to the whole industry.
|
|
|
2 |
|
ACCC, LCS Discussion Paper, April 2005, page 46. |
5
This was highlighted in the recent report by the Prime Ministers Exports and
Infrastructure Taskforce, which said,
If our problem in earlier years was at times profligate investment by government
owned monopolies, the risk today is that efficient, commercial investment will be
delayed or even deterred by inappropriate policy settings.
In other industries these concerns are being addressed. The question has to be asked why
investors in telecommunications are not receiving the same legislative protections as
investors in other regulated industries where the Government has just agreed to enact
legislative pricing principles that tell regulators that regulated access prices should:
(i) be set so as to generate expected revenue for a regulated service or
services that is at least sufficient to meet the efficient costs of providing
access to the regulated service or services; and
(ii) include a return on investment commensurate with the regulatory and
commercial risks involved.
The burden of the social obligations is not shared fairly amongst carriers
I said before that many of the regulatory levers available to be tweaked are intertwined
pulling one can have a big impact on
6
another. There is no better example than the potential impact that ULL pricing has on the USO
model.
Lets look at the two main pressure points on the USO at the moment.
|
|
At a time when most people agree that more money is needed to be invested in the
non-commercial areas of Australia to improve services, competitor contributions to the USO
are being reduced by almost 30% over the next three years. This increases the unrecognised
component of the USO which increasingly falls on Telstras shoulders. |
|
|
|
As stated earlier, the ACCC is proposing to set ULL prices that are well below
cost, but perhaps even more importantly they have set ULL prices on a geographic basis
with price in rural areas twenty times greater than prices in the city. |
This has three potential impacts:
|
|
It reduces the likelihood of facilities based competition in rural areas; |
|
|
|
By allowing competitors to cherry pick the low cost city customers it reduces the
ability Telstra has historically had to cross subsidise service provision in the country
from profits made in the city. |
|
|
|
Overall it reduces the ability of Telstra to invest in the network as it cannot
receive a fair return on the investment. |
7
The regulatory compliance burden is growing
Customer service is pivotal to everything we do. Telstra wants to be able to build new
networks and provide improved products and high quality service at competitive prices.
The laws that exist today, and that are proposed for tomorrow, create barriers that often
make it hard for us to do that.
We have often said we are one of the most regulated companies in Australia and that wed like
to see regulation rolled back. In the last fortnight Ive heard comments in the media that this
is absurd its just Telstra grandstanding to try and get out of regulation that applies to
all. This shows a lack of understanding about the regulatory regime under which we operate.
On top of broad business regulation and industry specific regulation, Telstra alone must
comply with the Universal Service Obligation, the Network Reliability Framework, Price
Controls, Accounting Separation, IPND management, Free Directory Assistance, Priority
Assistance and Triple-0.
Now this burden is being extended to include Operational Separation and the Local
Presence Plan.
8
At a time when the rest of the world is winding back regulation on the back of growing
competition, Australia is increasing the scope and reach of regulators and expanding the
power of political involvement in the regulatory process.
At a time when the company needs to be fleet of foot, to compete effectively on a local,
regional and national stage, this legislation forces us to become a super bureaucracy.
Even without taking into account the new regulation added by the sale Bills, the current
regulatory regime requires the work of more than 90 full-time Telstra staff and costs at
least $12 million annually.
The operational separation provisions in particular are complex, costly and uncertain and
anything that increases systemic costs decreases shareholder value.
Instead of focusing full-time on our customers as we want to do, well have to be preparing
plans, consulting on them, negotiating amendments, addressing committees, auditing our plans,
arguing about compliance with those plans and writing reports for filing in Canberra and
Melbourne.
The regulatory framework has allowed unchecked growth in the number of reports and
increasing granularity in reported detail.
9
This is a giant step backwards which will dull competition, weaken Telstra and further reduce
shareholder value due to the increased uncertainty of expanded regulation.
Regulation is expanding into new markets
I said earlier that not all regulation is bad. Indeed, the regulatory settings that were
introduced at deregulation may well have been justified at the time helping to promote
competition and open up the market. Telstra was once a monopoly theres no argument on that.
But these are regulations that were designed for basic telephony in a monopoly environment. The
world had moved on since then.
Should these same regulations be extended to new technologies such as fibre networks or
mobile and wireless broadband when there is nothing stopping any company with the vision and
means rolling out their own networks? Telstra would argue no.
Yet more and more Telstra is seeing the ACCC involving itself in regulating new products where
there is not necessarily any market power and arguing that we should be required to wholesale
them below cost a good example is Business Grade DSL, which Telstra has invested millions of
dollars to develop and delivers high-grade broadband services to its business customers in
metropolitan and regional Australia.
The ACCC has attempted to pressure Telstra to sell BDSL to its wholesale competitors at prices
that are not economically viable for
10
Telstra, even though these companies could invest in their own infrastructure and/or use
alternative products (available from Telstra) to compete with BDSL.
There is also a case to argue that as these new technologies provide the same service or
solution as traditional telephony networks they effectively remove any monopoly bottleneck that
some say still remains. So if anything regulation should begin to be rolled back not
increased.
So why arent other providers utilising new technologies to provide telephony services we
would argue that its because the current regulatory settings do not create the right
environment. They, and Telstra, cannot be sure of a fair return on their investment.
Conclusion
Today I have outlined our major concerns with regulation all of them have an impact on
investment levels, customer service and shareholder value.
Of these issues the one that is currently top of mind is the ULL pricing debate.
11
Australia has a long and accepted history of using a range of social policy interventions to
ensure that all Australians can access a phone service, no matter where they choose to live, in
an equitable manner. As many people have been pointing out in recent months, this is enshrined
in legislation.
This responsibility falls on Telstras shoulders, as the primary universal provider. Contrary
to what some would have you believe, were not asking for our role as USO provider to be
removed or weakened we never have. We have the infrastructure in the ground and the scope and
scale that makes it sensible for us to play this role.
But what we currently see emerging is the threat of this long term social policy agenda being
at odds with the pursuit of competition policy. Something has to give.
We need open and rational debate between the Government, the regulators and all providers, so
that we come up with an updated framework that addresses all the issues before us and provides
improved services to customers, increased returns to shareholders, and cultivates the investment
needed to make this happen.
Thank you.
12
|
|
|
23 September 2005
|
|
Office of the Company Secretary |
|
|
|
The Manager |
|
|
|
|
Level 41 |
|
|
242 Exhibition Street |
Company Announcements Office
|
|
MELBOURNE VIC 3000 |
Australian Stock Exchange
|
|
AUSTRALIA |
4th Floor, 20 Bridge Street |
|
|
SYDNEY NSW 2000
|
|
Telephone 03 9634 6400 |
|
|
Facsimile 03 9632 3215 |
|
|
|
ELECTRONIC LODGEMENT |
|
|
Dear Sir or Madam
Timing of Strategic Review
Telstra has previously announced that it is undertaking a company wide strategic review, which
was originally expected to be completed in late October. The review is now expected to be
completed and outcomes announced to the market in mid-November.
Yours sincerely
Douglas Gration
Company Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
Telstra Corporation Limited
ACN 051 775 556 ABN
33 051 775 556 |
|
|
|
23 September 2005 |
|
|
|
|
Office of the Company Secretary |
|
|
|
The Manager |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Level 41 |
Company Announcements Office
|
|
242 Exhibition Street |
Australian Stock Exchange
|
|
MELBOURNE VIC 3000 |
4th Floor, 20 Bridge Street
|
|
AUSTRALIA |
SYDNEY NSW 2000
|
|
|
|
|
Telephone 03 9634 6400
Facsimile 03 9632 3215 |
|
|
|
ELECTRONIC LODGEMENT |
|
|
Dear Sir or Madam
Effect of legislative restrictions on Telstras ability to raise certain types of capital
Telstra wishes to advise the ASX of the effect of certain new restrictions placed on Telstra in
the Telstra Corporations Act 1991 (Telstra Act) by the Telstra (Transition to Full Private
Ownership) Act 2005 (which Telstra understands is due to receive Royal Assent today).
The new restrictions are contained in section 8AYA of the Telstra Act which ensures that,
while the Commonwealth has equity in Telstra of 15% or more, Telstra can not do anything to
dilute that equity without first giving 30 days notice to the Minister for Finance (or a
shorter period if allowed by the Minister), after which the Minister can direct Telstra not
to engage in that conduct.
Section 8AYA also requires that the Ministerial notice/direction process be followed before
Telstra issues a security or financial product. These terms are defined very broadly and
include a range of financial transactions, facilities, products and services in which Telstra
regularly engages.
To ensure that Telstras normal course of business operations are not affected the Minister for
Finance has issued a notice to Telstra enabling
Telstra to enter into various transactions (including any arrangements which will not in any
way result or be likely to result in a dilution of the Commonwealths equity in Telstra)
without having to give him further notice.
The notice from the Minister does not permit (without further notice being given by Telstra to
the Minister in accordance with section 8AYA) certain types of equity or convertible capital
raising by Telstra, or the raising of
subordinated or perpetual debt. Telstra does not presently have on issue either subordinated
debt or perpetual debt.
Yours sincerely
Douglas Gration
Company Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
Telstra Corporation Limited
ACN 051 775 556 ABN
33 051 775 556 |
|
|
|
26 September 2005
|
|
Office of the Company Secretary |
|
|
|
The Manager
|
|
Level 41 |
|
|
242 Exhibition Street |
Company Announcements Office
|
|
MELBOURNE VIC 3000 |
Australian Stock Exchange
|
|
AUSTRALIA |
4th Floor, 20 Bridge Street |
|
|
SYDNEY NSW 2000
|
|
Telephone 03 9634 6400 |
|
|
Facsimile 03 9632 3215 |
|
|
|
ELECTRONIC LODGEMENT |
|
|
Dear Sir or Madam
Employment contract of CEO
On 9 June 2005 Telstra entered into and released to the market an employment contract
appointing Sol Trujillo as Chief Executive Officer with effect from 1 July 2005. It has been
drawn to Telstras attention that clause 8.8 of the contract, relating to termination of the
contract in the most unlikely event of a takeover of Telstra, is inconsistent with ASX Listing
Rule 10.18. The inconsistency was inadvertent. Mr Trujillo has agreed to waive his rights under
clause 8.8 to ensure that Telstra is in compliance with the Listing Rules.
Yours sincerely
Douglas Gration
Company Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
Telstra Corporation Limited
ACN 051 775 556 ABN
33 051 775 556 |
|
|
|
26 September 2005
|
|
Office of the Company Secretary |
|
|
|
The Manager
|
|
Level 41 |
|
|
242 Exhibition Street |
Company Announcements Office
|
|
MELBOURNE VIC 3000 |
Australian Stock Exchange
|
|
AUSTRALIA |
4th Floor, 20 Bridge Street |
|
|
SYDNEY NSW 2000
|
|
Telephone 03 9634 6400 |
|
|
Facsimile 03 9632 3215 |
ELECTRONIC LODGEMENT
Dear Sir or Madam
Annual Debt Issuance Program
For your information, here is a copy of Telstras Annual Debt Issuance Program Prospectus. The
Prospectus was lodged with the United Kingdom Listing Authority on 20 September 2005 and
approved for listing on 23 September 2005 .
Yours sincerely
Douglas Gration
Company Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
Telstra Corporation Limited |
|
|
ACN 051 775 556 |
|
|
ABN 33 051 775 556 |
Prospectus
Telstra
Corporation Limited
(ABN 33 051 775 556)
(incorporated with limited liability in the Commonwealth of Australia)
Debt Issuance Program
Telstra Corporation Limited (Issuer) may offer from time to time medium term notes and
other debt instruments (together the Notes) under the Debt Issuance Program (Program) described
in this Prospectus. Subject to applicable laws, regulations and directives, the Issuer may issue
Notes under the Program in any country including Australia (but not the United States). There is no
limit on the amount of Notes that may be issued under the Program.
Application has been made to the Financial Services Authority in its capacity as competent
authority under Part VI of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (FSMA ) (UK
Listing Authority) for Notes issued under the Program during the period of 12 months from the date
of this Prospectus to be admitted to the official list maintained by the UK Listing Authority
(Official List) and to the London Stock Exchange plc (London Stock Exchange) and for such Notes
to be admitted to trading on the London Stock Exchanges Gilt Edged and Fixed Income Market
(Market) by the London Stock Exchange. The Market is a regulated market for the purposes of
Directive 93/22 EC (Investment Services Directive) and references in this Prospectus to the
Notes having been listed means that those Notes have been admitted to trading on the Market and
have been admitted to the Official List. Application may also be made for Notes issued under the
Program to be listed on any other stock exchange (including the Australian Stock Exchange Limited
and the New Zealand Stock Exchange Limited) on which Notes may be listed from time to time as
specified in the relevant Final Terms. However, unlisted Notes may also be issued under the
Program. The relevant Final Terms in respect of the issue of any Notes will specify whether or not
those Notes will be listed on a stock exchange and on which stock exchange, if any, the Notes are
to be listed.
Prospective investors should consider the risks outlined in this Prospectus under Risk Factors
before making any investment decision in relation to the Notes.
Arranger
JPMorgan
20 September 2005
CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
67 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
104 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
110 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
114 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
118 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
123 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
135 |
|
Important Notice
Prospectus
This Prospectus (excluding the documents described under the heading Documents incorporated by
reference for all other purposes below) is a base prospectus for the purposes of Directive
2003/71/EC (Prospectus Directive) and is provided for the purpose of giving information with
regard to the Issuer and its subsidiaries (taken as a whole) and the Notes for a period of 12
months from the date of this Prospectus.
Responsibility
This Prospectus has been prepared by and issued with the authority of the Issuer. The Issuer
accepts responsibility for all information contained in this Prospectus (as defined below). To the
best of the knowledge of the Issuer (which has taken all reasonable care to ensure that such is the
case) the information contained in this Prospectus is in accordance with the facts and does not
omit anything likely to affect the import of that information. References in this Prospectus to
the Prospectus are to this document and any supplements or replacement of it, any other documents
incorporated in it by reference (see Documents Incorporated by Reference below) and, in relation
to any Series of Notes, the relevant Final Terms for that Series and this Prospectus should be read
and construed accordingly.
The only role of the Arranger, the Fiscal Agent, the Australian Registrar and the New Zealand
Registrar (each as defined in the Summary of the Program) in the preparation of this Prospectus
has been to confirm to the Issuer that the information as to their identity described below and
their respective descriptions under the heading Summary of the Program are accurate as at the
date of this Prospectus. J.P. Morgan Securities Ltd. has given and not withdrawn its consent to be
named in this Prospectus as the Arranger. The Fiscal Agent, the Australian Registrar and the New
Zealand Registrar have given and not withdrawn their consent to be named in this Prospectus as the
Fiscal Agent, the Australian Registrar and the New Zealand Registrar respectively. Apart from
these matters, the Arranger and (when appointed) the Dealers (as defined in the Summary of the
Program) make no representation or warranty, express or implied as to and assume no responsibility
or liability for the authenticity, origin, validity, accuracy or completeness of, or any errors or
omissions in, any information, statement, opinion or forecast contained in this Prospectus. The
Arranger has not caused or authorised the issue of this Prospectus.
The Issuer having made all reasonable enquiries, confirms that the Prospectus contains all
information with respect to the Issuer and its subsidiaries (taken as a whole) and the Notes that
are material in the context of the issue and offering of the Notes, the statements contained in it
relating to the Issuer are in every material particular true and accurate and not misleading, the
opinions and intentions expressed in this Prospectus with regard to the Issuer are honestly held,
have been reached after considering all relevant circumstances and are based on reasonable
assumptions, there are no other facts in relation to the Issuer or its subsidiaries or the Notes
the omission of which would, in the context of the issue and offering of the Notes, make any
statement in this Prospectus misleading in any material respect and all reasonable enquiries have
been made by the Issuer to ascertain such facts and verify the accuracy of all such information and
statements.
No independent verification
The Arranger has not independently verified the information contained in this Prospectus. Neither
this Prospectus nor any other financial statement is intended to provide the basis of any credit or
other evaluation and should not be considered as a recommendation by the Issuer, the Arranger or
(when appointed) the Dealers that any recipient of this Prospectus or any other financial
statements should purchase any Notes nor does it constitute an offer or an invitation to subscribe
for Notes. Each potential purchaser of Notes should determine for itself the relevance of the
information contained in this Prospectus and its purchase of Notes should be based upon such
investigation as it considers necessary. Each potential investor should also have regard to the
factors described under the section headed Risk Factors below. The Arranger and (when appointed)
the Dealers do not undertake to review the financial condition or
affairs of the Issuer during the life of the Program nor to advise any investor or potential
investor in the Notes of any information coming to the attention of the Arranger or (when
appointed) the Dealers relating to the Issuer.
2
Currency of information
Neither the delivery of this Prospectus nor any sale of Notes made in connection with this
Prospectus at any time implies or should be relied upon as a representation or warranty that the
information contained in this Prospectus concerning the Issuer and its subsidiaries is correct at
any time subsequent to the date of the Prospectus or that any other information supplied in
connection with the Program is correct as of any time subsequent to the date indicated.
Without limiting this general statement, the Issuer has given an undertaking to the Arranger and
(when appointed) the Dealers to prepare a supplementary prospectus in certain circumstances as
detailed in the section headed Supplementary Prospectus below.
No authorisation
No person has been authorised to give any information or make any representations not contained in
this Prospectus in connection with the Issuer, its subsidiaries, the Program or the issue or sale
of the Notes and, if given or made, that information or representation must not be relied upon as
having been authorised by the Issuer or its subsidiaries or the Arranger or (when appointed) the
Dealers.
Distribution
The distribution of this Prospectus and any Final Terms and the offer or sale of Notes may be
restricted by law in certain jurisdictions. The Issuer, its subsidiaries, the Arranger and (when
appointed) the Dealers do not represent that this document may be lawfully distributed, or that any
Notes may be lawfully offered, in compliance with any applicable registration or other requirements
in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, or pursuant to an exemption
available in that jurisdiction, nor do they assume any responsibility for facilitating any such
distribution or offering. In particular, no action has been taken by the Issuer, its subsidiaries,
the Arranger and (when appointed) the Dealers (except as provided in the next sentence) which would
permit a public offering of any Notes or distribution of this Prospectus in any jurisdiction where
action for that purpose is required. Accordingly, no Notes may be offered or sold, directly or
indirectly, and neither this Prospectus nor any advertisement or other offering material may be
distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that comply with any
applicable laws and regulations. Persons into whose possession this Prospectus or any Notes come
must inform themselves about, and observe, all applicable restrictions. For a description of
certain restrictions on offers and sales of Notes and on distribution of this Prospectus see Sale
and Subscription below.
No registration
The Notes have not been and will not be registered under the Securities Act of 1933 of the United
States (as amended) (Securities Act) and include Notes in bearer form that are subject to U.S.
tax law requirements. Subject to certain exceptions, Notes may not be offered, sold, delivered or
transferred within the United States or to, or for the account of, U.S. persons (as defined in
Regulation S under the Securities Act).
No offer
This Prospectus does not, and is not intended to, constitute an offer or invitation by or on behalf
of the Issuer, its subsidiaries, the Arranger or (when appointed) the Dealers to any person to
subscribe for, purchase or otherwise deal in any Notes nor is it intended to be used for the
purpose of or in connection with offers or invitations to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise deal
in any Notes.
Supplementary Prospectus
The Issuer may agree with the Arranger and (when appointed) the Dealers that the Notes may be
issued in a form not contemplated by this Prospectus, in which event a supplementary prospectus, if
appropriate, will be made available describing the effect of the agreement reached in relation to
those Notes.
Stabilisation
In connection with the issue of any Tranche (as defined in Summary of the Program), any Dealer or
Dealers named as the Stabilising Manager(s) (or persons acting on behalf of the Stabilising
Manager(s)) in the Final Terms for that Tranche may, outside Australia and on a market operated
outside Australia, over-allot Notes
3
(provided, where the Notes are to be admitted to trading on the Market, the aggregate
principal amount of the Notes allotted does not exceed 105% of the aggregate amount of that
Tranche) or effect transactions with a view to supporting the market price of the Notes at a level
higher than that which might otherwise prevail. However, there is no assurance that the Stabilising
Manager(s) (or persons acting on behalf of the Stabilising Manager(s)) will undertake stabilisation
action. Any stabilisation action may begin on or after the date on which adequate public disclosure
of the terms of the offer of the relevant Tranche of Notes is made and, if begun, may be ended at
any time, but it must end no later than the earlier of 30 days after the issue date of the relevant
Tranche of Notes and 60 days after the date of the allotment of the relevant Tranche of Notes.
References to currencies
In this Prospectus references to U.S.$ and U.S. Dollars are to the lawful currency of the
United States of America, references to A$ and Australian Dollars are to the lawful currency of
the Commonwealth of Australia, references to N.Z.$ and New Zealand dollars are to the lawful
currency of New Zealand, references to £ and Sterling are to the lawful currency of the United
Kingdom and references to
and euro are to the single currency of those member states of the
European Union participating in the Third Stage of European Economic and Monetary Union from time
to time.
Legislation under which Issuer formed
Telstra is a company limited by shares, incorporated and operating under the Corporations Act 2001
of Australia.
4
Documents incorporated by reference
Documents incorporated by reference for Prospectus Directive purposes
This Prospectus should be read and construed in conjunction with the following documents which are
incorporated into this Prospectus by reference, each of which has been previously published (or is
published simultaneously with this Prospectus), and which has been approved by the Financial
Services Authority or filed with it:
(a) |
|
the most recently published audited accounts and consolidated accounts (each as defined in
the Corporations Act 2001 of Australia (Corporations Act)) for the financial year ended 30
June 2005. This financial information has not been prepared in accordance with the
international accounting standards adopted pursuant to the procedure of Article 3 of
Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 (EU IAS) and so there may be material differences in the
financial information had EU IAS been applied to such financial information. Investors should
have regard to the description of the differences between international accounting standards
as applied to the Issuers financial information and EU IAS below under the heading Financial
Information Differences Statement); and |
|
(b) |
|
the most recently published audited and consolidated accounts for the financial year ended 30
June 2004. This financial information has not been prepared in accordance with EU IAS and so
there may be material differences in the financial information had EU IAS been applied to such
financial information. Investors should have regard to the description of the differences
between international accounting standards as applied to the Issuers financial information
and EU IAS below under the heading Financial Information Differences Statement). |
Any document incorporated by reference into the documents described at (a) and (b) above does not
form part of this Prospectus.
Documents incorporated by reference for all other purposes
All announcements provided to the Australian Stock Exchange Limited under Telstras continuous
disclosure obligations required under the Corporations Act are incorporated by reference into this
Prospectus for all purposes not regulated by the Prospectus Directive. These documents can be
accessed at www.asx.com.au. The Issuer confirms that this information (unless expressly
incorporated above under the heading Documents incorporated by reference for Prospectus Directive
purposes) does not need to be included to satisfy the requirements of the UK Listing Authority and
does not form part of this Prospectus for the purposes of the Prospectus Directive.
Provision of documents incorporated by reference
Upon written request of a person, to whom a copy of this Prospectus has been delivered or made
available, the Issuer will provide a copy of any of the documents (or parts of documents) which are
incorporated in this Prospectus by reference free of charge. Written requests for printed copies of
those documents should be sent to the Issuer at its office set out below.
5
Financial Information Differences Statement
The Issuers financial statements until 30 June 2005 have been prepared under Australian
generally accepting accounting principles (AGAAP). As required by the Corporations Act 2001, any
future financial statements of the Issuer will be prepared under the Australian equivalent of the
International Accounting Standards Boards International Financial Reporting Standards (IASBs
IFRS) (A-IFRS). The differences between AGAAP and A-IFRS are set out in note 1.4 to Telstras
annual financial statements covering its financial year ended 30 June 2005. These financial
statements (including that note) are incorporated into this Prospectus by reference (see the
section headed Documents incorporated by reference above).
There would be no significant differences if Telstras financial statements were prepared under
IASBs IFRS as it is applied in the European Union rather than A-IFRS.
Supplementary Prospectus
In the event of any significant new factor or material mistake or inaccuracy relating to the
information included in this Prospectus which is capable of affecting the assessment of any Notes,
the Issuer will prepare a supplement to this Prospectus or publish a new prospectus in accordance
with the Prospectus Directive for use in connection with any subsequent issue of Notes.
6
Summary of the Program
This summary must be read as an introduction to this Prospectus and any decision to invest in
the Notes should be based on a consideration of the Prospectus as a whole. No civil liability
attaches to the Issuer in any Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the
Prospectus Directive (EEA State) solely on the basis of this summary, including any translation
thereof, unless it is misleading, inaccurate or inconsistent when read together with the other
parts of this Prospectus. Where a claim relating to the information contained in this Prospectus
is brought before a court in a Member State of the European Economic Area, the plaintiff may, under
the national legislation of the Member State where the claim is brought, be required to bear the
costs of translating the Prospectus before the legal proceedings are initiated.
Words and expressions defined in the Terms and Conditions of the Notes below or elsewhere in this
Prospectus have the same meanings in this summary.
|
|
|
Issuer:
|
|
Telstra Corporation Limited (ABN 33 051 775 556) (a corporation
constituted with limited liability under the laws of the Commonwealth of
Australia). |
|
|
|
Risk Factors:
|
|
There are certain factors that may affect the Issuers ability to fulfil its
obligations under the Notes issued under the Program. These are set
out under Risk Factors below. |
|
|
|
Description:
|
|
Debt Issuance Program allowing for the issuance of medium term notes
and other debt instruments in any jurisdiction except the United States
(subject to applicable legal and regulatory restrictions) as specified in the
relevant Final Terms. |
|
|
|
Program size:
|
|
There is no limit on the amount of Notes that may be issued under the
Program. |
|
|
|
Arranger:
|
|
J.P. Morgan Securities Ltd. |
|
|
|
Dealers:
|
|
There is currently no permanent Dealer panel under the Program. The
Issuer may from time to time appoint Dealers either in respect of a
particular Tranche or in respect of the Program. The Issuer may also
terminate the appointment of any Dealer under the Program by giving at
least 30 days notice. References in this Prospectus to Dealers are to
all persons that are appointed as dealers in respect of the Program
generally (and whose appointment has not been terminated) and to all
persons appointed as a dealer in respect of a Tranche. |
|
|
|
Fiscal Agent:
|
|
Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch |
|
|
|
Paying Agent (Europe):
|
|
Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A. |
|
|
|
Australian Registrar:
|
|
Austraclear Services Limited (ABN 28 003 284 419) |
|
|
|
New Zealand Registrar:
|
|
Computershare Investor Services Limited |
|
|
|
Method of issue:
|
|
The Notes may be issued on a syndicated or non-syndicated basis. The
Notes will be issued in series (each a Series) having one or more issue
dates and on terms otherwise identical (or identical other than in respect
of the first payment of interest), the Notes of each Series being intended
to be interchangeable with all other Notes of that Series. Each Series
may be issued in tranches (each a Tranche) on the same or different
issue dates. The specific terms of each Tranche (which will be
supplemented, where necessary, with supplemental terms and conditions
and, save in respect of the issue date, issue price, first payment of interest |
7
|
|
|
|
|
and principal amount of the Tranche, will be identical to the terms of
other Tranches of the same Series) will be set out in the Final Terms |
|
|
|
Issue price:
|
|
Notes may be issued at their principal amount or at a discount or premium
to their principal amount. Partly Paid Notes may be issued, the issue
price of which will be payable in two or more instalments. |
|
|
|
Form of Notes:
|
|
The form of particular Notes will be determined by the Issuer and
relevant Dealer(s) prior to their issue. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Notes may be issued in bearer form (Bearer Notes) governed by
the laws of England. Each Tranche of Bearer Notes will be represented
on issue by a temporary global note which may, in certain circumstances
be exchangeable into definitive notes or a permanent global note which,
in turn, may be exchangeable into definitive notes. Global Notes may be
deposited on the issue date with a common depository for Euroclear Bank
S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear System (Euroclear) and
Clearstream Banking, société anonyme (Clearstream, Luxembourg). |
|
|
|
|
|
Notes issued in the Australian
domestic markets (Australian Domestic Notes) and the New Zealand domestic market (New Zealand Domestic
Notes) will be issued in uncertificated registered form only and under
the laws of the Australian Capital Territory, Australia and New Zealand
respectively. On their issue date they will be lodged in the Australian
securities clearing and settlement system operated by Austraclear Limited
(Austraclear System) and the New Zealand securities clearing and
settlement system operated by the Reserve Bank of New Zealand
(Austraclear New Zealand System) respectively. |
|
|
|
Deed of Covenant:
|
|
Holders of Bearer Notes will have the benefit of a deed of covenant dated
23 September 2005 executed by the Issuer. |
|
|
|
Australian Note Deed Poll:
|
|
Holders of Australian Domestic Notes have the benefit of an Australian
Note Deed Poll dated 23 September 2005. |
|
|
|
New Zealand Note Deed Poll:
|
|
Holders of New Zealand Domestic Notes will have the benefit of a New
Zealand Note Deed Poll dated 23 September 2005. |
|
|
|
Status:
|
|
Notes will be issued on an unsubordinated basis only. The Notes are
direct, unsubordinated and (subject to the Negative Pledge provision)
unsecured obligations of the Issuer and rank equally among themselves
and at least equally with all other unsecured and unsubordinated
obligations of the Issuer, except for liabilities mandatorily preferred by
law. The Issuers obligations under the Notes are not guaranteed by the
Commonwealth of Australia. |
|
|
|
Ratings:
|
|
The Program is rated and Notes issued under the Program may be rated
by a recognised rating agency as specified in the Final Terms for that
Tranche. |
|
|
|
|
|
A rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or continue to hold
securities. A rating may also be suspended, withdrawn or change at any
time by the rating agency giving the rating, and this may affect the value
of the Notes. |
|
|
|
Currencies:
|
|
Subject to any applicable legal or regulatory requirements, Notes may be
issued in any currency or currencies, including, without limitation,
Australian dollars, Canadian dollars, euro, Hong Kong dollars, Japanese
yen, New Zealand dollars, Singapore dollars, Sterling, United States
dollars or any other freely transferable and freely convertible currency.
Payments in respect of Notes may be made in, or limited to, any currency |
8
|
|
|
|
|
or currencies other than the currency in which the Notes are denominated,
all as set out in the applicable Final Terms. Issues of Notes denominated
in sterling must comply with applicable laws and regulations. See
General Information below. |
|
|
|
Negative pledge:
|
|
The Notes will contain a negative pledge provision as described in
Condition 6. |
|
|
|
Cross default:
|
|
The Notes will contain a cross default provision as described in
Condition 2.1(c). |
|
|
|
Maturities:
|
|
Such maturities as may be agreed between the Issuer and the relevant
Dealer(s) as indicated in the applicable Final Terms, subject to such
minimum and maximum maturities as may be allowed or required from
time to time by relevant laws, regulations and directives.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Where Notes have a maturity of less than one year and either (a) the issue
proceeds are received by the Issuer in the United Kingdom or (b) the
activity of issuing the Notes is carried on from an establishment
maintained by the Issuer in the United Kingdom, such Notes must: (i)
have a minimum redemption value of £100,000 (or its equivalent in other
currencies) and be issued only to persons whose ordinary activities
involve them in acquiring, holding, managing or disposing of investments
(as principal or agent) for the purposes of their businesses or who it is
reasonable to expect will acquire, hold, manage or dispose of investments
(as principal or agent) for the purposes of their businesses; or (ii) be
issued in other circumstances which do not constitute a contravention of
section 19 of the FSMA by the Issuer. |
|
|
|
Denomination:
|
|
Notes may be denominated in the amounts agreed by the Issuer and the
relevant Dealer in compliance with all relevant laws and specified in the
relevant Final Terms, provided that the minimum denomination for Notes
admitted to trading on an exchange in the European Economic Area
(EEA) or offered to the public in an EEA State in circumstances which
require the publication of a prospectus under the Prospectus Directive will
be 50,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies). The equivalent
denomination for Notes denominated in an EEA currently other than euro
must be calculated in accordance with the requirements (if any) in the
relevant EEA State.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interests in Global Notes will be transferable in multiples of
50,000 (or
its equivalent in other currencies) unless otherwise specified in the Final
Terms. |
|
|
|
Fixed Rate Notes:
|
|
Fixed interest will be payable in arrear on the date or dates in each year
specified in the relevant Final Terms. |
|
|
|
Floating Rate Notes:
|
|
Floating Rate Notes will bear
interest determined separately for each Series as follows: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(i)
|
|
on the same basis as the floating rate under a notional interest rate
swap transaction in the relevant Specified Currency governed by
an ISDA Master Agreement incorporating the 2000 ISDA
Definitions, as published by the International Swaps and
Derivatives Association, Inc. and as amended and updated as at
the issue date of the first Tranche of Notes of the relevant Series;
or |
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(ii)
|
|
by reference to LIBOR, LIBID, LIMEAN, EURIBOR or BBSW
(or such other benchmark as may be specified in the relevant Final
Terms) as adjusted for any applicable margin. |
|
|
|
|
|
Interest periods will be specified in the relevant Final Terms. The margin
(if any) relating to a floating rate will be agreed between the Issuer and
the relevant Dealer(s) for each Series of Floating Rate Notes. |
|
|
|
Zero Coupon Notes:
|
|
Zero Coupon Notes may be issued at their principal amount or at a
discount to it and will not bear interest. |
|
|
|
Dual Currency Notes:
|
|
Payments (whether in respect of principal or interest and whether at
maturity or otherwise) in respect of Dual Currency Notes will be made in
the currencies, and based on the rates of exchange specified in the
relevant Final Terms. |
|
|
|
Index Linked Notes:
|
|
Payments of principal in respect of Index Linked Redemption Notes or of
interest in respect of Index Linked Interest Notes will be calculated by
reference to the index and/or formula specified in the relevant Final
Terms. |
|
|
|
Interest Periods and |
|
|
Interest Rates:
|
|
The length of the interest periods for the Notes and the applicable interest
rate or its method of calculation may differ from time to time or be
constant for any Series. Notes may have a maximum interest rate, a
minimum interest rate, or both. The use of interest accrual periods
permits the Notes to bear interest at different rates in the same interest
period. All such information will be set out in the relevant Final Terms. |
|
|
|
Redemption:
|
|
The relevant Final Terms will specify the basis for calculating the
redemption amounts payable. |
|
|
|
Redemption by instalments:
|
|
The Final Terms issued in respect of each issue of Notes that are
redeemable in two or more instalments will set out the dates on which,
and the amounts in which, such Notes may be redeemed. |
|
|
|
Optional redemption:
|
|
The Final Terms issued in respect of each issue of Notes will state
whether such Notes may be redeemed prior to their stated maturity at the
option of the Issuer (either in whole or in part) and/or the holders, and if
so the terms applicable to such redemption. |
|
|
|
Tax redemption:
|
|
Except as provided in Optional redemption above, Notes will be
redeemable at the option of the Issuer prior to maturity only for tax
reasons. See Condition 15.2 (Early redemption for taxation reasons). |
|
|
|
Withholding tax:
|
|
All payments in respect of the Notes will be made free and clear of
withholding taxes imposed in the Commonwealth of Australia, unless
required by law. In that event, the Issuer will (subject to certain
exceptions) pay such additional amounts as will result in the holders of
Notes receiving such amount as they would have otherwise received had
no withholding or deduction been required. See Condition 20
(Taxation). |
|
|
|
|
|
All payments in respect of New Zealand Domestic Notes will be made in
full free and clear of withholding taxes imposed in New Zealand unless
required by law. |
|
|
|
Record Date:
|
|
In the case of Australian Domestic Notes and New Zealand Domestic
Notes, the date for determining the person to whom a payment of interest
shall be made is the close of business on: |
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
in the case of Australian Domestic Notes, the eighth calendar
day before the due date for payment; and |
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
in the case of New Zealand Domestic Notes, the tenth calendar
day before the due date for payment. |
|
|
|
Governing law:
|
|
The Euro Notes and the Deed of Covenant will be governed by the laws
of England. Australian Domestic Notes and the Australian Note Deed
Poll will be governed by the laws of the Australian Capital Territory,
Australia. The New Zealand Domestic Notes and the New Zealand Note
Deed Poll will be governed by the laws of New Zealand. |
|
|
|
Listing and admission to trading:
|
|
The Issuer has made an application for Notes issued under the Program to
be admitted on the Official List and to be admitted to trading on the
Market. The Issuer may also make an application to list Notes issued
under the Program on any other stock exchange, including the Australian
Stock Exchange. As specified in the relevant Final Terms, a Series of
Notes may be unlisted. |
|
|
|
Selling restrictions:
|
|
Each Dealer agrees to comply with all relevant laws, regulations and
directives in each jurisdiction it purchases, offers, sells, distributes or
delivers Notes. See the section headed Sale and Subscription below for
specific selling restrictions for the United States, United Kingdom, Japan,
Switzerland, New Zealand, Singapore, The Netherlands and the
Commonwealth of Australia. |
|
|
|
Use of proceeds:
|
|
The net proceeds of each issue of Notes under the Program will be used
by the Issuer for its general corporate purposes. |
11
Risk Factors
Potential investors should consider the risks set out in this section entitled Risk
Factors together with the other information contained in this Prospectus. Each investor should
also conduct its own research and consider its investment position prior to purchasing any Notes.
This section contains a description of what the Issuer considers to be the principal risk factors
that are material to the Notes. They are not the only risks which the Issuer faces, they are only
those which the Issuer considers to be material. It is possible that the Issuer is not aware of
something that may present a risk or that a risk that it does not consider material is or becomes
material. The Issuer accepts no liability for any loss suffered in relation to a risk not contained
in this section.
These risk factors may not occur and the Issuer is not in a position to express any view on the
likelihood of any one of these risks materialising. However, if any of these risks (or any other
event not described below) were to occur, it is possible it could result in an investor losing the
value of its entire investment or part or it.
References to we and us are references to the Issuer. Other terms used in this Risk
Factors section are defined in this Prospectus.
Risk factors associated with the Issuer and the Groups business
Strategic review requested by the Board
Telstra is a fully integrated telecommunications company with complex business processes and
systems, which have been developed on the premise of certain strategic objectives and agendas.
On 1 July 2005 Solomon Trujillo commenced as our new CEO, replacing Ziggy Switkowski who had been
CEO for six years. Our new CEO is currently conducting a strategic review of our operations and
strategies under the Boards instructions. There is a risk that as a result of this strategic
review we may implement changes to our previous strategies requiring significant investment in new
technology and systems and the development of new products and services, which may affect our
financial position.
The further privatisation of Telstra may impact our operations
The Government has passed legislation to enable the further sale of its remaining interest in us.
In March 2005, the Government appointed external business advisers to undertake a scoping study to
assess the possibility of a sale and to make recommendations to the Government. The objective of
the scoping study was to produce a comprehensive report addressing commercial, policy, regulatory,
financial, industry, project management and other issues relevant to divesting the Commonwealths
remaining interest in us. The scoping study was completed in June 2005 and advised that the
preferred timing for any sale of the Commonwealths remaining interest in us is late 2006. The
Government has stated that it will make a further decision in early 2006 about proceeding with a
sale. This decision will include an assessment of whether the level of demand for the shares would
allow a partial or full sale of the Commonwealths remaining interest in us. Until this decision is
made by the Government and announced, it is unclear how this may affect our capital structure,
operations, organisational structure and corporate compliance obligations. Any sale by the
Commonwealth of its remaining interest in us may involve substantial use of management time and
resources, as well as expenditure on external advisers.
We are subject to extensive regulation that may negatively affect our business and profitability by
constraining our ability to pursue certain business opportunities and activities affecting the
returns we can generate on our assets.
We operate in a heavily regulated environment. Australia has generally applicable and established
competition law. There is further telecommunications-specific legislation that regulates matters
such as carrier and CSP obligations, industry specific competition regulation and those of our
services to which competitors can have access (and the terms and conditions under which we provide
this access). We are also subject to regulations that are specific to us and not applicable to our
competitors. For example, under the Telstra Corporation Act
12
1991 (Cwlth) (Telstra Act), the Communications Minister may direct us to act in particular ways
that benefit the public interest even though those actions may not be in our best commercial
interests.
The Commonwealth Government has stated that it is considering selling its remaining interest in us.
The Government has passed sale legislation as part of a package of legislation which will give
effect to a number of regulatory reforms including the introduction of operational separation that
will apply to our internal structure. The purpose of operational separation is to promote
equivalence in relation to the supply by us of certain services to our wholesale customers and to
our retail business, adjusted for efficienceies that arise from our volume usage and vertical
integration. However the legislation gives the Minister significant powers to direct the structure
of our network, wholesale and retail business units and the manner in which we treat our wholesale
and retail businesses on an equivalent basis. These powers go far beyond what is necessary for
achievement of the aims of operational separation.
Given the current regulatory regime and the additional operational separation laws there is a
risk that we could be exposed to significant limitations in our future activities. These regulatory
risks could have an adverse effect on our ability to pursue certain business opportunities and
activities and the returns we can generate on our assets. The impact of industry regulation on us
was one of the factors leading to issuing an earnings guidance on 5 September 2005, as described in
more detail below under We have issued an earnings guidance.
We have issued an earnings guidance
We expect earnings before interest and tax in fiscal year ending 30 June 2006 to decline by 7 to 10
per cent compared to fiscal year ending 30 June 2005 as a result of accelerating declines in PSTN
revenues and softening growth in the mobiles market due to aggressive pricing. On 5 September 2005,
we issued an earnings guidance to the market. The accelerating PSTN decline reflects the impact of
regulation on revenue and industry-wide downward pressures.
We are subject to new financial reporting obligations
The Australian Accounting Standards Board (AASB) has adopted International Financial Reporting
Standards (IFRS) for application to reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2005. The
AASB has issued Australian equivalents to IFRS (A-IFRS), which will be reflected in the financial
statements for the first time for the half-year ending 31 December 2005 and the year ending 30 June
2006.
Under A-IFRS, we expect our net profit after tax to be more volatile compared with our existing
Australian reporting requirements. However, we expect that the adoption of A-IFRS will not affect
our net cash flow, our ability to borrow funds or our capacity to pay dividends to our
shareholders.
Competition in the Australian telecommunications market could cause us to continue to lose market
share and reduce our prices and profits from current products and services
The Australian telecommunications market has become increasingly competitive since the Commonwealth
Government introduced open competition on 1 July 1997. Although the overall market has experienced
growth to date, we have lost substantial market share in some key markets. In response to increased
competition, we have lowered the prices of our products and services, particularly the prices for
our local calls, national long distance calls and international telephone services and calls to and
from mobile services. We expect that these trends will continue due to competitive activity,
regulation requiring reductions in call prices and regulatory facilitation of access to our
networks, products and services.
We expect competitors to continue to engage in vigorous price competition. We also expect that our
competitors will continue to market aggressively to those of our customers who purchase large
volumes of telecommunications services from us. The continued loss of market share could have an
adverse effect on our financial results in the market or markets in which this type of competition
occurs.
If growth in mobiles and some of our other products continues to slow, our revenues may not
increase as rapidly as in the past and may even decrease, which in turn could adversely affect our
profitability
In recent years, our revenues have increased in a large part because of rapid usage growth in new
services such as mobile communications, data, Internet products as well as advertising and
directories services, whilst revenue for PSTN services declined. Indications are that some of these
product markets are not likely to continue expanding at the same rates as in recent years and may
decline. If these markets do not continue to expand, then
13
in the absence of new products and services our revenue growth may continue to slow just as some
revenue growth declined in the second half of the fiscal year ended 30 June 2005, which in turn
could affect our consolidated financial position and results of operations. Accelerating declines
in PSTN revenue and softening growth in the mobiles market lead to us issuing an earnings guidance
on 5 September 2005, as described in more detail above under We have issued an earnings guidance.
Rapid technological changes and the convergence of traditional telecommunications markets with
data, Internet and media markets expose us to significant operational, competitive and
technological risks
Rapid changes in telecommunications and IT are continuing to redefine the markets in which we
operate, the products and services required by our customers and the ability of companies to
compete in the telecommunications industry in Australia and elsewhere in the world. These changes
are likely to broaden the range, reduce the costs and expand the capacities and functions of
infrastructure capable of delivering these products and services.
As traditional telecommunications, data, Internet and media markets converge, it is possible that
further new competitors may enter the markets in which we have traditionally competed and we may
confront established competitors in new markets we seek to enter. This could result in reduced
market share, revenue and profitability in our traditional markets and could adversely affect our
ability to win market share and operate profitably in these new markets.
To address the converging telecommunications, data, Internet and media markets, we may be required
to devote considerable resources to enhancing our ability to deliver services required by these
markets. There is a risk that competitors may leverage both their own and our infrastructure or
deploy or develop technologies or infrastructure that provides them with a lower cost base or other
operating advantages that may drive down market prices. This could give these competitors an
advantage if we are unable promptly and efficiently to provide equivalent services. We have
invested substantial capital and other resources in the development and modernisation of our
networks and systems. However, we may be required to incur significant capital expenditures in
addition to those already planned in order to remain competitive. This will also require careful
management of the existing asset base, as well as careful consideration of the appropriate
decisions on technology investment. There is a risk that our ability to respond quickly to
technological change may be hampered by the complexity of integrating our existing systems with new
technologies.
Rapid changes in telecommunications and IT could also have an impact on the useful lives of our
communications assets. We assess the appropriateness of the service lives of our communications
assets on an annual basis. This assessment includes a determination of when the assets may be
superseded technologically. We use an end date lifing methodology where we believe that
technologies will be replaced by a certain date. If our assessments of useful lives prove to be
incorrect, we may incur either higher or lower depreciation charges in the future or, in certain
circumstances, be required to write down these assets.
Our ability to develop, build and maintain products to satisfy market demand may not be realised
In order to meet market demand, we constantly develop, build and maintain our products to satisfy
our customers needs. Due to the multiplicity of products in the market, there is a risk that we
may incorrectly predict future market demand for certain products which we develop and maintain.
There is a risk that the profitability of certain products may decline if customers choose
alternative products.
Innovations in technology may require us to transform our existing organisational structure, cost
structure, people skills, and infrastructure asset values
Our revenues, products and costs are changing as a result of lower technological barriers to entry,
margin pressures and increased regulatory scrutiny. The need to transform the company to new
operational models will become important for profitable growth. The company faces challenges in
transforming into an IP enabled environment and generating efficiencies and profitable growth.
There is a risk that this challenge may require the transformation of our organisational structure, cost structure, people skills and
ongoing asset values for existing infrastructure which could negatively affect our operating cost
structures.
Network and system failures and planning inaccuracies could result in reduced user traffic, reduced
revenue and harm to our reputation.
14
Our technical infrastructure is vulnerable to damage or interruption from floods, wind storms,
fires, power loss, telecommunication failures, cable cuts, intentional wrongdoing and similar
events. The networks and systems that make up our infrastructure require regular maintenance and
upgrade that may cause disruption. The occurrence of a natural disaster or other unanticipated
problems at our facilities or any other damage to or failure of our networks and/or systems could
result in consequential interruptions in service across our integrated infrastructure. Network
and/or system failures, hardware or software failures or computer viruses could also affect the
quality of our services and cause temporary service interruptions.
Periodically we also make assessments of our major customers capacity requirements especially when
we move them to new platforms to ensure that their capacity requirements will be satisfied. There
is a risk that our capacity planning may not accurately predict their actual requirements.
Our IT systems are complex and there is a risk that our ability to support strategic priorities in
customer service and growth products may be delayed by the complexity of changing our systems. Our
IT systems are also vulnerable to viruses, denial of service and other similar attacks which may
damage our systems and data and that of our customers. Any of these occurrences could result in
customer dissatisfaction and damages or compensation claims as well as reduced revenue.
Further technological innovations and cost pressures may cause us difficulty in retaining and
attracting skilled and experienced people
As technology evolves further we will need to attract, retain and up-skill our workforce to keep
abreast of technological innovations. The relevant skills may be in short supply worldwide until
the leading edge technology is fully established. There is a risk that an inability to compete in
the global labour market may hinder our ability to retain and attract skilled and experienced
people and hence to embrace new technology and retain our corporate knowledge.
Our ability to pursue our strategy with respect to some investments in which we share control or do
not own a controlling interest may be limited
Some of our domestic Australian and international activities are conducted through subsidiaries,
joint venture entities and other equity investments. Under the governing documents for some of
these entities, certain key matters such as the approval of business plans and decisions as to the
timing and amount of cash distributions require the agreement of our co-participants. Our
co-participants may have different approaches with respect to the investment and the markets in
which they operate and on occasions we may be unable to reach agreement with them.
In some cases, strategic or venture participants may choose not to continue their participation. In
addition, our arrangements with our co-participants may expose us to additional investment, capital
expenditure or financing requirements. There are also circumstances where we do not participate in
the control of, or do not own a controlling interest in, an investment and our co-participants may
have the right to make decisions on certain key business matters with which we do not agree.
All of these factors could negatively affect our ability to pursue our business strategies with
respect to the concerned entities and the markets in which they operate.
The value of our operations and investments may be adversely affected by political and
economic developments in Australia or other countries
Our business is dependent on general economic conditions in Australia, including levels of GDP,
interest rates and inflation. A significant deterioration in these conditions could adversely
affect our business and results of operations. We may also be adversely affected by developments in
other countries where we have made equity investments or entered into ventures such as Asia,
including Hong Kong and New Zealand. Important features of the political, economic, regulatory and
legal systems in these countries are different from those in Australia. Other countries in which we
have interests may additionally have less predictable
political, economic, regulatory and legal environments. As a result, our international operations
may be subject to numerous unique risks, including:
|
|
multiple and conflicting regulations regarding communications, use of data and
control of Internet access; |
|
|
|
changes in regulatory requirements, import and export restrictions and tariffs; |
15
|
|
changes in the relevant authorities interpretation of what conduct constitutes appropriate compliance with
regulatory requirements, and consequent changes in regulatory enforcement; |
|
|
|
market changes and competitors initiatives such as bundling of services and deep discounting; |
|
|
|
the burden of complying with the laws of a variety of jurisdictions; |
|
|
|
access to additional capital; |
|
|
|
fluctuations in currency exchange rates and interest rates; |
|
|
|
the introduction of new restrictions on repatriation of profits and permitted foreign ownership, or changes
to existing restrictions; |
|
|
|
changes in political and economic stability; |
|
|
|
potentially adverse tax consequences; and |
|
|
|
inadequate protection for intellectual property rights and enforcement of those rights in certain countries. |
These factors could materially and adversely affect our future revenues, operating results and
financial condition.
Fluctuations in currency exchange rates may adversely affect our revenues, operating results and
the translation value of our overseas investments
Because we purchase some materials and supplies with prices dependent on foreign currencies and
have substantial international investments denominated in foreign currencies, movements in the
value of the A$ against other currencies can adversely affect our performance including revenues,
operating results and balance sheet amounts. For the fiscal year ended 30 June 2005, approximately
7% of our revenues, 73% of our underlying borrowings and 8% of our total assets were denominated in
or dependant on currencies other than the A$ prior to hedging.
While the majority of our foreign currency exposures associated with our borrowings is fully hedged
to A$, we partially hedge exposures to purchases and translation risk associated with our core
business activities including investments, generally to around fifty percent of the value. We enter
into hedge transactions of these exposures principally to reduce the volatility of exchange rate
movements on our financial performance and results.
Foreign currency exposure associated with the purchase of materials and the supply of goods and
services is also generally hedged to around fifty per cent of the value, although in certain
circumstances, depending on the size and nature of the exposure, the level of hedging may vary.
Whilst we undertake risk management strategies to mitigate the adverse impact of foreign currency
exposures, there is a risk that currency movements could still negatively affect our operating
results or financial position.
Cautionary statement regarding forward-looking statements
Some of the information contained in this document may constitute forward-looking statements that
are subject to various risks and uncertainties. These statements can be identified by the use of
forward-looking terminology such as may, will, expect, anticipate, estimate, continue,
plan, intend, believe or other similar words. These statements discuss future expectations
concerning results of operations or of financial condition or provide other forward-looking
information. Our actual results, performance or achievements could be significantly different from
the results expressed in, or implied by, those forward-looking statements. Important factors that
could cause our actual results to differ materially from the forward-looking statements we make in
this document are set forth above under the caption Risk factors and elsewhere in this document.
Given these risks, uncertainties and other factors, you should not place an undue reliance on any
forward-looking statement, which speaks only as of the date made.
Factors which are material for the purpose of assessing the market risks associated with Notes
issued under the Program
Risk factors associated with the Notes
This prospectus does not constitute a recommendation to make an investment in Notes issued under
the Program (Notes Investment) nor is it a complete description of the risks or benefits of a Notes
Investment. As such, any person making a Notes Investment must familiarise itself with the
potential risks of a Note Investment. This analysis must be completed with requisite skill, advice
and in light of the investors needs. Importantly:
(a) |
|
it is the responsibility of the investor to ensue it is properly informed and has made an
appropriate assessment of whether it should make a Notes Investment; |
16
(b) |
|
a Tranche or Series of Notes issued under this Program may have different risks to earlier or
later Tranches or Series issued under the Program. The success or failure of any one Note
Investment is not indicative of the success or otherwise of any other Note Investment. For
example, certain Notes may be linked to variable factors outside the Issuers or investors
control (such as Index Linked Notes) or may contain more complicated or less favourable terms.
Risks associated with different types of Notes are discussed further below; and |
(c) |
|
this Prospectus has been prepared to meet the requirements of the Prospectus Directive for an
issue of Notes with a minimum denomination of
50,000 and consequently has a lower level of
disclosure than a prospectus prepared for an issue of securities with a denomination of less
than 50,000. |
Notes are unsecured
All Notes issued under the Program are unsecured. Because of this, no recourse can be had to any
third party to recover amounts that are not recoverable from the Issuer. In addition, under
Australian insolvency law certain claims are given mandatory preference to the claims of unsecured
creditors by operation of law. In making a Notes Investment, the investor is therefore relying on
the ability of the Issuer to repay and pay (as relevant) the redemption price for the Notes and the
coupon due under the Notes at the time it is due. This may be prior to the designated maturity of
the Notes and in any event there is no obligation on the Issuer to make provision or contingencies
for these payments, whether they become due prematurely or at the time specified under the Notes.
Notes may be subject to price stabilisation
Notes may be subject to price stabilisation activities by the Stabilisation Manager(s) as detailed
above under the heading Stabilisation. There is no guarantee that price stabilisation activities
will occur, or that if they do, that they will be successful.
Changes during the term of the Note
It is possible that changes may occur during the term of a Note that may affect the value of the
Notes or the return an investor will receive from the Notes. These changes may also affect the
ability to transfer the Note on the secondary market. By way of example, these changes include:
(a) |
|
(change in Issuers condition): a change in the financial condition or rating of the Issuer
or a change to the Issuers legal status, control or tax residence; |
(b) |
|
(change in law): a change in law of the law governing the Note. A change in law may mean that
rights under the Notes at the time of the issue are altered or cease to exist and may
otherwise negatively impact on the ability of a Noteholder to enforce its rights as they
existed at the date of issue. Although legal opinions are given in relation to the laws of
certain relevant jurisdictions at the time of issue, these are for the benefit of the Dealers
and not the Noteholders and speak to the relevant laws as at the date of issue and not
subsequently. The advisers providing the legal opinions have no obligation to notify the
Issuer, the Dealers or any Noteholder of any change in law that impacts on the Notes; |
(c) |
|
(selling restrictions and taxation): summaries of certain selling restrictions and
withholding and other tax treatments are detailed in this Prospectus (see the Sale and
Subscription and Taxation sections below). These restrictions and treatments are summaries
only and should be read as such. The laws on which these summaries are based may be changed at
any time (see the preceding paragraph for further concerns relating to change in law). Where
the law relating to taxation changes this may also trigger an early redemption of the Notes.
In addition, there could be further restrictions now or in the future on the ability of a
person to make a Notes Investment or to utilise that investment for collateral purposes. These
types of issues are not intended to be and are not dealt with in the summaries detailed above; |
(d) |
|
(waivers and amendments): regardless of whether there is any change in law, there may be
waivers or amendments to the terms of the Notes prior to their maturity. These may or may not
require the Noteholders consent depending on the terms of the Notes and where consent is
required, may be decided by a designated majority of Noteholders, meaning a particular
Noteholder cannot necessarily resist an amendment or waiver of which it does not approve; |
17
(e) |
|
(currency): it is possible that the currency of certain jurisdictions may change during the
terms of the Notes (for example, the Euro may be adopted in the United Kingdom). Where this is
the case, legislation in the jurisdiction implementing the new currency may specify the date
on and rate at which the currency is redenominated. The currency in which Notes are issued or
in which interest and principal amounts are paid may also be devalued, which will decrease the
relative worth of the Notes Investment; |
(f) |
|
(exchange controls): jurisdictions in which payments under the Notes are made or in whose
currency payments under the Notes are denominated may introduce exchange controls which may
prevent or limit exchange or use of the currency in which payments under the Notes are made; |
(g) |
|
(interest rate conditions): where Notes have a fixed rate and there is a change in interest
rate conditions such that similar notes delivering a higher return are available in the
market, although this may not impact on the return the investor was expecting, it may impact
on the ability of the investor to transfer or trade the Notes Investment; |
(i) |
|
(Transparency Directive): if the implementation of the Transparency Directive (as defined
below) imposes obligations on the Issuer that are unduly burdensome, the Issuer may decide to
de-list the Notes from the Official List of the UK Listing Authority and from trading on the
Market and may procure admission to listing, trading and/or quotation on a different exchange
located outside the European Union (see the information headed Transparency Directive in the
section headed General Information below); |
(j) |
|
(default): the Issuer or any party to a Program Document (as defined in the Terms and
Conditions of the Notes) (such as the Fiscal Agent, Paying Agent, Australian Registrar or New
Zealand Registrar) may default on its obligations under the Notes or the Program Documents. In
addition to impacting on the value and transferability of the Notes, it may also impact on the
ability of the investor to recover the amounts it is due; and |
(k) (rating): credit ratings of the Program, Notes (if rated) or the Issuer may change or be
withdrawn. Further information in relation to ratings (including warnings as to reliance on them) is
above (see Summary of the Program section).
Ability to trade Notes
In addition to the risks discussed above in relation to limits on trading Notes, there is no
obligation on the Dealers to effect secondary sales of the Notes nor, where a secondary market has
been created, to ensure it stays active. Therefore, there may not be a market for the Notes or that
market may not produce the return the investor anticipated.
Risks associated with the Program and different types of Notes
There is a variety of Notes that can be issued under this Program. In addition to those types of
Notes described in the section headed Summary of the Program above, the Issuer may decide to
issue a further type of Note. The Issuer can do this at any time, and it may be that the new Notes
are more appropriate for a particular investors needs than those the investor has purchased.
Whether the Notes are of a type described in this Prospectus or a new type of Note, there is no
requirement on the Issuer to inform Noteholders or those considering a Note Investment of the
details of any further issue the Issuer may be contemplating, including any issue occurring
simultaneously with or immediately following the issue for which the investor is subscribing.
An issue may not proceed
The Issuer may decide not to proceed with an issue of Notes under the Program. Where this is the
case, the investor will have no rights against the Issuer in relation to any expense incurred or
loss suffered.
Characteristics that may be controlled by the Issuer
Certain Notes may have characteristics or events that are controlled at the discretion of the
Issuer. Examples of these types of Notes include where there is early redemption at the option of
the Issuer or where the Issuer has the ability to change the interest rate from fixed to floating
and vice versa, or the method of calculation of the
18
interest rate. In addition, the Terms and Conditions of the Notes may also allow further logistical
changes such as a change in the place of payment.
Where this is the case, the investor should assume that the Issuer would act in such a way as to
maximise its return or improve its cost of funds and financial position. By way of example, where
notes of a certain interest rate are subject to early redemption at the option of the Issuer, the
Issuer may choose to redeem these Notes when it is able to issue other Notes or otherwise raise
funds at a lower interest rate. This timing may not correlate to a time when the investor could
reinvest its funds and earn the same or a higher rate of return. Similarly, if by changing from a
fixed to floating rate (or vice versa) the Issuer is able to lower the coupon payments under the
Notes, the Issuer may do so, subsequently lowering the return for the investor.
Notes with returns that are calculated with reference to a variable
Notes may have returns that are variable as a result of the method by which the coupon is
calculated or of the way interest is paid. The most basic example of this are Notes where the
interest rate is floating, and therefore subject to changes as a result of movements in the
prevailing interest rate. More complex examples include Notes that are linked to the performance of
an index or a third partys credit position or Notes where the currency of coupon payments can be
changed or is different to the currency in which the Notes are issued. In these cases, the success
or otherwise of the variable can impact significantly on the return under the Notes as well as the
ability to trade the Notes on the secondary market. It should be expected that the value of the
Notes and the secondary market for the Notes will decrease if the performance of the variable is
less than anticipated. In addition, depending on the Terms and Conditions of the Notes, where the
variable fails to meet a particular level of performance, amounts of principal and interest may be
forfeited, reduced or paid in currencies other than that in which the amount is due.
Trading different types of Notes
It should be assumed that the market for trading different types of Notes varies even though they
are issued under the same Program. By way of example, a zero coupon note may be more difficult to
trade and its price more variable than a fixed interest rate note, and it may be more difficult to
trade a zero coupon note that has just been issued than a zero coupon note nearer its redemption.
Investors may lose rights in relation to amounts paid or to be paid
Depending on the Terms and Conditions of the Notes, an investor may forfeit its rights to have
amounts paid or repaid or to collect its return on its investment. For example, where Notes are
paid for in instalments by the investor, such as partly paid Notes, a failure to pay later
instalments may result in a loss of the initial instalments already paid. In addition, if Notes are
in definitive bearer form then the inability of the investor to produce the Note or coupon may
result in it not receiving payments of interest or being able to redeem its Notes for the
redemption price. There are also time limits placed on the ability of a Noteholder to bring a claim
for interest by both the Terms and Conditions of the Notes and applicable laws.
19
Corporate Profile
Telstra
Corporation Limited
Introduction
For these terms used in this document:
|
|
|
we, Telstra, the Company and the Telstra
Group all mean Telstra Corporation
Limited, an Australian corporation, and its controlled entities as a whole; and |
|
|
|
|
Telstra Entity is the legal entity, Telstra Corporation Limited. |
Our fiscal year ends on 30 June. Unless we state differently, the following applies:
|
|
|
year or a fiscal year means the year ended 30 June; and |
|
|
|
|
2005 means fiscal 2005 and similarly for other fiscal years. |
All amounts are expressed in Australian dollars (A$), unless otherwise stated.
General
We are an Australian telecommunications and information services company. We offer a full
range of services and compete in all telecommunications markets throughout Australia and certain
overseas countries.
Our main activities include the provision of:
|
|
basic access services to most homes and businesses in Australia; |
|
|
|
local and long distance telephone calls in Australia and international calls to and
from Australia; |
|
|
|
mobile telecommunications services; |
|
|
|
broadband access; |
|
|
|
a comprehensive range of data and Internet services (including through Telstra
BigPond®, Australias leading ISP); |
|
|
|
management of business customers IT and/or telecommunications services; |
|
|
|
wholesale services to other carriers, carriage service providers (CSPs) and ISPs; |
|
|
|
advertising, search and information services; and |
|
|
|
cable distribution services for FOXTELs cable subscription television services. |
Our international business includes Hong Kong CSL Limited (CSL), a Hong Kong mobile operator,
TelstraClear Limited (TelstraClear), a full service carrier in New Zealand and Reach Ltd
(REACH), a provider of international voice and satellite services in Asia.
One of our major strengths in providing integrated telecommunications services is our extensive
geographical coverage through both our fixed and mobile network infrastructure.
20
Our vision is to be Australias connection to the future. Our mission is to develop, design
and deliver great communications solutions to all our customers. Our goal is to grow the Company
profitably and provide attractive returns to our shareholders. We will achieve this by employing
terrific people who work together in an operationally excellent way to deliver innovative products
and outstanding service to our customers.
History and development of the Company
Our origins date back to 1901, when the Postmaster-Generals Department was established by the
Commonwealth Government to manage all domestic telephone, telegraph and postal services, and to
1946, when the Overseas Telecommunications Commission was established by the Commonwealth
Government to manage international telecommunications services. Since then, we have been
transformed and renamed several times as follows:
|
|
the Australian Telecommunications Commission, trading as Telecom Australia, in July
1975; |
|
|
|
the Australian Telecommunications Corporation, trading as Telecom Australia, in
January 1989; |
|
|
|
the Australian and Overseas Telecommunications Corporation Limited in February 1992; |
|
|
|
Telstra Corporation Limited in April 1993, trading internationally as Telstra; and |
|
|
|
trading domestically as Telstra in 1995. |
We were incorporated as an Australian public limited liability company in November 1991. Following
the opening of Australias telecommunications markets to full competition in July 1997, we
underwent a partial privatisation in November 1997 under which the Commonwealth sold approximately
33.3% of our issued shares to the public. Following the initial privatisation, those of our shares
that are not held by the Commonwealth are quoted on the Australian Stock Exchange (ASX) and on
the New Zealand Stock Exchange. ADSs, each representing five shares evidenced by American
depositary receipts, have been issued by the Bank of New York as depositary (Depositary) and are
listed on the New York Stock Exchange.
A further global offering by the Commonwealth of up to 16.6% of our issued shares was launched in
September 1999. The shares sold by the Commonwealth were also listed on the ASX, the New Zealand
Stock Exchange and the New York Stock Exchange on 18 October 1999. As at 30 June 2005, the
Commonwealth owned approximately 51.8% of our issued shares and it is required by legislation to
own at least 50.1% of our issued shares.
However, the Government has passed legislation to enable the further sale of its remaining interest
in us. In March 2005, the Government appointed external business advisers to undertake a scoping
study to assess the possibility of a sale and to make recommendations to the Government. The
scoping study was completed in June 2005 and advised that the preferred timing for any sale of the
Commonwealths remaining interest in us is late 2006. The Government has stated that it will make a
further decision in early 2006 about proceeding with a sale. This decision will include an
assessment of whether the level of demand for the shares would allow a partial or full sale of the
Commonwealths remaining interest in us.
Organisational structure
Our organisational structure consists of strategic business units and corporate centre
business units as outlined below.
Strategic business units
|
|
Telstra Consumer and Marketing is responsible for serving metropolitan consumer and
small business customers with our full range of products and services including fixed,
wireless and data, the overall management of our brands, advertising and sponsorships,
consumer marketing and implementing our product bundling initiatives. It also has
responsibility for Telstras Consumer Call Centres, licensed shops and dealer network. |
21
|
|
Telstra Business and Government is responsible for providing innovative and leading edge
communications and ICT solutions to business and Government enterprises in Australia and
New Zealand. It also oversees our investment in TelstraClear. TelstraClear is a New
Zealand full service telecommunications company, providing innovative market leading
products, services and customer focus to the business, government, wholesale and residential sectors. |
|
|
|
Telstra Country Wide® is responsible for sales, service and the management of
customer relationships in outer metropolitan, regional, rural and remote parts of
Australia and the development and delivery of innovative communications solutions to meet
the needs of customers living in these areas. |
|
|
|
Telstra BigPond® is our retail Internet business and is responsible for providing
broadband and narrowband Internet services for consumer and small and medium business
customers, as well as value added services and content services (including BigPond®
Movies, BigPond Music, BigPond Sport, BigPond Games). |
|
|
|
Sensis is a wholly-owned subsidiary which is responsible for our advertising,
directories and information services. |
|
|
|
Telstra Media is responsible for our FOXTEL investment. |
|
|
|
Telstra Wholesale provides a wide range of wholesale products and services to the
Australian domestic market including fixed, wireless, data and Internet, transmission and
IP, interconnection, access to our network facilities, and retail/rebill products. It also
offers network design and construction solutions as well as operations and maintenance
services, including management and maintenance of integrated IP networks, mobility
solutions, fixed access, wireless access and transmission solutions. Recently, Telstra
Wholesale has commenced servicing Global Wholesale markets to satisfy growing Internet and
high bandwidth needs. |
|
|
|
Telstra Asia manages our international interests in Asia, including CSL and our joint
venture REACH in Hong Kong. It also directs our offshore growth strategy, with a current
focus on enhancing the value of our existing investments, profitably rationalising non
-core assets and positioning us to capture high growth opportunities in the region
particularly China and South East Asia. |
|
|
|
Infrastructure Services builds, operates and maintains our telecommunications
infrastructure and is our primary service delivery manager. It is responsible for the
provisioning, restoration, operation and management of our fixed, mobile, IP and data
networks, as well as the design and construction of network infrastructure. This includes
voice and data, product and application platforms and the online environment. Over the
past year Infrastructure Services capability has been augmented by the 3GIS joint-venture with Hutchison and the integration of Telstra Business Systems (formerly Damovo
(Australia)). |
|
|
|
Telstra Technology Innovation and Products is responsible for the management of all
technology, platform, systems and most product delivery. It develops and supports products
and technologies specified by our market facing business units. It also undertakes
substantial research and development to ensure that we remain at the forefront of
technology in Australia. |
Corporate centre business units
|
|
Finance & Administration is responsible for corporate policy and support functions
including finance, risk management and assurance, credit management, treasury, company
secretary, investor relations, mergers and acquisitions and other corporate services. It
is also responsible for the financial management of the majority of our fixed assets,
including network assets. |
22
|
|
Legal Services provides operational and strategic legal support and advice across the
Company, with lawyers from Legal Services integrated with the other strategic and
corporate centre business units. |
|
|
|
Public Policy & Communications is responsible for the management of all our
regulatory issues, including liaison with regulatory bodies, the promotion and protection
of our reputation by facilitating effective engagement of internal and external
stakeholders including media, and the management of our interaction with Government at the
Commonwealth and State level. |
|
|
|
Human Relations is responsible for all our human relations matters including health,
safety and the environment, leadership development and training, and all workplace
relations matters. |
In August 2005, we announced further changes to our organisational structure. We appointed a Chief
Operations Officer (COO) to oversee all functions associated with the operational aspects of the
Company. The new COO group will comprise the existing Infrastructure Services and Telstra
Technology, Innovation and Products business units. It will also include corporate services,
credit management, human relations, the productivity and billing directorates, as well as the teams
responsible for technology solutions, billing and process elsewhere in the Company. In addition, a
new program office will be established and report to the COO. Its mission will be to identify and
prioritise opportunities for streamlining, implementing and coordinating all aspects of the
companys operations in order to deliver the best possible customer service.
Operational separation
As part of the package of legislation which will give effect to a number of regulatory reforms,
operational separation will apply to our internal structure. The purpose of operational
separation is to promote equivalence in relation to the supply by us of certain services to our
wholesale customers and to our retail business, adjusted for efficiencies that arise from our
volume usage and vertical integration. This is described in more detail above, under Risk
factors.
23
Our organisational structure for financial reporting purposes has evolved over recent
years to meet our business needs and has included the following:
|
|
|
in the fiscal year ended 30 June 2005, we restructured our pre-existing business unit
known as Telstra Broadband and Media. This restructure primarily involved the
establishment of Telstra Bigpond®, Telstra Media and Sensis as separate business units.
These business units are not reportable business segments in their own right and they were
included in the Other segment for financial reporting purposes; and |
|
|
|
|
in the fiscal year ended 30 June 2004, we established Telstra Technology Innovation
and Products which brought together product development areas, network technologies, IT
systems and Telstra Research Laboratories. Previously, network technologies, IT systems
and Telstra Research Laboratories were not managed as a single business segment. The
combination of these business areas has created a business unit that is of sufficient size
to qualify as a segment in its own right for financial reporting purposes. |
Marketing and customer service
We supply both Australias largest public and private sector organisations and also support
customers using our services at home.
We use sophisticated customer analytics to target services based on customers needs, giving us
a better understanding of their needs and improving relationships to gain a key competitive
advantage.
Residential customers and small businesses
We segment our residential customers based upon their usage and lifestyle patterns. We segment our
small business customers according to the type of business they operate and the way they interact
with their customers. This information on customers by segment is then used to tailor our marketing
campaigns.
We enable customers to interact with us online, through door-to-door sales representatives and
telephone sales channels and face to face via our Telstra Shops, Telstra licensed stores, Telstra
Business Shops and indirectly through approximately 5,000 retail outlets nationwide in conjunction
with our retail partners. This is now managed by our Branded and Indirect Channels Group which was
established on 1 July 2005.
Medium and large businesses and Governments
We segment our customers based on communications spend, Telstra Share of Wallet, industry sector
and geographic proximity. The three key segments are Government, Industry (our largest corporate
customers) and Business (our medium and smaller business customers). We focus on delivering account management
and communications solutions to all these customers with the aim of improving our customers
financial performance and business efficiency.
Regional, rural and remote customers
Telstra Country Wide was established to improve service levels, business performance and to
strengthen relations with customers and communities in regional, rural and remote areas of
Australia. In 2003 this area was expanded to include outer metropolitan areas. Area General
Managers are located throughout Australia to address the sales, marketing and service needs of our
customers.
Wholesale customers
Our wholesale customers include licensed carriers, CSPs and ISPs. Telstra Wholesale provides
products and services to more than 600 customers, including more than 470 ISPs (about 77 of which
offer broadband digital subscriber line (DSL) services).
Wholesale customers typically buy products and services from Telstra Wholesale, add their own
inputs and then sell to the retail market under their own brand.
24
Advertising customers
Sensis Pty Ltd (Sensis), our wholly-owned subsidiary, is a leading Australian advertising, search
and information services provider. Sensis provides innovative advertising and local search
solutions to more than 420,000 customers nationally, including small and medium enterprises
(SMEs), large corporates and Governments through a network of print, online, voice, wireless and
in-car services.
Sensis manages three Australian brands Yellow Pages®, White Pages® and Trading Post^, along with
the CitySearch^ online city guide and the Whereis® mapping and guidance site. Sensis also manages
the Sensis Search portfolio that encompasses the sensis.com.au web site and the Sensis® 1234 voice
service.
Global business solutions
We have 16 offices around the world including Asia Pacific, Europe and USA supporting the global
telecommunications requirements of our multi-national customers and global service providers.
Together with our partners and alliances, we can offer our customers access to more than 230
countries and territories across the globe. We have an extensive portfolio of network solutions
including dedicated consulting, planning, project management, system integration and customer
support seven days a week.
Products and services
We offer a broad range of telecommunications and information products and services to a diverse
customer base.
Basic Access
We provide Basic Access services to most homes and businesses in Australia and charge our customers
fees for new line connections and existing line reconnections. Our Basic Access service includes
installing, renting and maintaining connections between customers premises and our Public Switched
Telephone Network (PSTN) and providing basic voice, facsimile (including services marketed under
our FaxStream® brand name) and Internet services. Basic Access does not include enhanced products
like Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN) access and Asymmetric Digital Subscriber Line
services.
Local calls (including PSTN value added services)
We provide local call services to residential and business customers, generally charging for calls
on an untimed fee basis. In addition, we provide value added services such as voicemail, call
waiting, call forwarding, call conferencing and call return.
National long distance calls
We provide national long distance services for residential and business customers in Australia.
This comprises national long distance calls made from our PSTN network to a fixed network. Calls
are charged on a timed basis after a call connection fee. Call details such as duration,
destination, time of day and day of the week generally determine charges which are also offered on
a capped price basis. We also offer options that let customers choose packages to suit individual
needs and offer specials to increase use in low demand periods.
Fixed to mobile
Fixed to mobile are calls made from our PSTN/ISDN to a mobile network and are charged on a timed
basis after a call connection fee. Charges usually depend on the duration of the call and whether
the call is to a Telstra mobile service. Calls made within a capped calling option are charged
according to duration, time of day, day of week and terminating carrier. Capped calling offers
predominantly apply to calls to Telstra mobiles.
25
International direct
We are the leading provider of international telephone services in Australia, offering
international telephone services to more than 230 countries and territories. Calls are typically
charged on a per second basis after a call connection fee, depending on the duration and
destination of the call. REACH provides the connections we use to supply international services to
both our retail and wholesale customers.
Mobiles
We continue to be the leading provider of mobile telecommunications services in Australia in terms
of mobile revenue and the number of customers. The geographical coverage area of our network is
also very broad. The mobile telecommunications market in Australia is characterised by a
significant degree of penetration and we estimate that market penetration as at 30 June 2005 was
approximately 90%.
We offer a full range of mobile services to our customers, including voice calling and messaging,
text and multimedia messaging and a range of information, entertainment and connectivity
services.
During the past year, we have continued to see growth in non-voice services in particular,
reflecting a steady change in mobile usage behaviour with new information and entertainment content
and connectivity services enjoying significant growth.
We have entered into a strategic partnership with NTT DoCoMo, Inc. under which we have launched
i-mode® in Australia. i-mode® is a mobile Internet like service that provides subscribers with
access to rich content, e-mail, games and other applications and services through their mobile
handsets.
In addition we are continuing to develop and expand our content services offering for non- i-mode®
compatible devices, ensuring that, independent of device choice, customers are still able to access
a range of compelling services.
We are also seeing increasing demand for Wireless Connectivity solutions across a range of
technologies including WiFi, 1xRTT and recently launched EV-DO technologies delivering ever
improving price and performance for customers requiring broadband connectivity on the move.
During 2005, we will be offering our first services based on the 3GSM suite of technologies,
including WCDMA, delivering both improved performance and new service opportunities such as video
communication.
Our wholly-owned subsidiary CSL is also a leading provider of mobile services in Hong Kong. CSL has
launched a number of Asian and world first services this year which, together with CSLs history of
technical innovation, provides great learning opportunities for us and is anticipated to produce
opportunities in the Australian and international markets.
GSM digital service
Our digital GSM network covers around 96% of the Australian population and we continue to improve
existing areas of coverage and expand this network, where commercially justified. We have also
improved depth of coverage in major cities, particularly in-building and underground coverage, as
well as offering international roaming in more than 133 countries and 290 networks.
Our 3GSM network is compatible with our GSM network and soon will allow additional functionality
such as video calling and higher speed data access within its coverage boundary. Our 3GSM network
sharing arrangement with Hutchinson covers around 46% of the Australian population in a number of
mainland capital cities including Canberra.
CDMA digital service
Our CDMA network provides Australias largest cellular mobile phone coverage, spanning more than
1.6 million square kilometres and covering more than 98% of the Australian population. CDMA offers
advantages over GSM in applications where users require wider service coverage and faster data
speed than GSM. Customers are increasingly adopting our CDMA network, which is one of the fastest growing areas of
our mobile business.
26
Telstra Mobile Satellite
In 2002, we launched Telstra Mobile Satellite, a hand-held mobile satellite voice and data service
for people living, working or travelling in rural and remote Australia. The service operates off
the Iridium^ Low Earth Orbit satellite system which provides global mobile satellite phone
coverage. We have a service partner agreement to sell the Iridium^ service.
3G wireless service
1XEVDO
In December 2002, we launched Australias first commercial mobile network based on CDMA 1X (also
known as 1xRTT), on our CDMA network. CDMA 1X is an evolution of CDMA technology supporting
high-speed packet-switched data. By the end of 2004 CDMA 1X, also known as Mobile High Speed, was
made available across the entire CDMA network footprint of over 1.6 million square km covering over
98% of the population and over 16% of the Australian landmass.
In November 2004 Telstra launched CDMA 1xEV-DO within all Australian capital cities and selected
regional centres. 1xEV-DO offers typical user speeds of 300-600kbps with maximum burst speeds of
2.4Mbps. By the end of August 2005 coverage is planned to be significantly expanded in Newcastle,
Wollongong and the greater Sydney Metropolitan area providing EVDO coverage to over 6 million
Australians. Further expansion is also underway for completion in late 2005 within Melbourne and
the towns of Bendigo and Seymour.
3GSM
We entered into a network sharing agreement with Hutchison 3G Australia (H3GA), a subsidiary of
Hutchison Telecommunications (Australia) Ltd, in August 2004 to establish a 50/50 enterprise to
jointly own and operate H3GAs existing 3G radio access network and fund future network
development. Under the agreement, the H3GA radio access network will become the core asset of the
joint enterprise. In return for the 50 per cent ownership of the asset, we will pay Hutchison A$450
million under a fixed payment schedule in four instalments. The first instalment was paid in 2005
and the balance is due to be paid by 1 July 2006.
We will launch our 3G (GSM/WCDMA) services to customers in 2005, utilising the entire H3GA network
footprint of more than 2,100 base stations covering Sydney, Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide, Canberra
and Perth. Telstra and Hutchison expect to significantly increase the size of the network over the
next three years, expanding into regional centres. The joint enterprise will open opportunities for
new revenues for us and H3GA, stimulate growth in 3G service uptake and provide significant savings
in 3G network construction capital expenditure and operating expenses such as site rental and
maintenance. Decisions on network development will be made and funded jointly. The joint enterprise
will utilise the existing spectrum holdings of both partners and will operate until the expiry of
those spectrum licences in 2017 or later.
Telstra and Hutchison will each continue to own separate core networks, application and service
platforms, and will conduct their retail 3G businesses independently and in competition with each
other.
Blackberry
The Blackberry is a wireless service that automatically delivers email to a handheld device via our
GSM network. This integrated device is capable of delivering email, company data, Internet
browsing, SMS, calendar and personal organiser features. In March 2005 we launched our Blackberry
on CDMA service.
Messaging products
In 2005 we launched Fixed SMS which allows fixed phone users to send text messages from SMS capable
phones. We offer branded SMS capable cordless phones for sale in Telstra Shops and through Telstra
dealers.
We also launched Telstra Online Text Buddy® which allows users to send text messages from computer
desktops. At the same time we also launched Online SMS Desktop which is a business offering that
provides a fully integrated SMS enabled desktop with business customers existing email software.
27
Data and Internet services
We provide new generation data and Internet services including:
|
|
broadband and narrowband services for consumers and small and medium businesses
through our ISP, BigPond; |
|
|
|
business grade Internet solutions; |
|
|
|
IP Solutions; and |
|
|
|
domestic and international frame relay and ATM products. |
We also provide data and specialised services, including ISDN, digital data services, voice grade
dedicated lines, transaction/EFTPOS services and video and audio network services.
In relation to Internet services, one of our key focuses is on broadband. Our goal to provide
broadband through our retail and wholesale channels to one million broadband SIOs by June 2005 was
achieved more than a year ahead of schedule.
We offer a range of Internet products and packages under our BigPond brand. Telstra BigPond® Home
and Business offer dial-up modem and ISDN Internet services to residential and small and medium
business customers across Australia. Telstra BigPond® Broadband provides broadband Internet
services to consumer and small and medium business customers via hybrid fibre coaxial cable,
satellite, ADSL and from August 2005 wireless technologies.
Telstra Internet Direct also provides business customers with high quality dedicated Internet
access within Australia at access transmission rates up to one gigabyte per second.
We also provide wholesale Internet access products for use by licensed carriers, ISPs and CSPs.
Other data services
We offer other data services, in some cases with business partners, including:
|
|
online games-based entertainment, sports information, video on demand and music
services; |
|
|
|
collaboration services that provide audio, video and web-based conferencing
(including the Conferlink® product range); |
|
|
|
ecommerce solutions including e-trading, e-payments, EFTPOS/ATM network services and
straight-through processing services; |
|
|
|
Business DSL, that offers a broadband data service with symmetric data rates and
business grade service levels with competitive pricing and extensive network coverage; |
|
|
|
Online Customer Management Facility providing a self-service capability for customers
to manage user access to their IP networks; |
|
|
|
Connect IP solution range which is a standardised, end-to-end, IP based WAN
offering that integrates network management and data connectivity with Customer Premises
Equipment (CPE), allowing for seamless data transfer between customer sites; |
|
|
|
Digital Video Network initiative allowing our media customers to share content such
as news or sporting arena access over their digital video networks; |
|
|
|
IP Telephony, an open standard IP communications suite, which delivers hosted IP
telephony & IP applications to our corporate customers; and |
|
|
|
Managed Wide Area Networks services including design, CPE sales and installation,
network establishment and maintenance. |
Online services
In March 2000, we launched our online communications hub, telstra.com®. Since its creation,
telstra.com® has grown substantially, with more than 1.452 million users as at 30 June 2005
(excluding BigPond®).
telstra.com® links customers with services and features including:
|
|
information about our products and services; |
28
|
|
current Telstra corporate and investor relations information; |
|
|
|
online messaging applications such as web-based e-mail and SMS; |
|
|
|
online product and service ordering and accounts viewing and payment; and |
|
|
|
a springboard to our ISP, BigPond. |
Advertising and directories
We provide advertising and search services through our advertising business and wholly-owned
subsidiary, Sensis. Sensis delivers targeted, multi-channel solutions incorporating local
advertising, classified advertising through our Trading Post Group, multi-channel search and a
growing portfolio of business services to consumers, SMEs, corporations and Government. Although a
mature market, the Yellow Pages® products have continued to deliver solid growth. This has been
complemented by strong growth from White Pages®, non-directory products and the successful
integration of acquisitions in Australia.
In June 2004, Sensis launched Sensis 1234® (a premium operator assisted voice service). In July
2004, Sensis launched a new internet search engine (sensis.com.au) and, shortly afterwards, the
BidSmart Pay for Performance search engine marketing system.
The Sensis Search portfolio provides an opportunity for our advertising customers to reach a new
generation of search-orientated buyers:
|
|
Sensis® 1234 is a voice service which provides a growing depth of business content
from a vast array of Yellow Pages® and White Pages® products; and |
|
|
|
sensis.com.au is a benchmark online search engine which delivers global web content
plus Australian directories, lifestyle and mapping content fully blended into the results. |
The Business Services portfolio leverages our advertising and content management capabilities to
create specific solutions for SMEs, Government and the corporate sector. Business Services is made
up of three specific service portfolios Business Information Services (incorporating the Sensis
Direct Access contact data solution), Location and Navigation now incorporating Universal
Publishers (which delivers detailed street directory and geo-mapping functionality via a range of
electronic channels), and a majority shareholding in Invizage Pty Ltd.
Sensis acquired 100% of the share capital of Universal Publishers Pty Ltd on 20 December 2004.
Universal Publishers is a publisher of mapping and travel related products including street
directories, guides, maps and road atlases through the Gregorys^ and UBD^ brands.
In June 2005, Sensis and Morgan and Banks Investments announced the launch of LinkMe^, an
innovative online career networking site. LinkMe^ provides Sensis with an opportunity to extend the
multi-channel Advertising Network by entering a new classified vertical in a market-changing way.
LinkMe^ is Sensis first foray into the online employment market.
Wholesale services (including intercarrier services)
In addition to providing products for resale, we provide a range of other products specifically
tailored for wholesale customers. These include:
|
|
interconnection services, including originating and terminating access to our fixed
and mobile networks, preselection services and access to our network facilities such as
ducts, towers and exchange space; |
|
|
|
domestic and international transmission services; |
|
|
|
broadband, IP backbone and traditional data services; |
|
|
|
mobile telecommunications services; and |
|
|
|
network design, construction, operations and maintenance services. |
Both GSM and CDMA mobile products and services are offered to our wholesale customers.
We also manage and deliver a wide range of customer processes for wholesale customers. These
include product and service provisioning, ordering and activation, billing, fault reporting and end
user and product transfer. In addition, we provide a range of efficient web based business to
business services to our customers.
29
We categorise revenue from the products and services we sell to wholesale customers depending
on the nature of the product or service. For example, we categorise operating revenue from
interconnect and CDMA resale services as intercarrier services revenue. On the other hand, we
categorise operating revenue from other resale services according to the product or service resold,
for instance, basic access and local call revenue is recognised against basic access and local call
products.
Inbound calling products
We offer inbound call services including:
|
|
Telstra Freecall® 1800, a reverse-charge call service used widely by small and large
businesses to extend market reach and attract sales; |
|
|
|
Priority® One3, a shared-cost service offering a six digit national number used by
larger businesses as a front-door to contact centres and franchise operations for service
calls; |
|
|
|
Priority® 1300 services, a shared-cost service offering a 10 digit number, similar
to the Priority® One3 service, where a short-number format is not required; |
|
|
|
Contact centre enablement services, including network-based speech recognition and
interactive voice response solutions, computer telephony integration, call routing
services and speech recognition; and |
|
|
|
InfoCall® 190, a telephone premium-rate service where we bill the calling customer
for both content and carriage on our bill and receive a fee from the content provider for
these payment and carriage services. |
Solutions management
KAZ, our wholly-owned subsidiary, currently operates as a standalone business servicing Government
and large and medium sized business customers. KAZ combines with Telstra to service our business
customers IT needs, differentiating Telstra as the largest Australian operated end-to-end
information and communications technology (ICT) business.
The business has been repositioned to focus on the ICT services market with Telstra providing
the strong communications expertise, and KAZ to provide the IT expertise. We provide all or part
of a business customers IT and communications solutions and services covering:
|
|
managed voice, data and mobility services: network based voice and data switching
products including IP-based networks and IP Telephony as well as fleet management of
mobile phone networks and new wireless based technologies; |
|
|
|
managed IT services: managed customer infrastructure (eg desktop and end user
devices), and a range of solutions such as managed storage, security services, hosting and
application development and support; |
|
|
|
IT outsourcing: incorporating a range of the above solutions and managing on behalf
of the customer either on the customers or our premises; |
|
|
|
business process outsourcing in areas such as superannuation administration,
insurance policy processing and the automotive community; and |
|
|
|
solutions consulting, focusing on IP transformation, wireless enterprise and
security. |
Other sales and services
The principal components of operating revenue we record in other sales and services relate to
payphones, customer premises equipment, information and connection services, external
construction, customnet and spectrum, and bundling subscription TV.
We provide payphones in Australia. As at 30 June 2005, we operated approximately 32,500 public
payphones. Our Universal Service Obligation requires us to make payphone services reasonably
accessible throughout Australia including in non-metropolitan and rural areas. Approximately half
of our public payphones are in these areas.
As part of our customer voice, data, mobile and service solutions, we provide customer premises
equipment for rental or sale to our residential, consumer, business and Government customers. In
relation to Telstra rental phones, modern new standard and calling number display rental phones
are available, making phone and phone features easier to use. In the fiscal year ended 30 June 2005
we improved our CPE offerings to the
30
medium business market with the acquisition of Damovo (Australia) which now trades as Telstra
Business Systems.
We provide information and connection services through a number of call centres in Australia and
through the White Pages® OnLine and Yellow Pages® OnLine sites. In the fiscal year ended 30 June
2005, we responded to approximately 200 million calls through our call centres. We also provide
voice recognition technology to allow the automation of approximately 2,500 of the most frequently
requested business listings.
Subscription television
We own 50% of FOXTEL, with Publishing & Broadcasting Ltd and The News Corporation Limited each
owning 25%. The FOXTEL partners have committed, with very limited exceptions, to confine their
involvement in the provision of subscription television services in Australia to participation in
FOXTEL. Publishing & Broadcasting Ltd and The News Corporation Limited have made programming
commitments to FOXTEL.
FOXTEL provides subscription television services in Australia, with approximately 1.2 million
subscribers (including subscribers resold by us and those receiving FOXTEL programming through
Optus TV and TransAct). FOXTEL markets its services to more than 5 million homes, split reasonably
equally between those homes passed by our hybrid fibre co-axial cable (HFC) and those marketable
to via satellite distribution.
FOXTEL provides FOXTEL Digital^, offering customers access to a vastly expanded channel line-up of
around 130 digital channels, superior picture and sound quality, a comprehensive and easy to use
electronic program guide, interactive sports and news applications and FOXTEL Box Office^ (near
video on demand).
In March 2005, FOXTEL launched the FOXTEL iQ^, a personal digital recorder. This is a next
generation set top unit incorporating a 160Gb hard drive which enables subscribers to record two
programs simultaneously, even while watching a previously recorded program.
In May 2005 FOXTEL announced an extension to its content wholesale relationship with Optus to
facilitate Optus offering its subscribers access to the FOXTEL Digital^ suite of channels over the
Optus HFC cable. In addition, FOXTEL announced an agency relationship with Optus for the
distribution of FOXTEL in non-Optus HFC areas within the FOXTEL distribution area.
Under arrangements with the FOXTEL partners, FOXTEL may provide, in addition to subscription
television services, a range of information and other services. FOXTEL currently only provides
subscription television services.
We are the exclusive long-term supplier of cable distribution services for FOXTELs cable
subscription television services in our cabled areas and we receive a share of FOXTELs cable
subscription television revenues. We can independently, or through partnerships and alliances, provide a broad range of
communications, data and information services to other parties using our broadband network.
FOXTEL has entered into various program supply arrangements, including some with minimum subscriber
fee commitments.
We also resell Austar United Communications Limited (AUSTAR) subscription television services,
which are eligible for inclusion in the Telstra Rewards Options plan. The bundling and reselling of
both the FOXTEL and AUSTAR services broadens the range of telecommunication and entertainment
services we offer to our customers. These arrangements allow us to provide a residential
subscription television package to most areas in Australia regardless of geography.
International investments
Our major international investments include:
|
|
CSL, our wholly-owned subsidiary which is one of Hong Kongs leading mobile operators
with around 1.3 million customers, equating to approximately 32% of the value of Hong
Kongs mobile market. CSL focuses on attracting and retaining high value customers and
through its mobile brands, 1O1O and One2Free, CSL continues to offer its customers a
highly targeted range of innovative mobile services; |
31
|
|
TelstraClear Limited (TelstraClear), our wholly-owned subsidiary, is a full service
carrier in New Zealand. TelstraClear provides innovative voice, data, Internet, mobile
resale, managed services and cable television products and services to the New Zealand
market. New Zealand is a strategically important market for our trans-Tasman customers and
this investment enables these important customers to receive many of the same end-to-end
services that we provide in a seamless way; and |
|
|
|
REACH, a 50/50 joint venture with PCCW, which provides outsourcing services in
support of Telstras and PCCWs international voice and data services. REACH is a global
carrier of international voice traffic. REACH operates and maintains voice and data
switching platforms, satellite earth stations and a network of over fifty submarine cable
systems, together with associated landing rights, backhaul, operating licences and
bilateral agreements in most international markets. |
In April 2005 Telstra and PCCW, announced a number of improvements to the REACH operating model:
|
|
allocation of dedicated components of REACHs international cable capacity to Telstra
and PCCW; |
|
|
|
Telstra and PCCW each paid REACH U.S.$157 million. In Telstras case this was settled
by way of a discharge of certain REACH liabilities under the Capacity Prepayment
Agreement. Also, Telstra and PCCW each committed to fund a half share of REACHs committed
capital expenditure (up to 2022), being about U.S.$106 million each; |
|
|
|
REACH will manage allocated capacity on behalf of Telstra and PCCW and provide
Telstra and PCCW with outsourcing and other services including data and voice; |
|
|
|
Telstra and PCCW will each pay REACH an outsourcing fee on a cost plus mark up basis,
whilst satellite services will be purchased at market rates; |
|
|
|
REACH will continue its profitable third party voice and satellite business; and |
|
|
|
Telstra may fund and acquire further required cable capacity for management by REACH
as part of the outsourcing arrangements. |
We also have a number of smaller offshore investments and joint ventures, which include:
|
|
a 35% equity interest in the satellite communications operator, Xantic B.V. (formerly
Station 12 B.V.) that is headquartered in The Netherlands; and |
|
|
|
a 39.9% equity interest in Australia-Japan Cable Holdings Limited, a network cable
provider headquartered in Bermuda. |
Networks and systems
One of our major strengths in providing integrated telecommunications services is our extensive
geographical coverage through both our fixed and mobile network infrastructure. This network and
systems infrastructure underpins the carriage and termination of the majority of Australias
domestic and international voice and data telephony traffic.
This large, diverse network is monitored and supported through a largely centralised global
operations centre, which has a fully tested recovery plan that enables network management to be
transferred to an alternate location in the event of an unforeseen disaster. Ongoing substantial
investment of both capital and resources is required to ensure that we maintain this leading
position from both a technology and industry position.
Research and development
We review our project expenditure annually to determine our actual spend on research and
development. Our reviews show that we had an estimated spend of A$148 million in the fiscal year
ended 30 June 2005, A$159 million in the fiscal year ended 30 June 2004, and A$240 million in the
fiscal year ended 30 June 2003 on research and development.
Innovation Centres
Innovation@Telstra was launched in October 2004, with the opening of Innovation Centres in North
Ryde, Sydney and Melbournes Docklands. Since then, thousands of people have visited the centres,
gaining hands-on experience with Telstra products and services to make our business and home lives
easier in the 21st Century. The centres are also used as a venue to fast-track innovation projects
for Telstra ensuring that we develop customer-focussed solutions, which get to market in a speedy
manner.
32
In addition to customer visits, the Innovation Centres have also delivered a number of key
projects via the Innovation PODs a dedicated project floor focussing on accelerating solutions
to market.
Some of these projects include:
The Digital Home: The strategy for home-based IP services delivering communication,
entertainment, information and storage as well as security and automation services.
Community Information Warning System: A proactive community information, communication and warning
system to save lives, reduce losses and speed recovery in the event of natural disasters, accidents
or acts of terrorism.
Remote Working: A comprehensive solution for remote access to corporate customers private data
networks.
Transmission infrastructure
Our national transmission infrastructure consists of both terrestrial and non-terrestrial
transmission systems. Our domestic terrestrial systems are almost exclusively digital and use
approximately 4 million kilometres of optical fibre and more than 2,300 digital radio systems. Our
major transmission routes incorporate Synchronous Digital Hierarchy (SDH) technology.
Throughout 2005, work has continued on extending the benefits of self-healing SDH transmission out
to the fringes of the network in metropolitan and regional areas. In total, approximately 20,000
additional customers now benefit directly from improved transmission survivability.
Our international switching and transmission requirements are provided by REACH, which owns
international gateway switches in Sydney and an expanding network of switches across Asia, North
America and Europe to augment its state-of-the-art global data/IP system. REACH uses satellite
communication systems to supplement international traffic capacity where undersea cables are not
feasible and to provide route diversity and circuit redundancy, as well as specialist
satellite-based applications. REACH owns satellite earth stations in Australia and Hong Kong,
including the largest satellite teleport in Asia.
Public Switched Telephone Network
Australias geographic characteristics provide unique challenges for the provision of nationwide
digital PSTN coverage. These challenges are being overcome by the innovative application of a range
of modern technologies. Over 300 major digital switching nodes are interconnected by
state-of-the-art transmission systems and handle traffic from customers connected to more than
10,000 access sites. A combination of copper, fibre optic, radio and satellite technologies is used
to achieve end-to-end connections. Access to the world is achieved through REACHs international
gateway switches and our intelligent network platforms provide advanced services including
toll-free and calling card products.
We have deployed CDMA-based wireless local loop technology in regional Australia as part of our
contract with the Commonwealth Government to improve communications in extended zones. Further
deployment of this technology is planned as part of the recovery of older radio concentrator
technology. It is also planned for selected use to provide telephony access for customers to whom
traditional copper pair access is inefficient.
The PSTN supports voice, facsimile, Internet and data products. Total call minutes handled by the
PSTN is now showing a slight decline as data traffic moves to broadband access. The combination of
new broadband access services and growth in dial-up Internet usage, messaging services and mobile
telephony is leading to convergence of voice and data in the longer term. This will provide a solid
base for seamless transition to future convergent service provision.
Our network supports a range of switch features which facilitate voice calls. These include
products like Homeline Features such as Call Waiting, Call Return, Abbreviated Dialling and
Virtual Private Networks (VPN). New types of telephones and customer premises equipment which make these features more
accessible and easy to use are continually entering the market.
The PSTN also supports many operator assisted service products such as directory assistance and
CallConnect. We are seeking to enhance these services by automating them with voice recognition
technology.
33
Fibre to the Premises (FTTP)
FTTP is a next-generation access infrastructure technology that can deliver telephony, broadband
data, video and digital subscription television services, to customer premises on an optical fibre
platform. Fibre to the Premises is expected to play a pivotal role in Telstras customer access
network, along with copper, wireless and satellite technologies.
In June 2004, Telstra commenced an initial pilot of FTTP in two Queensland sites. The FTTP pilot is
now successfully providing services to a number of residential homes, and continues to provide
Telstra with insight into the ongoing effectiveness of FTTP as an access technology of choice and sustained
status requiring very high speed access.
We have also been trialling Voice over Broadband. This solution will be provided as a second line
solution offering a range of features and functionality for users with a broadband connection.
During the fiscal year ended 30 June 2005, a network trial was completed with 150 of our employees
in Melbourne
Integrated Services Digital Network
ISDN is a flexible, switched digital network. The integrated nature of this network refers to the
fact that ISDN can support many applications at the same time while using a single access point to
the network. The ISDN network supports traditional telephony as well as various data applications
such as videoconferencing, Internet access and EFTPOS.
The ISDN network is available to approximately 96% of the Australian population. ISDN provides an
end-to-end digital connection that allows us to deliver minimum 64kbps connections to customers.
Intelligent Network platforms
We operate a number of intelligent network platforms that support a range of advanced services
across fixed, mobile and messaging services including:
|
|
inbound services such as Telstra Freecall® 1800, Priority® One3, Priority® 1300 and
InfoCall® 190; |
|
|
|
Telstra prepaid mobile, Pre-paid Plus; |
|
|
|
calling cards (Telecard®); |
|
|
|
prepaid cards (Phoneaway®, Say GDay®); |
|
|
|
information services numbers; |
|
|
|
number portability; |
|
|
|
mobile VPN, mobile voicemail; |
|
|
|
advanced network routing; and |
|
|
|
screening functions. |
Our inbound services are important to our major business customers because they support their call
centre and customer service operations.
Data networks
We operate a number of data networks including a:
|
|
Switched Data Network (SDN ); |
|
|
|
National Transaction Switching Network; and |
|
|
|
Digital Data Network (DDN ). |
Our SDN comprises approximately 730 switches linked to access multiplexers at more than 120 sites
around Australia. The SDN provides:
|
|
public packet switching data services suitable for a wide range of data applications; |
|
|
|
site-to-site and multi-site WAN connectivity; |
|
|
|
national coverage for frame-relay data services from 64kbps up to 45Mbps (subject to
available transmission capacity); |
|
|
|
national coverage for ATM data services, supporting access rates from 2Mbps to
622Mbps (subject to available transmission capacity); and |
34
|
|
national coverage for Business DSL data services, supporting access rates from 64kbps to
2Mbps (subject to available transmission capacity). |
SDN is also the backbone for numerous IP WAN services, supporting a range of access types from the
fixed ATM and frame services for domestic and global use to Dynamic Dial, ADSL, wireless services
and value-added features including firewalls, hosting, Messenger, IP Voice and IP Video.
Our retail customers use ATM and frame relay data services on the SDN to build wide-area
corporate data networks. Our wholesale customers use the SDN as a key element of their own retail
offerings.
Our National Transaction Switching Network is suitable for electronic funds transfer and inventory
applications. This network provides dedicated and dial-up access in a secure environment, suitable
for transmitting transactions.
Our DDN, with its fully integrated management system, provides dedicated secure site-to-site
transmission at speeds ranging from 1200bps up to 2Mbps. This network has extensive coverage, with
more than 2,500 points of presence nationally across Australia for both Telstra retail DDS and
Telstra Wholesale Data Access Radial (DAR) products.
In addition, the DDN is the underlying access infrastructure for our Accelerated Frame Relay
product using our large network reach over multiple access technologies such as G.Shdsl, HDSL and
optic fibre to enable customer access into the SDN core network. DDN also supports the declared
wholesale product of Data Access Radial, which supplies the access for carriers to enable their
customers to connect to their own retail offerings.
Internet Protocol networks
We operate a national Internet backbone network. It is a fully IP-routed network, which provides
the backbone for all of our Telstra Internet Direct services and all Telstra BigPond® Internet
offerings, as well as Telstra Wholesales Internet products. Our Internet backbone network connects
to the rest of the Internet via the international links provided by REACH and connects domestically
via peering links with peer ISPs.
We operate two major Internet data centres, one in Melbourne and one in Sydney. The computer server
infrastructure in these centres controls access to the network and provides applications including
email, news, chat, web hosting and games. The server infrastructure supports real time activation
of customers and also provides billing functionality, service monitoring and surveillance. Caching
servers are deployed to store and serve often requested Internet content so that customers receive
faster web page delivery and we are able to contain our Internet traffic costs.
We have one platform that supports wholesale and retail Internet products. This has been used to
provide a Telstra BigPond® Home product with universal local call access across Australia. Telstra
BigPond® Home is now available throughout Australia with dial-up access at the cost of a local
call.
We deliver our IP Metropolitan Area Network (MAN) and Telstra Ethernet MAN services through an
MPLS network that has ethernet switches located in customer buildings and interconnected by a
high-speed network. IP MAN plus IP WAN together form the network to deploy our IP Solutions
products. We are offering a Government IP solution which provides a fibre based IP network for use
by Government agencies in metropolitan and regional locations, as well as accelerating the
provision of fibre based wideband services by non-Government customers.
We have also extended the core, carrier grade IP network known as the Routed Data Network to sites
in metropolitan and some regional areas. This network supports the delivery of retail and wholesale
ethernet based products nationally.
Broadband network
We deliver broadband capability through a variety of technologies using cable modem, ADSL and
satellite services. Our HFC broadband network passes approximately 2.7 million homes and
approximately 73% of the network is underground. The optic fibre component of this broadband
network consists of two forward and one return path fibres, with the co-axial component serving an
average of 900 customers each.
35
The cable network is designed to provide two-way transmission for interactive services and
high-speed data transfer up to 10Mbps with an average speed of 6Mbps typical. ADSL is a broadband
access technology using existing PSTN access infrastructure capable of speeds up to 7.8Mbps
depending on distance from exchange and line condition. Current products offer speeds up to 1.5Mbps
downstream and up to 256kbps upstream or 512kbps both ways. Although not yet commercially deployed,
ADSL2 + capability has been introduced into 270 exchanges and offers up to 24Mbps downstream and
1Mbps upstream.
We have three fast broadband service options available to customers in ADSL enabled areas in
Australia:
|
|
an Internet service for residential customers that allows customers to use the
Internet through their existing telephone lines without tying up the phone line or needing
an additional line; |
|
|
|
an Internet service for companies to provide their staff, offices or branches with
remote access capability to the corporate network; and |
|
|
|
a service for ISPs to provide their customers with ADSL Internet access. |
Since August 2000, we have been rolling out our broadband services and we achieved our target
coverage for the fiscal year ended 30 June 2005 of approximately 1,700 ADSL enabled exchanges.
We also offer satellite broadband services via both a two way satellite service and a satellite
download/dial-up backchannel in areas of Australia for customers who are unable to access broadband
via cable or ADSL.
We are a registered provider under the Australian Governments Higher Bandwidth Incentive Scheme
(HiBIS). This scheme aims to increase the availability of high bandwidth services throughout
rural and regional Australia at prices that are broadly comparable with metropolitan areas. We have
used the incentive to reduce the threshold levels on its ADSL Demand Register, making it easier for
smaller communities to trigger ADSL investment. Between the period April 2004 when the scheme
commenced, and June 2005, we provided ADSL to almost 600 rural and regional exchanges with the
assistance of HiBIS funds. For more remote customers, we used the HiBIS subsidy to reduce the
prices of BigPond 2-way Satellite and Broadband Regional Connect, a combination of an ISDN service
and a 1-way satellite uplink.
Mobile telecommunications networks
We own and operate a number of networks for the provision of mobile telephone services that
together cover more than 98% of the Australian population. We serve more than 8 million SIOs with
these networks. Through CSL we also operate mobile services in Hong Kong.
In Australia, our GSM digital network operates in the 900MHz and 1800MHz spectrum bands. As at 30
June 2005, our GSM digital network in Australia had approximately 4,000 base stations nationally.
We are continuing to expand the capacity and coverage of the GSM network, with more than 280 new
base stations established in the fiscal year ended 30 June 2005.
The GPRS service is available across our GSM network and provides always on data access to WAP
and Internet information services, as well as access to corporate customers LANs and intranets.
Our 3GSM service operates in the 2100Mhz spectrum band. At launch during 2005 our 3GSM consists of
approximately 2,100 base stations nationally. Video and higher speed always on packet data access
is available across our 3GSM network footprint.
Our second digital mobile telecommunications network in Australia is based on CDMA technology, with
coverage more than double the area of the GSM network. We are predominantly developing new regional
areas of coverage in this technology. It operates in the 800MHz band that our closed analogue
network used previously. As at 30 June 2005, our CDMA digital network in Australia had
approximately 3,000 base stations nationally. We are continuing to expand the capacity and coverage
of the CDMA network, with more than 230 new base stations established in the fiscal year ended 30
June 2005.
Enhancement of our CDMA network with 1xRTT commenced in the fiscal year ended 30 June 2003 and
focussed on all capital cities. The final stage of the transition to 1xRTT began in February 2004
and has now been completed. A limited rollout of the next generation mobile data utilising EVDO has
been completed in all capital cities and some regional centres. Further expansion of this
technology is currently being built in Sydney and other areas are being scoped.
36
Electromagnetic energy (EME)
We rely on the expert advice of national and international health authorities such as the
Australian Radiation Protection and Nuclear Safety Agency and the World Health Organisation for
overall assessments of health and safety impacts. The consensus is that there is no substantiated
scientific evidence of health effects from the EME generated by radio frequency technology,
including mobile phones and base stations, when used in accordance with applicable standards.
Certain reports have suggested that EME emissions from mobile phone base stations and radio
communications facilities (including handsets) may have adverse health consequences for users and
the community. We are committed to being open and transparent on all issues relating to EME
emissions. We comply with all relevant radio frequency standards and have comprehensive policies
and procedures to ensure the health and safety of the community and our employees.
Telstra Research Laboratories ensure that we have accurate and scientifically substantiated
information and contribute to the national and international EME research program. In the last 11
years we have invested more than A$10 million in this program.
An area of industry leadership is the development of base station EME software that calculates
environmental emission levels in a matter of seconds. Our widely acclaimed RF-MAP software enables
operators, local authorities and community groups to assess the environmental impacts of mobile
phone base stations and confirm compliance with safety standards. We have given copies of our
RF-MAP software to national and international health authorities as well as community and
Government organisations, reflecting our commitment to sharing expertise and providing the
community with easy to use solutions.
Australian carriers, through the Mobile Carriers Forum, are developing a site management process to
help ensure compliance with the Australian Communications Authority electromagnetic radiation
framework and the Australian Communications Industry Forum (ACIF) code of practice for radio
communications infrastructure deployment. We developed tools such as national site archive and
National Antenna rooftop database which are being adopted by the Mobiles Carrier Forum.
Information processes and systems
We have a range of information processes and systems to support our delivery of products and
services. We intend to increase the benefits of our offerings to customers by:
|
|
introducing new products to the market faster; |
|
|
|
further integrating our customer access technology and systems across channels; and |
|
|
|
reducing our overall IT costs. |
We have recently invested and will continue to invest in many new systems and processes in the
following seven principal areas:
|
|
sales and marketing; |
|
|
|
customer ordering and provisioning; |
|
|
|
online access for customers; |
|
|
|
billing and credit management; |
|
|
|
service assurance; |
|
|
|
workforce management; and |
|
|
|
back office processes. |
We are focussed on rationalising and simplifying the delivery processes across Telstra. Together
with our IT service providers, we will focus on driving efficiency and adaptability across our
delivery systems.
In April 2005 we established Business Process Owners who have company wide accountability for their
respective processes. We aim to continue significant improvements in our processes which will
contribute to reduced cycle times, increased revenues and importantly, improved customer
experience.
Information technology
In response to increased competitive pressures in Australia and internationally, we source in the
global market innovative, world-class solutions for the provision of application development and
maintenance services. This
37
includes the development of new software programs and the enhancement and ongoing maintenance
of existing software programs.
We are partnering with world class IT providers to deliver:
|
|
improved quality to a globally competitive standard; |
|
|
|
improved cycle times for new products and services; |
|
|
|
improved efficiency and lower prices; and |
|
|
|
access to new technologies. |
Property, plant and equipment
Overview
A large part of our network is constructed on land occupied under our statutory powers and
immunities. We also own and occupy land that includes strategic sites, such as the properties on
which our telephone exchanges are located. We own 5,067 freehold sites and occupy 8,305 sites on a
leasehold or other basis. Most of our sites are related directly to our telecommunications
operations and are used for housing network equipment of various types, such as telephone
exchanges, transmission stations, microwave radio equipment and mobile radio repeater equipment.
Some of our operational sites are on leased land or land that we have access to by statutory right
or other formal or informal arrangement. In addition to our operational sites, we own or lease a
range of properties used for office accommodation, storage and other miscellaneous purposes.
Land access powers and immunities
The land access powers and immunities conferred on carriers by the Telecommunications Act 1997
(Cwlth) (Telecommunications Act) are limited to those inspections, maintenance and installation activities
that will have a low impact on the surrounding environment. For activities not covered by the land
access powers and immunities regime, we must obtain all necessary consents, including the consent
of the relevant town planning authority as well as from the owner of the land, before network
construction activities may commence. Where the construction activities are to occur on land where
native title exists, the native title claimants and holders may also need to be involved. Obtaining
these consents may cause delay to the commencement of construction.
In some circumstances where we rely on the land access powers and immunities conferred by the
Telecommunications Act to carry out construction activities or where native title exists,
compensation may be claimed against us.
Environmental issues
Environmental aspects covering the handling and storage of dangerous goods, noise from fixed plant,
visual amenity and disposal of waste (including obsolete and decommissioned equipment) are required
to be managed as part of operating and maintaining plant and equipment on occupied sites. We
minimise the potential risks associated with these environmental aspects through various control
procedures. Incident processes are in place to minimise the potential impacts of environmental
incidents. Each decommissioned plant is screened for hazardous substances such as
polychlorinatedbiphenyls and chloroflurocarbons prior to recycling and hazardous materials are
disposed of in compliance with regulatory requirements. Sites to be divested undergo environmental
assessment and, if appropriate, remediation, prior to sale.
There are no current significant environmental issues that impede the utilisation or integrity of
our network operation.
Competition
Overview
Competition in Australias telecommunications market began in 1989 when competitors began to
provide a limited number of services. In 1991, competition increased with the decision to establish
a carrier duopoly and open resale of Telstras services, particularly national long distance and
international telephone services.
Competition intensified in 1992 when Optus, now SingTel Optus Pty Limited (Optus), won the second
carrier licence enabling it to offer unrestricted local, national long distance, analogue mobile
and international telephone services. We started offering digital mobile telephone services over
our own network in 1993. In the
38
same year, Optus and Vodafone Holdings (Australia) Pty Limited (Vodafone) began offering
those services over their own networks.
On 1 July 1997, the Commonwealth Government introduced the current regulatory regime which provides
for open competition in Australias telecommunications industry. Since then, there has been a
significant increase in the number of CSPs that have entered the Australian telecommunications
market. As at 30 June 2005, we supplied services to more than 600 wholesale customers that compete
in the retail telecommunications market.
From a position of originally being the sole provider of telecommunications products and services
in Australia, inevitably, competition has reduced our market share. However, competition has also
contributed to growth in the overall telecommunication services market. We expect both these trends
to continue but at lower rates.
We are permitted to compete in all telecommunications markets throughout Australia. Our competitors
are also permitted to compete in all of these markets. As convergence becomes more prominent, our
competitors may seek to take advantage of their position in one market to enter or improve their
position in another market.
Access and local calls
We currently face infrastructure competition in basic access and local call services in the central
business districts of the major capital cities and major metropolitan areas. Many of these
infrastructure competitors have access networks which compete directly with us for both business
and residential customers. Our main facilities-based competitors are Optus (fixed and mobile),
Vodafone (mobile), AAPT Limited (AAPT) (fixed) and Primus Telecommunications (Australia) Pty
Limited (Primus) (fixed). These carriers and others have established dedicated connections with
large business customers, mainly in central business districts. Dedicated connections allow a
competitor to direct a business telecommunications traffic to their own networks including local,
long distance and international calls and data transmission. The availability of local number
portability has contributed to the development of facilities-based competition in these markets. We
also face increasing competition from fixed to mobile and Voice over Internet Protocol calls.
National Long Distance and International Telephone Services
Competition has significantly eroded our market share for national long distance and international
telephone services. Our competitors usually own their own switches and acquire the PSTN originating
and terminating access from Telstra. To provide the national long distance and international
telephone services, they also need to own or lease transmission capacity.
We must provide our customers with call-by-call selection or override dialling and default choice
or preselection in respect of national long distance, international calls and fixed-to-mobile
calls, all of which further assist other CSPs to compete.
The PSTN originating and terminating access and the wholesale transmission capacity services are
important for facilities-based provision of national long distance and international telephony
services. The charges of these wholesale products are input costs of the competitors and therefore
have an impact on their retail offerings.
The regulatory processes provide a framework to determine the price terms and conditions of these
services. Competition is strong in the wholesale provision of transmission services. The price is
falling as new competitors enter the wholesale market. The ACCC will review the rest of the
wholesale domestic transmission capacity by March 2009.
Mobile telecommunications services
The mobile telecommunications market is one of the most competitive telecommunications markets in
Australia and we estimate that market penetration as at 30 June 2005 was approximately 90%. As this
level of market saturation increases, we expect the rate of further market penetration to slow for
all carriers.
The composition of new subscribers is also changing as growth in subscriber acquisitions is driven
more by prepaid services, rather than the traditional post-paid contract customers. Increasingly,
mobile service providers are looking to future growth in revenue from data usage by existing
subscribers. There is evidence of strong growth
39
in data usage which is currently driven by the popularity of SMS. Agreement between carriers
for inter-carrier SMS between GSM and CDMA networks has facilitated this growth.
Data services
The Australian data market is intensely competitive, with a number of service providers in a range
of categories from network, ISPs, international and Managed Service Providers offering a range of
domestic and international services. Competitors are typically classified as resale or
infrastructure competitors and may provide fixed line and wireless data solutions.
Customers are increasingly taking up new growth data services based on DSL, Ethernet or IP-based
solutions. Competition is intense in these growth areas, particularly across niche product
solutions and specific geographic areas. Several DSL network providers are offering DSL based VPN
services as an alternative to frame relay or leased line data connections. Others are also offering
Voice over DSL, with a view to offering integrated voice and data bundles.
Internet access services
For Internet access services, competition is based on a number of features including quality of
service, price, speed and availability of local call access and associated information or
transaction services. The ISP market in Australia is diverse and highly competitive, with
approximately 680 (ABS Sept 2004) competing retail service providers.
We provide both dial-up and broadband Internet access services. Broadband services are provided to
end-users by Telstra BigPond® using ADSL, cable, wireless and satellite platforms. Telstra
Wholesale provides industry participants with a variety of broadband offerings including DSL Layer
3, DSL Layer 2 and Virtual ISP
Broadband. We also offer an ISDN Internet access service as an alternative to standard PSTN dial-up
to deliver faster Internet speeds for both retail and wholesale customers.
Online services
Our online, content and web hosting services are subject to a high level of competition from
domestic and international competitors. We seek to differentiate ourselves through a variety of
factors including brand recognition and the entertainment, educational and commercial value of our
content. We are meeting customer demand by offering our own content and forging alliances with
content providers.
We provide services under a range of brands including telstra.com®, BigPond®, Yellow Pages®,
White Pages®, Whereis®, CitySearch^ and sensis.com.au.
Wholesale services
Telstra Wholesale has more than 600 customers, including approximately 470 ISPs and operates in a
market with about 34 wholesale competitors. Telstra Wholesale is focused on the delivery of
communication services to intermediaries operating in Australia and offers around 40 wholesale-only
products for our customers such as PSTN interconnection, data access radial, ViSP and a variety of
ADSL products.
Subscription television
The subscription television services market is competitive. FOXTEL (of which we own 50%) is a
subscription television provider in Australia, with in excess of 1 million subscribers (aggregating
FOXTELs direct subscribers and subscribers receiving resold FOXTEL services via Telstra and
others) as at 30 June 2005. In addition, FOXTEL also supplies its programming to Optus and TransACT
on a wholesale basis, with those two companies utilising that programming to supply subscription
television services to more than 155,000 subscribers in aggregate. Collectively, FOXTEL is now seen
in approximately 1.2 million households.
FOXTEL is well positioned to compete on the basis of its brand and diverse program offerings
delivered over both digital and analogue cable (via Telstra) and digital satellite. In the fiscal
year ended 30 June 2005, FOXTEL grew its subscribers by more than 13%.
40
FOXTEL and Optus TV are the main providers of subscription television services over cable in
largely overlapping areas. Optus is expected to launch a digital subscription television service
during the fiscal year ended 30 June 2006. FOXTEL also provides digital satellite coverage to
approximately 2.5 million homes not passed by our cable network.
AUSTAR distributes subscription television through digital satellite systems in regional areas and
has similar programming to FOXTEL. FOXTEL and AUSTAR compete only in limited areas. While there are
no restrictions on FOXTEL entering the AUSTAR territory, many of the program rights held by FOXTEL
do not permit it to broadcast that content into the AUSTAR territory. Also, FOXTEL has licensed
some programming to AUSTAR on an exclusive basis in relation to most of the AUSTAR territory. Other
subscription television operators offer limited services.
Subscription television providers compete with free-to-air television operators and are prevented
by law from holding exclusive broadcast rights to most major sports programs. Competition is
currently based on a number of factors including breadth of programming, brand, price, marketing,
service support and geographic scope of service delivery.
The obligation to provide a digital cable subscription television access service was subject to
either Telstra launching such a service commercially or the ACCC granting Telstra and FOXTEL
exemptions from the operation of Part XIC of the Trade Practices Act 1974 (Cwlth) in relation to
that service. The ACCCs decision to grant these exemption orders were taken on appeal to the
Australian Competition Tribunal. The appeal was upheld, and in September 2004 the Tribunal set
aside the ACCCs original decision to grant exemption orders and ruled that no exemption orders
should be granted to Telstra and FOXTEL. Telstra commenced the commercial supply of digital cable
subscription television carriage services to FOXTEL in March 2004.
Although there is no exemption order in Telstras favour, Telstra offers commercially supply
digital cable subscription television carriage services commercially to access seekers pursuant to
the terms of the undertaking accepted by the ACCC in 2003.
Advertising, Directories and Information Services
Our White Pages® and Yellow Pages® directories, classifieds business and related products (print ,
online, voice and wireless services ) are key advertising and contact information channels for
Governments and businesses, in particular SMEs across Australia. As such, we operate within the
highly competitive Australian advertising market, competing with a range of other domestic and
international advertising
businesses, search engines, local newspapers and direct marketing companies which also target a
similar customer base.
Competing directory providers have access to CSP subscriber contact details from the Integrated
Public Number Database (IPND) which we maintain as a requirement of our carrier licence.
Payphones
In our payphones business, we are seeing increasing competition due to new market entrants,
calling card operators and indirect competition from increased mobile telephone use.
Regulation
Overview
Some of the major features of the Australian telecommunications regulatory regime are:
|
|
industry specific competition regulation; |
|
|
|
any to any connectivity; |
|
|
|
extensive industry specific consumer protection regulation; |
|
|
|
industry codes and standards under a self -regulatory regime; |
|
|
|
no limits on the number of carriers; |
|
|
|
CSPs with many of the same access rights and obligations as carriers; and |
|
|
|
limited carrier land access rights and statutory immunities. |
41
The Government has announced a review of the regulatory regime of the telecommunications
sector ahead of any further privatisation of Telstra. Further, as part of this review, the
Government has passed legislation to introduce operational separation, as described in more detail
above under Risk factors.
Principal industry regulators
The Communications Minister is primarily responsible for telecommunications industry policy and
legislation. The Communications Minister can make rules in connection with the implementation and
operation of certain aspects of the regulatory regime and, at his or her discretion, impose or vary
the conditions of a carrier licence. In addition, the Communications Minister has the power under
section 159 of the Telecommunications (Consumer Protection and Service Standards) Act 1999 (Cwlth)
to give binding directions to us to take specified action towards ensuring that we comply with that
Act. This Ministerial direction power applies in addition to the Ministerial power in Part 3 of the
Telstra Act to give such directions in relation to the exercise of powers by us as appear to the
Minister to be necessary in the public interest.
The ACCC administers the TPA which regulates competition generally and includes specific provisions
governing the telecommunications industry. The ACCC administers the telecommunications access
regime, provisions for controlling anti-competitive conduct and Telstra retail price control
arrangements.
On 1 July 2005 the Australian Communications Authority and the ABA merged to form the Australian
Communications and Media Authority (ACMA). The Government has decided that there will be no
changes to the current functions carried out by the ACMA or the ABA. The ACMA will be responsible
for regulating telecommunications, broadcasting, online content and radiocommunications.
The ACMA is responsible for reporting on telecommunications industry performance and regulating the
non-competition aspects of the telecommunications industry under the Telecommunications Act and the
Telecommunications (Consumer Protection and Service Standards) Act including:
|
|
carrier licensing; |
|
|
|
technical regulation; |
|
|
|
quality of service; |
|
|
|
the customer service guarantee; |
|
|
|
priority assistance; |
|
|
|
network reliability framework; |
|
|
|
preselection, numbering and number portability; |
|
|
|
the universal service obligation; |
|
|
|
the digital data service obligation; |
|
|
|
spectrum management; and |
|
|
|
industry codes and standards. |
The legislation recently passed by parliament increases the maximum penalty for contravention of
the competition rule under Part XIB of the TPA where the contravention continues for more than 21
days. Under the legislation, the maximum penalty is A$31 million, plus $3 million for each day of
contravention in excess of 21 days.
The ACCC and the ACMA are independent statutory agencies. The ACCC is not generally subject to the
control or direction of the Communications Minister or the Commonwealth. The Communications
Minister has a power of direction in relation to the ACMA. However, both the ACCC and the ACMA can
take action regarding the regulation of the telecommunications industry without the prior approval
or knowledge of the Communications Minister or the Commonwealth.
The Telecommunications Industry Ombudsman is an industry-funded body established to investigate
and resolve retail customer complaints about telecommunications services and carrier land access
disputes. Participation is mandatory for all carriers and most CSPs unless exempted by the ACMA.
The industry also self-regulates through codes and standards
Bodies that represent one or more sections of the industry, such as the ACIF, may develop industry
codes governing activities of carriers, CSPs and other industry participants. These activities
mainly relate to matters affecting:
42
|
|
consumers; |
|
|
|
inter-carrier operations; |
|
|
|
interconnection and performance of networks; |
|
|
|
radio; |
|
|
|
environmental issues; and |
|
|
|
customer equipment and cabling. |
The ACMA may register such codes under the Telecommunications Act, direct industry participants to
comply with a registered code and, in the absence of a registered code, set mandatory industry
standards. If a carrier or CSP does not comply, it may be subject to a penalty of up to A$250,000.
The ACIF also has compliance mechanisms for breach by an industry participant of an ACIF code to
which the participant has agreed, which include non-monetary public censure sanctions.
The codes registered under Part 6 of the Telecommunications Act with the ACMA as at 18 August 2005
relate to:
|
|
the handling of life threatening and unwelcome calls; |
|
|
|
call charging and billing accuracy; |
|
|
|
end-to-end network performance; |
|
|
|
preselection; |
|
|
|
commercial churn; |
|
|
|
calling number display; |
|
|
|
complaint handling; |
|
|
|
customer information on prices, terms and conditions; |
|
|
|
billing; |
|
|
|
credit management; |
|
|
|
customer transfer; |
|
|
|
local and mobile number portability; |
|
|
|
unconditioned local loop service network deployment rules; |
|
|
|
IPND, data provider, data user and IPND manager; |
|
|
|
emergency call services; |
|
|
|
deployment of radiocommunications infrastructure; |
|
|
|
cabling requirements for business; |
|
|
|
priority assistance for life threatening medical conditions; |
|
|
|
customer and network fault management; and |
|
|
|
SMS. |
Carriers, carriage service providers and content service providers
We are a carrier, CSP and a content service provider.
A carrier is any person holding a carrier licence. In general, the owner of network infrastructure
must not use the infrastructure to supply telecommunications services to the public unless it holds
a carrier licence. A CSP is a person who supplies a telecommunications service to the public using
network infrastructure owned by a carrier. A content service provider is a person who uses a
telecommunications service to supply to the public a content service, such as a broadcasting
service or an online information or entertainment service.
Competition regulation
Competition rule
In addition to the general requirements of trade practices law, a carrier or CSP must not engage in
anti-competitive conduct in breach of the competition rule. A carrier or CSP may be in breach of the
competition rule if it:
|
|
contravenes general trade practices rules relating to anti-competitive conduct in
respect of a telecommunications market; or |
43
|
|
has a substantial degree of market power and takes advantage of that power with the
effect or likely effect of substantially lessening competition in any telecommunications
market, taking into account other conduct if necessary. |
The ACCC can issue a Part A competition notice if it has reason to believe that a carrier or CSP
has contravened the competition rule. A Part A competition notice need not describe conduct in very
specific terms but may instead describe the general kind of conduct which the ACCC believes is in
breach of the competition rule. Any repetition of the conduct while the competition notice is in
force can lead to penalties or damages being awarded against the carrier or CSP.
The ACCC can also issue a Part B competition notice. This Part B notice, which the ACCC may issue
simultaneously with or after a Part A notice, will be more detailed than the Part A notice. The
sole function of a Part B notice is its evidentiary effect. It is presumptive evidence of the
information in it and can be used in court proceedings against the carrier or CSP for penalties or
damages.
To issue a competition notice (Part A or Part B), the ACCC need only have a reason to believe that
there is a breach of the competition rule rather than being affirmatively satisfied of a breach of
the competition rule after full investigation.
Any person (including a carriers or CSPs competitors) may apply at any time to the Federal
Court for an injunction to restrain anti-competitive conduct, whether or not a competition notice
has been issued.
A carrier or CSP may be liable to pay penalties of up to A$10 million plus A$1 million per day of
contravention and, if the contravention continues for more than 21 days, A$31 million and A$3
million for each day in excess of 21 that the contravention continues, and for compensatory damages
to affected third parties, if:
|
|
it continues to engage in conduct the subject of a competition notice after the
notice comes into effect; and |
|
|
|
the Federal Court finds that the conduct is in breach of the competition rule. |
No final decision in relation to a competition notice has yet been handed down by a court.
If the ACCC issues a competition notice, it may also give a carrier or CSP a written notice
advising it of the action the ACCC believes should be taken to ensure that the carrier or CSP does
not continue to engage in the kind of conduct dealt with in a Part A competition notice. An
advisory notice can be issued at any time. While such a written notice from the ACCC is of an
advisory nature only, in practical terms there may be significant pressure on a carrier or CSP to
comply with the notice given the potential breadth and ambiguity of a Part A competition notice and
the ability of the ACCC to revoke a Part A competition notice if the carrier or CSP complies with
the advisory notice. Also, a court may have regard to the ACCCs opinion in determining whether a
carrier or CSP is liable for penalties or damages if the court finds it to have been in breach of
the competition rule.
A competition notice relating to changes to BigPond Broadband pricing was issued against Telstra in
March 2004. The competition notice was withdrawn following agreement between the ACCC and Telstra
in February 2005.
Information gathering powers
The ACCC may seek information from carriers or CSPs with substantial market power in the
telecommunications industry concerning charges for products and services, including in Telstras
case only, charges for basic carriage services, subject to a right of appeal to the Australian
Competition Tribunal. The ACCC may publish information concerning charges and services if it is
satisfied that there would be a net public benefit in doing so and has a further general power to
obtain information in relation to designated telecommunications matters.
Record-keeping rules
The ACCC has in place financial record-keeping rules. These accounting rules require detailed three
or six-monthly reporting to the ACCC of non-public cost and revenue information in relation to our
wholesale and retail services.
44
The ACCC will be able to refer to this information on our costs and revenues in its market
conduct and access investigations. Similar accounting rules apply to both Optus and Vodafone. AAPT
and Primus are required to comply with the same rules but only in relation to retail services.
Accounting Separation
In April 2002, the Communications Minister announced that the Commonwealth Government required
accounting separation of our wholesale and retail arrangements in order to ensure our wholesale arm
treats all retail providers in an equitable fashion.
On 19 June 2003, the Communications Minister issued the final Accounting Separation Direction to
the ACCC requiring it to issue record keeping rules to Telstra giving effect to that direction. One
requirement of the direction is for Telstra to update its regulatory accounting records to produce
both historic and current cost accounts, which has and continues to impose some resource costs on
us. Preparation of the regulatory accounts for the core PSTN services of PSTN interconnection,
local call resale and the unconditioned local loop will provide a basis for comparison in relation
to any existing regulated prices for these products. We have already produced two interim reports
but we are still working towards finalising these reports. The interim reports are based on a range
of assumptions, hence the results should be treated with caution.
An additional requirement under the accounting separation rules is for Telstra to prepare and for
the ACCC to publish imputation test results for various PSTN services including basic access,
locals calls, national long distance, international long distance and fixed to mobile services. An
imputation test measures whether an efficient competitor of Telstra can compete against our retail
product offering, based on our retail price and an assessment of the efficient wholesale and retail
costs to the competitor of providing the service. In the context of the accounting separation
obligations, these costs are determined by the information in our regulatory accounts.
The ACCC is also required to publish a series of metrics that compare our performance in terms of
new service connections and fault rectification for both wholesale and retail customers. We are
required by law to provide equivalent service and the metrics published to date demonstrate our
compliance. We believe they will continue to do so. However, because wholesale customers represent
a small and non-random sample of the Telstra customer base, statistical anomalies are possible.
Another requirement relating to the accounting separation obligations is for the ACCC to publish
information about the state of competition in the corporate customer segment of telecommunications
markets. The first report for July December 2003 was published in December 2004 dated June 2004.
The ACCC has also published two discussion papers canvassing record keeping rules to assist the
ACCC to prepare the reports. We are also in discussion with the ACCC in relation to these
foreshadowed rules. The requirement for accounting separation may change with the introduction of
operational separation.
Retail price restrictions
The Commonwealth Government has set retail price controls on some of our services and groups of
services that apply from 1 July 2002 to 30 June 2005, which has been extended to 31 December 2005.
The Communications Minister has asked the ACCC to undertake an inquiry into the price arrangements
which will apply from 1 July 2005. The ACCC has published its recommendations and the Government
has announced the regime for the next 3 years. From 1 January 2006, a range of Telstras line
rentals, local, STD, international and fixed to mobile calls will be subject to an overall price
cap of the Consumer Price Index (CPI) minus CPI. Telstras basic line rental products will be
increased only by the rate of inflation.
CPI-X or CPI+X price restrictions
We cannot increase the weighted average price of local calls, national long distance and
international calls and fixed-to-mobile calls by more than the CPI less 4.5%. If the CPI is less
than 4.5%, we are required to reduce our prices accordingly.
We have scope to increase line rental charges by up to CPI+4%. This cap recognises that basic
access lines are currently priced at considerably less than the cost to provide the service and
that we should be permitted to increase the line rental charge to cover costs, while at the same
time reducing call prices which have, in the past, subsidised the below cost line rental.
Connection services continue to be capped so that the charge for them increases by no more than the
rise in the CPI.
45
The ACCC has powers to monitor and report on our compliance with price controls.
Local call charges
We and other CSPs must offer untimed local calls to:
|
|
residential and charity customers for all local calls; and |
|
|
|
business customers for local voice calls. |
We are not permitted to charge more than 40 cents (including GST) (and after 1 January 2006, 50
cents) for a local call from a public payphone. This is the first price rise in ten years. We are
not permitted to charge more than 22 cents (including GST) for a local call from any other service
except where the higher call price is offered as part of a package that offers a lower line rental
than the standard line rental. We offer reduced rates for local calls with some of our service
plans.
We are obliged to ensure that:
|
|
our average price for untimed local calls provided to residential and charity
customers in non-metropolitan areas in a fiscal year does not exceed the average price
charged by us to residential or charity customers in metropolitan areas in the previous
fiscal year; and |
|
|
|
our average price for untimed local calls provided to business customers in
non-metropolitan areas in a fiscal year does not exceed the average price charged by us to
business customers in metropolitan areas in the previous fiscal year. |
Directory assistance service charges
We cannot impose or alter a charge for our directory assistance services without the approval of
the Communications Minister. In October 1999, we commenced charging business and mobile customers
for national and long distance directory assistance services after approval of the Minister. Our
residential customers continue to receive these directory services without charge via the number
1223.
Access
The ACCC has broad powers to determine those of our services to which competitors will have access
and the terms and conditions under which we provide this access.
Declaration of services
The TPA creates an access regime specific to the telecommunications industry. The ACCC may declare
telecommunications services or other services that facilitate the supply of a telecommunications
service to be declared services. Carriers and CSPs have a qualified right to acquire declared
services from other carriers and CSPs.
Carriers and carriage service providers must comply with standard access obligations
Unless exempted by the ACCC, carriers and CSPs who supply declared services to themselves or anyone
else must comply with standard access obligations. They must provide the declared services to
carriers, CSPs or content service providers who require them in order to provide telecommunications
services or content services to end users.
Services not declared are not subject to regulation under this access regime. Therefore, access to
non-declared services is a commercial matter, subject only to the general trade practices law.
Current declared services
The services which have been listed as declared by the ACCC include:
|
|
originating and terminating access for domestic PSTN and ISDN telecommunications
networks; |
|
|
|
terminating access for GSM and CDMA mobile telecommunications networks; |
|
|
|
transmission capacity on all routes (except links between mainland capital cities and
some routes between capital cities and regional centres) on bandwidths of 2, 4, 6, 8,
34/45, 140/155 or higher Mbps; |
46
|
|
digital data access service (domestic carriage of data between exchange or other network
facilities and customer premises). The ACCC has determined that DDAS and ISDN will expire
as declared services in metropolitan areas after June 2006 but will continue to be
declared services in regional areas; |
|
|
|
an unconditioned local loop service using unconditioned copper wire in our customer
access network; |
|
|
|
local PSTN originating and terminating services (which in our view is not materially
different from the domestic PSTN originating and terminating access described above); |
|
|
|
local carriage services (in effect, this is local call resale); |
|
|
|
analogue cable subscription television broadcast carriage service; and |
|
|
|
the spectrum sharing service (also known as line sharing). |
Terms and conditions of access
A carrier or CSP may give the ACCC access undertakings which set forth the terms and conditions on
which it will offer to supply declared services. An undertaking only becomes operative if it is
accepted by the ACCC. The terms and conditions (including price) of standard access obligations are
to be resolved by commercial negotiations. If negotiations fail but an access undertaking
(including the relevant terms and conditions) has been provided by the access provider and has been
accepted by the ACCC, the access undertaking will apply. If there is no such undertaking, the ACCC
may arbitrate the terms and conditions on which the standard access obligation will be met.
Access arbitrations
Under the present regulatory regime, the ACCC possesses broad powers to hear access disputes
relating to the supply of a declared service and to make non-appealable decisions regarding those
disputes. At present, there are two access arbitrations in progress involving Telstras supply of a
declared service to an access seeker. Telstra generally attempts to avoid access arbitrations,
preferring instead to resolve matters on the basis of sound commercial agreements, however this is
not always possible.
The ACCC cannot move a decision in an arbitration inconsistent with any Telstra access undertaking
it has accepted.
Access pricing
The Communications Minister may make a pricing determination setting out compulsory principles for
establishing access prices that must be followed by the ACCC. To date no ministerial pricing
determination has been issued.
The ACCC has published general Access Pricing Principles setting out how the ACCC proposes to
approach price issues when considering access undertakings and determining access disputes. In
general, the ACCC proposes that the prices of declared services should be cost-based. In
particular, it proposes to require access prices for such services to be based on the total service
long run incremental cost (TSLRIC) of providing the service.
Access undertakings
Telstra has been successful in having access undertakings accepted for the PSTN Originating and
Terminating Services and the Local Call Service during this financial year, these are the first
such undertakings accepted by the Commission. During the same period, the ACCC rejected two other
undertakings lodged by Telstra for the supply of the Unconditioned Local Loop Service and the
Spectrum Sharing Service.
Telstra has revised its original undertakings for both of these services, taking into consideration
the ACCCs comments, and relodged the undertakings on the applicable monthly charges, together with
new undertakings for the connection and disconnection costs for both services. In August 2005, the
ACCC published its draft view regarding these monthly charging undertakings. A final decision is
expected by October 2005.
Local call resale
In April 2005, the ACCC commenced a full review of the regulation of local telecommunications
services. The scope of the review included:
47
|
|
Should local carriage service continue to be declared after June 2006 (expiry date of
the current declaration)? |
|
|
|
How should the declared local carriage service be priced? |
|
|
|
Should basic access be declared? |
|
|
|
How should a declared basic access service be priced? |
|
|
|
Should the use of PSTN originating and terminating access to provide local calls be permitted? |
|
|
|
Should local calls be preselectable? |
The ACCC has indicated its intention to issue a final report on these issues by October 2005.
PSTN originating/terminating access
The ACCC has issued final pricing principles for PSTN originating and terminating services based on
TSLRIC principles. Future pricing of PSTN access is also likely to be determined through the
current access undertakings process and local services review.
Mobile terminating access
On 30 June 2004, the ACCC issued a final report on mobile terminating access services. The report
recommended that the existing declaration should be varied to include voice services terminating on
3G networks. At the same time, the ACCC decided not to extend the expiry date for the declaration
of originating access services. The ACCC also proposed new pricing principles for mobile
terminating access which are aimed at generating a gradual reduction in the price of the mobile
termination access service to a level that the ACCC believes represents a closer association of
price and the best cost measures the ACCC has available to it. The staged adjustment period is
proposed to commence on 1 July 2004 and conclude on 1 January 2007. These pricing principles are
currently subject to an appeal lodged by another carrier. Further, two undertakings with different
prices have been lodged by two other carriers.
PSTN termination to non-dominant carriers
The ACCC has issued final pricing principles for PSTN termination to non-dominant carriers. The
ACCC determined that the charges for termination of the non-dominant PSTN networks should be based
upon our de-averaged TSLRIC and that no access deficit contribution should be included in the
TSLRIC of non-dominant networks. The ACCC also found that where a non-dominant PSTN network has
costs significantly lower than those of our TSLRIC, the ACCC may assess whether an argument exists
for
looking specifically at the TSLRIC of the particular services of the non-dominant PSTN network.
Unconditioned local loop (ULL)
The ACCC has issued final pricing principles for the declared ULL service based on TSLRIC
principles. Future pricing of ULL services is also likely to be determined through the current
access undertakings process.
Spectrum Sharing Services
The ACCC announced its decision to declare the Spectrum Sharing Service (or line sharing) in
August 2002. The ACCCs stated pricing principles for the declared Spectrum Sharing Service are
based on TSLRIC principles. Future pricing of Spectrum Sharing Services is also likely to be
determined through the current access undertaking process.
Carrier-to-carrier access obligations
Each carrier must provide access on request to other carriers to:
|
|
its customer cabling and customer equipment and facilities (including lines, towers,
ducts and land) in place on 30 June 1991 or installed since that date using statutory
powers, if it is reasonable to do so; |
|
|
|
information relating to the operation of its networks; and |
|
|
|
its underground ducts and certain of its towers and sites with the aim of ensuring
that facilities are co-located on towers and in underground ducts, unless the ACMA finds
that co-location is not technically feasible. |
48
Access to these facilities and information is on commercially negotiated or arbitrated terms
and conditions. We have entered into a number of facilities access agreements with other carriers.
The Communications Minister can determine pricing principles for access to customer cabling and
equipment, network infrastructure and information relating to the operation of a network but has
not done so to date.
Carriers must also comply with the Facilities Access Code issued by the ACCC in relation to
access to underground facilities and certain towers and sites.
Carrier licences
Carrier licences are issued by the ACMA. The annual charge for a carrier licence was reduced as at
1 July 2004 from A$10,000 to less than A$1,000 plus a pro rata revenue-based contribution to
industry regulatory costs.
All carriers must, as a condition of their carrier licence, comply with the Telecommunications Act,
the Telecommunications (Consumer Protection and Service Standards) Act and the standard access
obligations. Any breach of licence conditions is subject to a penalty of up to A$10 million.
The Communications Minister may impose conditions on any carrier licence. The Communications
Minister must consult with the carrier before doing so. Our carrier licence currently includes
requirements for us to:
|
|
provide operator and directory assistance services; |
|
|
|
annually produce, publish and provide an alphabetical telephone directory; |
|
|
|
establish and maintain the IPND and provide access to the IPND to all CSPs; |
|
|
|
have in place and report against an approved industry development plan and comply
with the plan to the extent it relates to research and development; |
|
|
|
extend an equivalent mobile service to those areas previously served by the analogue
network (we are providing this through our CDMA network); |
|
|
|
develop, implement and maintain a priority assistance policy and have processes,
systems and practices in place to ensure that those customers with a life threatening
medical condition can be identified and provided with priority assistance; |
|
|
|
monitor and publicly report on the reliability of our network in designated
geographical areas of Australia and, where necessary, take appropriate action to remediate
a customers service; |
|
|
|
provide mobile coverage in selected population centres and on selected highways; and |
|
|
|
make available the Internet assistance program. |
Local Presence Licence Condition
On 3 August 2005 the Communications Minister issued a new licence condition, requiring us to
maintain a local presence in regional, rural and remote Australia, to the extent that this is
broadly compatible with our overall commercial interests, is not unduly prescriptive and does not
impose undue financial or administrative burdens on us. The licence condition requires us to
prepare a plan setting out the range of activities and strategies that we deploy or will deploy to
fulfill our obligation to maintain a local presence. This plan is subject to approval by the
Communications Minister. Before submitting a draft plan to the Minister for approval, we are
required to publish a preliminary draft of the plan and take submissions from representatives of
various stakeholder groups. Once a plan is approved by the Communications Minister we are required
to take all reasonable steps to ensure that the plan is complied with. Each plan can run for no
more than three years.
Carriage service provider obligations
A CSP that provides certain basic telecommunications services must provide or arrange for the
provision of:
|
|
itemised billing services; |
|
|
|
operator services; and |
|
|
|
directory assistance services to end users. |
We must provide operator and directory assistance services to CSPs on request, on terms and
conditions commercially negotiated or arbitrated terms and conditions. A CSP must supply
information for the Integrated Public Number Database (IPND).
49
Powers and immunities
A carrier may enter onto land and exercise any of the following powers:
|
|
inspect the land to determine whether the land is suitable for the carriers purposes; |
|
|
|
install a facility on the land; and |
|
|
|
maintain a facility that is situated on the land. |
A carrier may only exercise the power to install a facility if:
|
|
the carrier holds a facility installation permit, which the ACMA may only issue
subject to stringent conditions; |
|
|
|
the facility has been determined to be a low impact facility by the Communications
Minister (for example, specified types of underground conduit and cable); or |
|
|
|
the facility is a temporary defence facility. |
If we engage in these activities, we must take reasonable steps to restore the relevant land and
may be liable to pay compensation to land owners for financial loss or damage suffered by them as a
result of our
activities. We are also subject to a Telecommunications Code of Practice providing for notice and
objection mechanisms. The Secretary to the Commonwealth Department of the Environment may impose
conditions on some facilities installation activities.
Facilities other than those described above may only be installed with the permission of the
relevant landowner and in compliance with all relevant State, Territory and local laws.
No limitation of tort liability
The ACMA has power to impose a cap on our liability in tort for damages claims but has decided not
to do so.
Number portability
Number portability allows customers to switch certain services to another CSP but keep the same
telephone number.
The ACMA numbering plan mandates number portability for some services
The ACMA has put in place a numbering plan for Australia. Pursuant to a direction by the ACCC, the
plan sets out the following rules:
|
|
local number portability was operational on a trial basis from November 1999 and
fully operational by 1 January 2000 as mandated by the ACMA. There are a limited number of
specific cases where an exemption has been granted; |
|
|
|
inbound number portability affecting all 1800, 1300 and One3 numbers became
operational on 30 November 2000; and |
|
|
|
mobile number portability became available from 25 September 2001. |
In July 2004, the ACCC directed the ACMA to implement premium rate number portability. The ACMA
issued a discussion paper seeking comments on how to implement PRNP. Only a few submissions were
received by the ACMA. Because of the lack of industry interest to port premium numbers, no plan has
been implemented by the ACMA.
Terms and conditions of supply are negotiated or arbitrated
The terms and conditions on which CSPs supply number portability are set by commercial
negotiation or arbitration.
The Communications Minister may make a number portability pricing principles determination that
would govern any arbitration. However, no such determination has been made to date. In June 1999,
the ACCC issued a paper setting out the local number portability pricing principles that it would
be inclined to apply if it were required to arbitrate in relation to terms and conditions for the
provision of local number portability. These principles state that each carrier or CSP should bear
the costs it incurs in its own network to meet the obligation under the numbering plan to provide
local number portability.
50
In June 2005, the ACCC finalised their decision on Digital Data Access Service (DDAS) number
portability. The ACCC was not satisfied that the introduction would be likely to promote both
competition and efficiency. As a result, the ACCC has not issued a direction to the ACMA and
disallowed Digital Number Access Service
(DNAS) number portability.
Mobile number portability
The ACCCs final report on mobile number portability pricing principles only allows us to recover
from other carriers or CSPs our efficiently incurred transit costs of providing mobile number
portability from other carriers or CSPs.
Preselection and override codes
Preselection allows customers, while connected to a CSP, to specify another CSP to provide some
telecommunications services. Override codes allow a customer to select a different CSP on a
call-by-call basis.
Currently, CSPs must provide for the preselection of one CSP for the following voice calls:
|
|
national long distance calls; |
|
|
|
fixed-to-mobile calls; |
|
|
|
international calls; and |
|
|
|
some operator services. |
An override function for these voice calls must also be provided. The terms and conditions for
provision of preselection are as agreed between the CSPs. In the absence of agreement, there is
provision for arbitration by an agreed arbitrator or the ACCC.
Interception
Carriers are required by law to help law enforcement agencies in Australia in certain
circumstances. Carriers are not expected to provide help without remuneration but they are to
neither profit from, nor bear the costs of, providing such help. They must also, unless exempted by
the Communications Minister or the agency coordinator, ensure that telecommunications services
passing over their networks can be intercepted by agencies that hold an interception warrant. This
requirement can lead to delay in the launch of particular carriage services until the services are
capable of being intercepted.
Universal service and digital data service obligations
As the primary universal service provider, we have an obligation to fulfil the universal service
obligation
(USO) throughout the whole of Australia. This means that we must ensure that standard telephone
services, payphones and any prescribed carriage service (of which none have been prescribed) are
reasonably accessible to all people in Australia on an equitable basis, wherever they reside or
carry on business.
As part of this obligation, we must make special customer equipment available to people with
disabilities and offer interim telephone services in certain circumstances where there will be an
extended delay in connecting or repairing a fault with a standard telephone service.
We are also a digital data service provider and have an obligation to fulfil the digital data
service obligation
(DDSO) throughout the whole of Australia. This requires us to ensure that all people in Australia
have reasonable access to a digital data service with a data speed broadly equivalent to 64kbps. We
fulfil the DDSO through the supply of ISDN services (a General Digital Data Service), to which at
least 96% of the Australian population have access, and through the supply of BigPond satellite 1
way services (a Special Digital Data Service (SDDS)) for the remainder of the population.
In our roles as the primary universal service provider and digital data service provider, we are
required to submit plans to the ACMA and the Communications Minister for their approval which set
out how we will progressively fulfil the USO and DDSO throughout Australia. Our approved USO Policy
Statement, USO Standard Marketing Plan and Digital Data Service Plans are available from our web
site at
www.telstra.com.au/universalservice and www.telstra.com.au/corporate/ddsp.htm.
51
The Communications Minister may determine a system to select carriers to be the primary
universal service providers or regional universal service provider for all or some universal
services for particular years.
The net losses that result from supplying loss-making services and from facilitating the satellite
subsidy for SDDSs in the course of fulfilling the USO and DDSO are required to be shared among all
carriers and any CSPs determined by the Communications Minister (none have been determined). The
Telecommunications
(Consumer Protection and Service Standards) Act 1999 (Cwlth) provides that a universal service
providers net universal service cost, as assessed by the ACMA, is to be shared amongst the
universal service provider and other participating carriers on a basis proportional to the eligible
revenue of each carrier. The other participating carriers typically pay approximately 30% of the
net USO cost determined by the Communications Minister, with Telstra absorbing the remaining cost.
For this purpose, the ACMA assesses levy debits (required contributions to recognised USO costs) of
other participating carriers, thereby requiring them to make payments into a universal service
reserve from which payments are ultimately made to the universal service provider equal to the
amount of its corresponding levy credit.
However, current legislation does not ensure that the costs we incur in providing the USO are fully
recognised and properly funded by all industry participants. In accordance with the current
legislation, the
Telecommunications Laws Amendment (Universal Service Cap) Act 1999 (Cwlth), the Communications
Minister determines the net USO costs. These amounts are usually significantly less than our own
assessment of the USO costs. The other participating carriers are required to pay us contributions
based on the ACMA assessments of their eligible annual revenue. The Communications Minister has
also exercised the power to determine the cost of the USO for up to
three years in advance a
previous Communications Minister has determined costs for the fiscal year ended 30 June 2005 as
A$211.3 million. The net USO costs for subsequent years have recently been determined by the
Minister, following advice provided by the ACMA. The amounts for the next three fiscal years are
$171.4 million, $157.7 million and $145.7 million.
As the primary universal service provider, we receive no contribution from other carriers for
any non-recognised USO costs.
The Commonwealth Department of Communications, Information Technology and the Arts (DCITA)
reviewed the USO and customer service guarantee regime and the Communications Minister tabled a
report in Parliament on 17 June 2004 proposing changes to the USO funding arrangements. The
recommendation for USO funding in the report is for the USO costs to be simplified and for Telstra
to meet the USO legacy costs associated with legacy telephone services. However, the Government
announced at the time of the release of this report that it does not intend to change the broad
legislative framework governing USO costing and funding.
Customer service guarantee
At the direction of the Communications Minister, the ACMA has made mandatory standards for CSPs
(including Telstra) in relation to the provision and repair of standard telephone services and the
keeping of customer appointments associated with these activities.
These customer service standards have been in effect since 1 January 1998 to eligible customers
with five or less standard telephone services.
In accordance with the CSG Standard:
|
|
we will connect a new standard telephone service within timeframes that range between
two working days (where a telephone service has recently been working at the new premises
and can be automatically reconnected) and a maximum of 20 working days (where new
Telstra network infrastructure has to be provided). The actual timeframe may also be
dependant upon whether the CSG customer is located in an urban, rural or remote location;
and |
|
|
|
we will repair a CSG service in set timeframes according to the customers location,
which is either one, two or three full working days for customers located in urban, rural
and remote areas respectively. |
As from 1 January 2003, we reduced our connection timeframes in minor rural and remote locations
where Telstra infrastructure does not exist from 6 months to 20 working days.
The damages payable under the CSG Standard include:
52
|
|
for a missed appointment, A$12 for a residential or charity customer and A$20 for a
business customer; and |
|
|
|
for a delayed connection or repair, A$12 for a residential customer and A$20 for a
business customer for each working day of delay up to five working days and A$40 per
working day of delay after that. |
Damages cannot exceed A$25,000 per customer for each contravention.
If we have reason to believe that an event has occurred that is reasonably likely to result in us
being liable to pay damages to a customer for a breach of the CSG Standard, we will notify the
customer and pay those damages, whether by account credit or otherwise, within a prescribed period.
This is the case irrespective of whether the customer has claimed those damages.
Priority Assistance
The Communications Minister approved our Priority Assistance for Individuals policy on 17 June
2002. The policy aims to provide eligible residential customers, who have a diagnosed
life-threatening medical condition with a high risk of rapid deterioration and whose life may be at
risk without access to a fully operational phone service, with the highest level of service
practicably available at the time on the connection and repair of standard telephone services.
Telstra customers need to substantiate their eligibility or the eligibility of someone else
residing at their premises, with certification from a medical practitioner or an authorised person.
Priority customers are entitled, unless circumstances make it unreasonable, to have a first
standard telephone service connected and a fault with a nominated standard telephone service
repaired within 24 hours in urban and rural areas and within 48 hours in remote areas. In addition,
priority customers receive 24 hours, 7 days a week service for fault management, handling and
repair. Where these timeframes cannot be met, we will offer eligible priority customers the choice
between an interim priority service and an alternative service, for example call diversion to
another telephone number of their choice.
As part of our policy, we must undertake a communications strategy to generate public awareness and
advise customers of priority assistance. As at 30 June 2005, we had approximately 135,000 customers
with priority assistance status.
At the request of the Communications Minister, the ACMA conducted a review of our priority
assistance arrangements in late 2004. In its report to the Minister, the ACMA concluded that
Telstras priority assistance arrangements are largely meeting the Governments policy objectives
and there appears to be a high level of customer satisfaction with Telstras provision of the
service.
Network Reliability Framework
The Network Reliability Framework (NRF) is an outcome of the Telecommunications Service Inquiry
(Besley Inquiry) which was conducted during 2000.
The NRF was introduced through an amendment to our carrier licence conditions, which took effect
from 1 January 2003, and embraces CSG telephone services only generally, those telephone services
that are provided to customers with five or less standard telephone services.
The NRF is a compliance and reporting framework that aims to improve the reliability of our network
at three different levels:
|
|
Level 1 44 geographical areas throughout Australia, which are based on our work
regions. We are required to provide a monthly report to the ACMA on the percentage of CSG
services with no faults and the average percentage of service availability for each
geographical area. This information is also made publicly available on our web site at
www.telstra.com.au/servicereports; |
|
|
|
Level 2 the exchange service area (ESA) level, of which there are approximately
5,000 throughout Australia. We are required to provide monthly reports to the ACMA of
those ESAs where a predetermined number of CSG services (which is dependent upon the
total number of CSG services in the ESA) have had one or more faults in each of the two
preceding calendar months. The ACMA can request further information from us regarding the
performance of a particular ESA and may seek to have remedial action undertaken to reduce
the incidence of faults in a particular ESA; and |
53
|
|
Level 3 the individual service level. We are required to take reasonable action to
prevent a CSG service from experiencing four or more faults in a rolling 60 day period or
experiencing five or more faults in a year. Where either of these thresholds is breached,
we are required to investigate the reason for the breach, undertake such remediation as is
necessary and report the contravention to the ACMA. |
The NRF adds to the range of consumer safeguards already in place, for example the USO, CSG
Standard and priority assistance.
The Australian Communications Authority conducted a review of the NRF during 2004 and provided its
final report to the Minister in June 2005. The report contains a number of recommendations aimed at
improving the operation of the NRF which are being considered by the Minister.
Supply terms and conditions
Under a determination made by the ACMA, since March 2000 CSPs that formulate a standard form of
agreement relating to the supply to an ordinary customer of designated goods and services have been
required to provide customers with concise summaries of the terms and conditions on which customers
acquire their goods and services. We provide these summaries to existing and new customers.
Hong Kong Telecommunications Regulatory Information
We own 50% of REACH which, through its wholly-owned subsidiaries including REACH Networks Hong
Kong Ltd (REACH Networks), conducts a wholesale connectivity business from Hong Kong. REACH
Networks operates a network for the carriage of traffic to and from Hong Kong.
We also own CSL which conducts a cellular mobile business in Hong Kong. CSL holds 2G Public
Radiocommunication Service licences that cover the establishment, maintenance and operation of 2G
cellular networks in Hong Kong. CSL also holds a 3G mobile carrier licence.
Below is a brief outline of the Hong Kong telecommunications regulatory regime and the key
regulatory requirements with which REACH Networks and CSL must comply.
Telecommunications Ordinance (Chapter 106 of the Laws of Hong Kong)
The legislative framework governing the provision of telecommunication services and facilities in
Hong Kong is principally contained in the Telecommunications Ordinance (Chapter 106 of the Laws of
Hong Kong). The Telecommunications Ordinance regulates the licensing and control of
telecommunications services and telecommunications apparatus and equipment, including fixed
wireline and wireless services, public mobile telephone services and certain aspects of Internet
services.
The Telecommunications Authority (TA) is the principal telecommunications regulator in Hong Kong
and is responsible for administering the Telecommunications Ordinance. The Office of the
Telecommunications Authority was established in 1993 as an independent Government department and
its key functions are to assist the TA in administering and enforcing the provisions of the
Telecommunications Ordinance. The TAs powers include:
|
|
issuing licences; |
|
|
|
making rules and determinations in relation to the provision of telecommunications
network services by licensees, including setting interconnection charges on particular
routes; |
|
|
|
requiring a licensee to comply with the terms of its licence and any applicable
legislation; and |
|
|
|
suspending or revoking licences as enforcement measures or for the protection of the
public interest. |
Competition provisions
The telecommunications market in Hong Kong is almost fully liberalised and is now one of the most
competitive markets in the world. Unlike many countries, Hong Kong does not have a general
competition law. Anticompetitive behaviour is regulated through industry specific legislation as
well as in various licence conditions.
The Telecommunications (Amendment) Ordinance 2003 and its accompanying guidelines regulates merger
activity in some aspects of the telecommunications industry through empowering the TA to issue
binding directions to carrier licensees when certain changes in the ownership of, or the control
of, a carrier licensee
54
occur which, in the TAs opinion, have or are likely to have the effect of substantially
lessening competition in a telecommunications market.
Second Generation (2G) licence renewal process
The existing 2G mobile licences held by Hong Kongs mobile network operators expire in the period
from July 2005 until September 2006.
Existing GSM and Personal Communication Service (PCS) licensees (of which CSL is one) have a
right of first refusal. The right of first refusal entitles the GSM/PCS licensee, who agrees to the
licence conditions and exercises the right, to a new mobile carrier licence which will attach
special conditions and be granted in respect of its existing 2G frequency spectrum. It is expected
that on this basis CSL will obtain new mobile licences on expiry of its current GSM licence in
January 2006 and similarly for its PCS licence in September 2006. The new licences will have a 15
year term. The Government has deferred a decision on using vacated CDMA spectrum for any new mobile
licence until completion of the Spectrum Policy Review.
Unified licensing
The TA has indicated that differentiation of regulation based on fixed and mobile networks will
not be sustainable going forward, and is considering consolidation of existing mobile and fixed
licensing categories and/or the creation of a new flexible licence category allowing provision of
both mobile and fixed-line service. There is a risk that spectrum utilisation fees for new services
provided under this licence, eg. using broadband wireless access, will be preferential as compared
to the existing spectrum utilisation fees payable by 3G licensees. On the other hand unified
licensing could have potential significant benefits for mobile operators, such as a recasting of
interconnection charges between mobile and fixed-line operators and access to buildings and land on
par with the rights currently enjoyed by fixed-line carriers. The unified licensing process is in
its infancy and will be complex. More clarity is expected from the TA in 2006.
New Zealand Telecommunications Regulatory Information
TelstraClear Ltd (TelstraClear), our wholly-owned subsidiary, is the second largest full service
carrier in New Zealand. Below is a brief outline of the New Zealand telecommunications regulatory
regime.
Telecommunications Act 2001
Throughout the 1990s, the telecommunications sector in New Zealand was subject to a light-handed
regulatory regime. Unlike most other OECD countries, no industry-specific regulatory authority was
established in New Zealand to regulate and monitor telecommunications competition and to promote
efficient and sustainable entry. This light-handed approach came to an end with the introduction of
the Telecommunications Act 2001.
The Telecommunications Act 2001 provides the principal framework for the regulation of
telecommunications in New Zealand and grants a telecommunications sector-specific regulatory role
to the New Zealand Commerce Commission (Commission). Under the Telecommunications Act 2001, the
Commissions functions are to:
|
|
make determinations on disputes between the access seeker and the access provider
over access obligations of designated and specified services and also on price in the case
of designated services; |
|
|
|
determine the net cost and apportionment (amongst industry players) of
Telecommunications Service Obligations and monitor the Telecommunications Service
Providers compliance with their Telecommunications Service Obligations (broadly, a USO,
for which Telecom Corporation of New Zealand Limited (Telecom) is the Service Provider,
and a Deaf Relay Service, for which Sprint International New Zealand Ltd is the Service
Provider); |
|
|
|
recommend to the relevant Government Minister the desirability of regulating
additional services where considered necessary; and |
|
|
|
propose and approve telecommunications access codes relating to designated and
specified services for the telecommunications industry. |
Determinations by the Commission under the Telecommunications Act 2001
The Commission has made determinations under the Telecommunications Act 2001 for TelstraClear in
relation to an interim price for residential resale (made on 14 June 2004) and wholesaling (made on
12 May 2003). The
55
Commission has also made a draft determination in relation to wholesaling for CallPlus.
CallPlus subsequently settled with Telecom.
The Commission has made two interim price determinations for interconnection between Telecom and
TelstraClears PSTN network and for wholesale (resale) of a range of Telecoms business retail
services.
Telecom and TelstraClear have both sought final price determinations and these are proceeding.
The Commission has also issued a draft determination on the apportionment of costs in implementing
local and mobile number portability in response to a joint application (from TelstraClear,
WorldxChange, CallPlus, Compass and iHug), and on the functions and standards for number
portability following a joint application from Telecom, TelstraClear and Vodafone.
The Commission made a draft determination in April 2005 on an application by TelstraClear (made in
December 2004) for regulated access to Telecoms unbundled bitstream service (UBS). The
Commissions preliminary view is that Telecom should provide TelstraClear with a bitstream access
service available nationally with characteristics which differ from Telecoms commercial bitstream
service currently available to access seekers. A final determination is expected to be made in the
first quarter of the fiscal year ending 2006.
In addition, the Commission has recently recommended that the termination of 2G fixed-to-mobile
calls be regulated. The New Zealand Government is currently considering whether to accept the
Commissions recommendation and add the mobile termination service as a designated service under
the Telecommunications Act.
Competition Provisions
The Commerce Act 1986 is New Zealands generic competition legislation outlawing anti-competitive
conduct in all industries and is enforceable by the Commission and by market participants.
Investments in controlled entities
The Commonwealth owns approximately 51.8% of the shares in Telstra. The rest of Telstras shares
are widely held. A list of our investments in controlled entities is set out in note 23 to our
financial statements for the year ended 30 June 2005.
56
Directors
As at the date of this Prospectus, our directors were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year of initial |
|
Year last |
Name |
|
Age |
|
Position |
|
appointment |
|
re-elected(1) |
Donald G McGauchie |
|
55 |
|
Chairman |
|
1998 |
|
|
2003 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sol Trujillo |
|
53 |
|
Chief Executive Officer |
|
2005 |
|
|
|
|
|
John E Fletcher |
|
54 |
|
Director |
|
2000 |
|
|
2003 |
|
Belinda J Hutchinson |
|
52 |
|
Director |
|
2001 |
|
|
|
|
Catherine B Livingstone |
|
49 |
|
Director |
|
2000 |
|
|
2002 |
|
Charles Macek |
|
58 |
|
Director |
|
2001 |
|
|
|
|
John W Stocker |
|
60 |
|
Director |
|
1996 |
|
|
2003 |
|
|
|
|
(1) Other than the chief executive officer, one third of directors are subject to
re-election by rotation each year. |
A brief biography for each of the directors as at the date of this Prospectus is presented below:
Donald
G McGauchie AO
Age 55
Chairman appointed 20 July 2004
Director since September 1998
Chairman, Rural Finance Corporation of Victoria and Telstra Country Wide Advisory Board; Deputy
Chairman, Ridley Corporation Ltd; Director, Reserve Bank of Australia, National Foods Limited,
James Hardie Industries NV and Nufarm Limited. Mr McGauchie has had extensive commercial and public
policy experience, having previously held several high level advisory positions to Government,
including the Prime Ministers Supermarket to Asia Council, the Foreign Affairs Council and the
Trade Policy Advisory Council. Mr McGauchie was Chairman of Woolstock Australia Limited from
1999-2002 and President of the National Farmers Federation from 1994-1998. He is a partner in C&E
McGauchie Terrick West Estate.
John E
Fletcher FCPA
Age 54
Director since November 2000
Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer of Coles Myer Ltd. Formerly Chief Executive and
Managing Director of Brambles Industries Ltd. Mr Fletcher was employed by Brambles in various
management positions for 27 years including an assignment in Europe.
Belinda
J Hutchinson BEc, FCA
Age 52
Director since November 2001
Director, Energy Australia Limited, QBE Insurance Group Limited, St Vincents and Mater Health
Sydney Ltd and State Library of NSW. Consultant, Macquarie Bank Limited. Ms Hutchinson has a long
association with the banking industry and has been associated with the Macquarie Bank since 1993.
Ms Hutchinson was an Executive Director of Macquarie Bank and was previously a Vice President of
Citibank Ltd.
Catherine
B Livingstone BA (Hons), FCA, FTSE
Age 49
Director since November 2000
Chairman, CSIRO and the Australian Business Foundation; Director, Sydney Institute and Director,
Macquarie Bank Limited; Member, Department of Accounting and Finance Advisory Board Macquarie
University.
57
Charles
Macek BEc, MAdmin, FSIA, FAICD, FCPA, FAIM
Age 58
Director since November 2001
Chairman, Sustainable Investment Research Institute Pty Ltd and Financial Reporting Council (FRC);
Director, Vertex Capital Pty Ltd, Williamson Community Leadership Program Ltd and Wesfarmers Ltd;
Victorian Councillor, Australian Institute of Company Directors. Former roles include 16 years as
Founding Managing Director and Chief Investment Officer and subsequently Chairman of County
Investment Management Ltd. He was also formerly Chairman and Director of IOOF Holdings Ltd and
Centre for Eye Research Australia Ltd and Director of Famoice Technology Pty Ltd. Mr Macek has had
a long association with the finance and investment industry.
John W
Stocker AO, MB, BS, BMedSc, PhD, FRACP, FTSE
Age 60
Director since October 1996
Chairman, Sigma Company Ltd; Director, Cambridge Antibody Technology Group plc, Circadian
Technologies Ltd and Nufarm Ltd; Principal, Foursight Associates Pty Ltd. Formerly Chief Scientist,
Commonwealth of Australia and Chairman of Grape and Wine Research and Development Corporation.
Douglas
C Gration FCIS, BSc, LLB (Hons), GDip AppFin,
Age 39
Mr Gration was appointed Company Secretary of Telstra Corporation Limited in August 2001.
Before joining Telstra, Mr Gration was a partner in a leading national law firm. He specialised in
corporate finance and securities law, mergers and acquisitions and joint ventures and other
commercial contracts and played a key role in the T1 and T2 Telstra privatisations. Mr Gration also
advised on telecommunication regulatory matters. Other roles previously held in Telstra include
Deputy Group General Counsel and Infrastructure Services & Wholesale General Counsel of Telstra.
Solomon
Trujillo BSc (Bus), MBA
Age 53
Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and Executive Director
CEO and Executive Director as of 1 July 2005
Formerly Chief Executive Officer of Orange, formerly Chief Executive Officer of Gravitron, formerly
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President of US West Inc. Mr Trujillo is currently sitting on
the boards of Pepsi, Target, Gannet (the newspaper chain) and EDS. He will leave all but one of
these board positions.
Conflicts
There are no potential conflicts of interest between any duties of any director to the Issuer and
any private or other duty (including those listed above) of that director.
Senior executives
As at the date of this Prospectus, the senior executives who are not directors are:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year appointed to |
|
Year appointed |
Name |
|
Position |
|
a GMD position |
|
to Telstra |
Bruce Akhurst |
|
CEO, Sensis |
|
1999 |
|
1996 |
Douglas Campbell |
|
Group Managing Director, Telstra Country Wide |
|
1992 |
|
1989 |
David Moffatt |
|
Group Managing Director, Telstra
Consumer and Marketing |
|
2001 |
|
2001 |
Michael Rocca |
|
Group Managing Director, Infrastructure Services |
|
2002 |
|
1968 |
John Stanhope |
|
Group Managing Director, Finance
& Administration and Chief Financial Officer |
|
2003 |
|
1967 |
David Thodey |
|
Group Managing Director, Telstra
Business and Government |
|
2001 |
|
2001 |
58
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year appointed to |
|
Year appointed |
Name |
|
Position |
|
a GMD position |
|
to Telstra |
|
Deena Shiff |
|
Group Managing Director, Telstra Wholesale |
|
2004 |
|
1998 |
William Stewart |
|
Group Managing Director, Strategic Marketing |
|
2005 |
|
2005 |
Greg Winn |
|
Chief of Operations |
|
2005 |
|
2005 |
Phil Burgess |
|
Group Managing Director Regulatory,
Public Policy and Corporate and Media Relations |
|
2005 |
|
2005 |
A brief biography of each of the senior executives who are not directors as at the date of this
Prospectus is as follows:
Bruce
J Akhurst LLB, BEc (Hons)
Bruce Akhurst is the Group Managing Director of Telstra Media and Chief Executive Officer of
Sensis. Within Telstra, he has management responsibility for our digital media strategy, which
includes our investment in FOXTEL. In March 2005 Bruce was appointed Chairman of the FOXTEL board.
Prior to his appointment as CEO of Sensis, Bruce was Group Managing Director Telstra Wholesale,
BigPond and Media Services and he also headed our Legal and Company Secretariat group and was
Telstras Group General Counsel. Bruce joined Telstra as General Counsel in 1996 and became Group
Managing Director in 1999. Before joining the Company, he was the Managing Partner at a national
law firm.
Phil Burgess PhD
Phil Burgess was appointed Group Managing Director, Regulatory, Public Policy, and Corporate &
Media Relations in August 2005. Phil has decades of public involvement in public policy and
communications, and brings experience as an academic, business executive, media commentator and
writer on economic, political and cultural trends in the US and around the world. Most recently,
Phil served as president and chief executive of the National Academy of Public Administration. He
is also the President of a US think tank, Annapolis
Institute, established in 1993 to help leaders manage change. In the private sector, Phil served as
corporate vice president and senior executive for communications and public relations at US West
Communications.
Douglas
C Campbell BEng, FAICD
Doug Campbell was appointed Group Managing Director, Telstra CountryWide on 4 June 2000, and has
over 30 years experience in the telecommunications industry both in Australia and Canada. Between
August 2002 and October 2003, Mr Campbell, combined his Group Managing Director of Telstra Country
Wide role with management responsibility for the Telstra Technology unit. Prior to his appointment
with Telstra CountryWide, Doug held the positions of Group Managing Director, Telstra Wholesale and
International, and Group Managing Director, Carrier Services Business. He has also held the
position of Group Managing Director, Network and Technology, and Group Managing Director, Consumer
and Commercial. Before the merger of Telecom
Australia and Overseas Telecommunications Commission in March 1992, Doug was Deputy Managing
Director of Telecom Australia. Originally from Canada, Doug was the President of Canadian National
Communications.
David
Moffatt BBus (Mgt), FCPA
David Moffatt was appointed Group Managing Director, Telstra Consumer and Marketing from 1 October
2003. The groups activities encompass the provision of fixed and mobile communications, broadband
and entertainment services to the Australian consumer and SME segments. The group also manages the
Telstra Shop chain and our extensive national network of mobile phone dealers as well as our
payphone services.
David is a Director and Chair of the Finance Committee at FOXTEL. David was previously Telstra
Chief Financial Officer and Group Managing Director, Finance & Administration, a role he assumed in
February 2001. Prior to joining the Company, David was Chief
Executive Officer, General Electric
Australia and New Zealand.
59
Michael
Rocca MBA, DipEng, GAICD
Michael Rocca was appointed Group Managing Director of Infrastructure Services in August 2002. This
unit of about 18,000 Telstra staff as well as an extensive contract workforce, has the
responsibility for providing design, installation and maintenance services to Telstras 11 million
customers. Prior to his current assignment, Michael held a range of posts during his career
including Managing Director of a number of engineering and service organisations within Telstra.
Michael Rocca is credited with dramatic improvements in regulated levels of customer service,
greater customer engagement, network management, cost reduction, innovative workforce modelling and
technology transformation. Michael holds a Master of Business Administration and post-graduate
qualifications in Engineering and Management. Michael also has qualifications from INSEAD, Global
Management, and is a graduate of the Australian Institute of Company Directors.
John
Stanhope B Com (Economics and Accounting), FCPA, FCA, FAICD, FAIM
John Stanhope was appointed to the role of Chief Financial Officer and Group Managing Director,
Finance & Administration from 1 October 2003. He is responsible for finance, treasury, risk
management and assurance, productivity, corporate services, billing, corporate development,
investor relations and the Office of the Company Secretary. John previously served as Director,
Finance. In this role, which he assumed in 1995, he contributed to T1 and T2, cost reduction
programs, growth strategies, debt raising, capital management and organisational restructures. In
2003, John was elected as National President to the Group of 100 for a two year period. He was also
appointed as a member of the CPA Australias Professional Education Board for a three year term and
is Chairman of the Business Coalition for Tax Reform. John is a director of TelstraClear, Hong Kong
CSL, Sensis, Telstra Super and is chairman of REACH
David
Thodey BA
David Thodey joined Telstra in April 2001 as Group Managing Director of Telstra Mobile. He was
appointed to the position of Group Managing Director, Telstra Business and Government in December
2002 and is now responsible for the Companys industry, government and business customers. Before
joining the Company, David was Chief Executive Officer of IBM Australia/New Zealand and previously
held several senior executive marketing and sales positions within IBM. David is the Chairman of
TelstraClear, and is also a director of the IT Skills Hub.
Deena
Shiff B.Sc (Econ) Hons; B.A. (Law) Hons
Deena has over fifteen years experience in the telecommunications industry. She held a number of
positions in OTC Limited and, after the merger of AOTC and Telstra, in the companys International
business unit. Between 1995 and 1998 Deena was a partner of the law firm Mallesons Stephen Jacques.
Deena rejoined Telstra in 1998 as Director of Regulatory, and in November 2001 was appointed to the
Wholesale business unit. In December 2004 she was appointed Group Managing Director, Telstra
Wholesale. Deena has held a number of non-executive directorships in both the telecommunications
industry and other sectors. She was a Director of the government owned rail operator, Freightcorp,
from 1995 until it was privatised in 2002. During that time she chaired the Compliance Committee
and later the Privatisation Committee of the Freightcorp Board. Deena was educated at the London
School of Economics and Cambridge University, and was admitted to the Bar in London in 1981.
Greg Winn
Greg Winn was appointed as Chief Operations Officer in August 2005, and has over 30 years
experience in the telecommunications industry, with more than 10 years experience as a senior
operations officer. Greg will have responsibility for all functions that are associated with the
operations of Telstras business, including networks, information technology, procurement-related
activities, fault resolution, process and productivity improvement activities, billing and credit
management activities and new infrastructure venture activities. Previously, Greg worked at
regional telecommunications company US West in various roles, including Vice President Consumer
Sales and Customer Service, Executive Vice President Retail Markets Executive, and Vice President
Operations and Technologies. Greg is credited with developing a best-in-industry employee
training centre, reducing held orders from more than 18,000 a month to fewer than 400 a month, and
deployment of a unique Centre for Customer Experience.
60
Conflicts
There are no potential conflicts of interest between any duties of any senior executive to the
Issuer and any private or other duty (including those listed above) of that senior executive.
Business address
The business address for the Company and each of the above directors and senior
executives is:
c/- the Company Secretary
Telstra Corporation Limited
Level 41, 242 Exhibition Street
Melbourne Vic 3000
Australia
Ph: +61(0) 3 9634 6400 or +61(0) 8 8308 1721 (Telstra Switch Board)
Legal Proceedings
In November 2002, Seven Network Limited and C7 Pty Limited (Seven) commenced litigation against
us and various other parties in relation to the contracts and arrangements between us and some of
those other parties relating to the right to broadcast Australian Football League and National
Rugby League, the contract between FOXTEL and us for the provision of broadband HFC cable services
(the Broadband Co-operation Agreement) and other matters. Seven seeks damages and other relief,
including that these contracts and arrangements are void. Seven also seeks orders which would, in
effect, require a significant restructure of the subscription television/sports rights markets in
Australia. The matter is proceeding before the courts but is unlikely to have any material effect
on our overall financial position or profitability.
We are also involved in routine governmental, legal and arbitral proceedings. Governmental
authorities and other parties threaten and issue legal and arbitral proceedings against us from
time to time.
We do not consider that there are any other current proceedings that could materially adversely
affect our or our groups overall financial position or profitability.
Relationship with the Commonwealth of Australia
The Commonwealth has a number of distinct relationships with us including as shareholder, regulator
and customer. The Commonwealth is our controlling shareholder and has special rights and privileges
under the Telstra Act. Our relationship with all of our shareholders (including the Commonwealth)
is, in general, regulated by the Corporations Act, the ASX Listing Rules and our constitution.
Commonwealth departments and independent agencies are also responsible for the regulation of the
telecommunications industry generally and Telstra in particular under the Telstra Act, the TPA, the
Telecommunications Act and the Telecommunications (Consumer Protection and Service Standards) Act.
The Commonwealth as shareholder
By the fiscal year ended 30 June 2005, the Commonwealth owned approximately 51.8% of our shares.
The Telstra Act precludes any reduction in the Commonwealths voting rights, paid-up capital or
rights to distributions of capital or profit, if any, below a 50.1% interest without amending
legislation. The effect of this is that we cannot introduce a dividend reinvestment plan or raise
new equity capital in a way that would reduce the Commonwealths ownership below this level.
The Corporations Act 2001 of Australia and Australian common law apply to regulate the
Commonwealths shareholding in Telstra.
In August 2005 the Commonwealth Government announced preparations to sell the Commonwealths
remaining 51.8% interest in Telstra. Enabling legislation has been introduced to Parliament.
However, the Government will decide in early 2006 if the market and other conditions are suitable
for a sale in late 2006 of some or all of the Commonwealths interest.
We are required under the Telstra Act to provide the Commonwealth with certain information that we
would not generally be required to disclose concurrently, if at all, to other shareholders. This
information includes:
61
|
|
annual provision of our three-year corporate plan; |
|
|
|
interim financial statements, if requested by the Communications Minister; and |
|
|
|
reports regarding significant proposed events, including corporate restructurings,
acquisitions and divestitures or joint venture and partnership activities. |
We are also required to keep the Communications Minister and the Minister for Finance and
Administration generally informed about our operations and to give them such information about our
operations as they require. Our management is required to appear before and, with limited
exceptions, provide information to Parliamentary committees.
The Communications Minister has the power under the Telstra Act to give us, after consultation with
our Board, such written directions as appear to the Communications Minister to be necessary in the
public interest. To date, no directions have been issued under this power. Our Board must ensure
that we comply with any such direction. The Communications Minister may not give such directions in
relation to the amounts to be charged for work done, or services, goods or information supplied by
us. The Communications Minister, however, has some discretionary powers in relation to charges. The
Communications Minister also has the power to direct us under the Telecommunications (Consumer
Protection and Service Standards) Act. The Telstra Act deems the Commonwealth Auditor-General to
have been appointed as our auditor for the purposes of the Corporations Act. The Auditor-General
cannot be removed without legislative amendment.
The Commonwealth has the ability to control us. This includes the power to pass any resolution at a
shareholders meeting requiring a simple majority, which includes the appointment and removal of
directors, with the exception of matters upon which the Commonwealth is not permitted to vote under
the Corporations Act or applicable listing rules.
The Commonwealth has a set of general policies which apply to partially owned Government business
enterprises, which provide significant commercial freedoms in the conduct of their business,
subject to the oversight of appropriate Ministers. These general policies are applied principally
through the Telstra Act, the Commonwealth Authorities and Companies Act 1997 (Cwlth) and our
constitution.
The Commonwealth as regulator
We are currently regulated by the Commonwealth and its departments and independent agencies under a
number of statutes including:
|
|
the Telstra Act; |
|
|
|
the Telecommunications (Consumer Protection and Service Standards) Act 1999; |
|
|
|
the TPA; and |
|
|
|
the Telecommunications Act. |
The Commonwealths role as regulator is independent and distinct from its role as shareholder. Like
other regulatory regimes, it is unlikely that the current regime will remain static. It will change
over time in light of experience and new developments in the industry, and the possible sale of the
Commonwealths remaining interest in us.
We are also subject to a range of other Commonwealth legislation, some of which does not apply to
our competitors. This legislation covers a wide range of areas including administrative law,
environmental law and employment related law.
The Commonwealth as customer
The Commonwealth is a major user of our services. The Commonwealth, as a result of
telecommunications liberalisation, is increasingly seeking to take advantage of open competition
when purchasing telecommunications services. In future, this may result in reduced business being
awarded to us.
Glossary
1xRTT (One Times Radio Transmission Technology): a 3G development of CDMA technology for high speed
packet switched data
62
2.5G: technology designed to expand the bandwidth and data handling capacity of existing
mobile telephony systems such as GSM using GPRS
3G: third generation technology designed to further expand the bandwidth and functionality of
existing mobile telephony systems beyond 2.5G
ABA: Australian Broadcasting Authority
ACA: Australian Communications Authority
ACCC: Australian Competition and Consumer Commission
Access line: a fixed or wireless local access connection between a customers premises and a
carriers local switch
ACIF: Australian Communications Industry Forum
ACMA: Australian Communications and Media Authority
ACT: Australian Capital Territory
ADR: American depositary receipt
ADS: American depositary share
ADSL (Asymmetric Digital Subscriber Line): a technology for transmitting digital information at a
high bandwidth on existing phone lines
AGAAP: generally accepted accounting principles in Australia
ARPANSA (Australian Radiation Protection and Nuclear Safety Agency): a Commonwealth Government
agency responsible for protecting the health and safety of people and the environment from the
harmful effects of radiation
ARPU: average revenue per user
ASX: Australian Stock Exchange Limited
ATM (Asynchronous Transfer Mode): a high bandwidth, low delay technology for transmitting voice,
data and video signals
Bandwidth: the capacity of a communication link
Broadband network: a network to support subscription television and online services
Carriage service provider: a person that supplies a telecommunications service to the public using
Carrier network infrastructure
Carrier: a licensed owner of certain specified transmission infrastructure that is used
to supply telecommunications carriage services to the public; any person holding a
carrier licence
CDMA (Code Division Multiple Access): a mobile telephone system based on digital transmission
Churn (where expressed as a rate): the rate at which subscribers to a service disconnect from the
service. Churn is usually expressed as total disconnects for a period divided by the average number
of customers for that period
Churn (where expressed as an activity): the transfer of a customers telecommunications service
from one supplier to another. In the case of a transfer involving a resale arrangement, no
disconnection occurs and a churn relates to a change in the legal entity responsible for a
telecommunications service or account
63
Commonwealth: Commonwealth of Australia
Communications Minister: the Commonwealth Minister for Communications, Information Technology and
the Arts
Corporations Act and Australian Corporations Act: Corporations Act 2001 (Cwth)
CPE: customer premises equipment
CSG: customer service guarantee
CSL: Hong Kong CSL Limited
DDAS: digital data access service
DDN: digital data network
DDS: digital data service
DDSO: digital data service obligation
Declared Services: a particular telecommunications service, or other service that facilitates the
supply of services, that is subject to the regulated access regime. The ACCC has the
responsibility for determining declared services, based on public inquiries
DSL: digital subscriber line
e-commerce: e-commerce includes buying and selling electronically over a network
EFTPOS: electronic funds transfer at point of sale
EME: electromagnetic energy
EVDO: (Evolution Data Optimised) additional service for mobiles supporting high speed packet
data transmission
Frame relay: a packet switching technology for voice, data and video signals which uses packets of
varying length, or frames. Frame relay can be used with any data protocol
FTTP: (Fibre to the Premises) infrastructure technology delivering telephony, broadband data, video
and digital subscription television services to customer premises on optical fibre platforms
Government: the Government of the Commonwealth of Australia
GPRS (General Packet Radio Service): a service that will allow compatible mobile phones and mobile
data devices to access internet and other data networks on a packet basis. The devices can remain
connected to the net and send or receive data information and e-mail at any time
GSM (Global System for Mobile Communications): a mobile telephone system based on digital
transmission
HFC: hybrid-fibre coaxial
IN: intelligent network
INP: inbound number portability
IP: Internet protocol
IPND: Integrated Public Number Database
64
IP-VPN: internet protocol virtual private network
ISDN (Integrated Services Digital Network): a digital service providing switched and dedicated
integrated access to voice, data and video
ISP (Internet Service Provider): an internet service provider provides the link between an end user
and the internet by means of a dial-up or broadband service. An ISP is also likely to provide help
desk, web hosting and e-mail services to the end user. An ISP may connect to the internet via their
own backbone or via services acquired from an internet access provider
LAN (local area network): a short distance data communications network used to link computers and
other equipment
MAN: metropolitan area network
MLPS: multi-protocol label
switching
MNP: mobile number portability
Number portability: the ability of end users to keep their telephone number when they change their
telephone service provider
PABX (Private Automated Branch Exchange): telephone equipment on a customers premises seen as
terminal equipment on the public network
Preselection: the ability of a customer to choose a service provider to provide a basket of
services including national and international long distance and fixed to mobile services.
Preselection is on a permanent basis when the customer selects a provider for all calls placed
without an override code
PSTN (Public Switched Telephone Network): our national fixed network delivering basic and enhanced
telephone service
RDN: routed data network
REACH: Reach Ltd, a 50:50 joint venture with PCCW Limited
Reseller: non-carrier providers of telecommunications services
SDN: switched data network
SIO: services in operation
SME: small and medium enterprises
SMS: short messaging service
SSS: spectrum sharing service
TCW: Telstra Country Wide
Telecommunications Act: Telecommunications Act 1997 (Cwth)
Telstra or Telstra Group: Telstra Corporation Limited and its controlled entities as a whole
Telstra: a registered trade mark of the Telstra Entity
Telstra Act: Telstra Corporation Act 1991 (Cwth)
Telstra Entity: Telstra Corporation Limited
65
TIO: Telecommunications Industry
Ombudsman
TPA: Trade Practices Act 1974 (Cwth)
TSLRIC: total service long run incremental
cost
ULL (Unconditioned Local Loop): one or more twisted copper pairs between the exchange and the
network boundary at a customers premises
US: United States of America
USGAAP: generally accepted accounting principles in the US
USO (Universal Service Obligation): obligation imposed on carriers to ensure that
standard telecommunications services are reasonably available to all persons in the
universal service area
VoBB: Voice over broadband
VoIP: Voice over internet
protocol
VPN: virtual private network
WAN: wide area network
WAP:wireless application protocol
WDM: wave division multiplexing
WHO: World Health Organisation
Wireless Local Loop: a range of radio technologies used to provide fixed access to customers in
lieu of copper
xDSL: term used to describe various forms of digital subscriber line technologies that can provide
very high speed service using existing copper lines
:
Trade Mark of Telstra Corporation Limited ABN 33 051 775 556
®:
Registered Trade Mark of Telstra Corporation Limited ABN 33 051 775 556
^: Iridium is a registered Trade Mark of Iridium Satellite LLC
#: RiskMetrics is a registered Trade Mark of Benfield Greig Australia Pty Ltd
*: CHESS is a registered Trade Mark of McDonnell Information Systems Group Plc
66
Terms and Conditions of the Notes
|
|
|
|
|
Contents |
|
|
1 |
|
Introduction |
|
67 |
2 |
|
Form |
|
68 |
3 |
|
Denomination |
|
68 |
4 |
|
Currency |
|
69 |
5 |
|
Status |
|
69 |
6 |
|
Negative pledge |
|
69 |
7 |
|
Title |
|
70 |
8 |
|
Title to Australian and New
Zealand Domestic Notes |
|
70 |
9 |
|
Transfers of Australian and New
Zealand Domestic Notes |
|
71 |
10 |
|
Fixed Rate Notes |
|
72 |
11 |
|
Floating Rate Note and Variable Interest Notes |
|
72 |
12 |
|
Dual Currency Notes |
|
75 |
13 |
|
Partly Paid Notes |
|
75 |
14 |
|
General provisions applicable to interest |
|
75 |
15 |
|
Redemption |
|
76 |
16 |
|
Payments |
|
79 |
17 |
|
Payments in respect of Definitive Bearer Notes |
|
80 |
18 |
|
Payments in respect of Global Notes |
|
81 |
19 |
|
Payments in respect of
Australian Domestic Notes and New Zealand Domestic Notes |
|
82 |
20 |
|
Taxation |
|
83 |
21 |
|
Time limit for claims |
|
84 |
22 |
|
Events of Default |
|
84 |
23 |
|
Agents |
|
86 |
24 |
|
Replacement of lost or damaged Notes and Coupons |
|
86 |
25 |
|
Meetings of Noteholders |
|
87 |
26 |
|
Variation |
|
87 |
27 |
|
Further issues |
|
88 |
28 |
|
Notices to Noteholders |
|
88 |
29 |
|
Redenomination, renominalisation
and reconventioning |
|
89 |
30 |
|
Governing law and jurisdiction |
|
90 |
31 |
|
Third party rights |
|
91 |
32 |
|
Interpretation |
|
91 |
The following are the terms and conditions which, as supplemented, amended and/or replaced by
the relevant Final Terms, will be endorsed on each Note in definitive bearer form, or incorporated
by reference in or otherwise apply to each Note in registered form, issued under the Program. The
terms and conditions applicable to any notes in global form will differ from those terms and
conditions which would apply to the Note were it in definitive form to the extent described under
Summary of provisions relating to Euro Notes while in Global Form below.
Part 1 Introduction
1 Introduction
1.1 Program
Telstra Corporation Limited (ABN 33 051 775 556) (Issuer) has established a debt issuance
program for the issuance of an unlimited principal amount of Notes.
1.2 Final Terms
Notes issued under the Program are issued in Series. Each Series may comprise one or more
Tranches having one or more issue dates and on terms otherwise identical (other than in
respect of the first payment of interest). Each Tranche is the subject of the Final Terms
which supplements, amends or replaces these Conditions. In the event of any inconsistency
between these Conditions and the relevant Final Terms, the relevant Final Terms prevails.
1.3 Issue documentation
Subject to applicable Directives, the Issuer may issue Notes under the Program in any
applicable country including Australia, New Zealand and countries in Europe and Asia (but
not the United States). Notes issued in bearer form into capital markets outside Australia,
New Zealand and the United States will be issued under the Euro Fiscal Agency Agreement and
have the benefit of the Deed of Covenant. Notes issued in registered form into the
Australian and New Zealand capital markets will be issued under the Australian Note Deed
Poll and the New Zealand Note Deed Poll respectively. Notes issued in other jurisdictions
outside the United States will be made pursuant to such documentation as the Issuer
considers appropriate and in agreement with the Program Documents and relevant Directives.
67
1.4 The Notes
All subsequent references in these Conditions to Notes are to the Notes which are the
subject of the relevant Final Terms. Copies of the relevant Final Terms are available for
inspection by Noteholders during normal business hours at the Specified Office of the
Issuer or the relevant Agent.
1.5 Summaries
Certain provisions of these Conditions are summaries of the Euro Fiscal Agency Agreement,
the Australian Registry Services Agreement, the New Zealand Registry Services Agreement and
other Program Documents and are subject to their detailed provisions. The Noteholders and
Couponholders are bound by, and are taken to have notice of, all the provisions of the
relevant Agency Agreement applicable to them. A copy of the relevant Agency Agreement is
available for inspection by Noteholders during normal business hours at the Specified Offices of each of the Issuer
and the relevant Agents.
1.6 Interpretation
Defined terms and interpretation provisions are set out in Condition 32 (Interpretation).
Part 2 Form, Denomination and Title
2 Form
2.1 Bearer or registered
The Notes are issued as Bearer Notes or Registered Notes as specified in the applicable
Final Terms.
2.2 Definitive Bearer Notes
Definitive Bearer Notes are serially numbered and (other than in the case of Zero Coupon
Notes) are issued:
|
(a) |
|
with Coupons attached; |
|
|
(b) |
|
if specified in the relevant Final Terms, with Talons for further Coupons attached; and |
|
|
(c) |
|
if repayable in instalments, with Receipts for the payment of the instalments of
principal (other than the final instalment) attached. |
2.3 Registered Notes and Global Notes
Registered Notes and Global Notes do not have Coupons, Talons or Receipts attached on issue.
2.4 Zero Coupon Notes
In these Conditions in relation to Zero Coupon Notes, references to interest (other than in
relation to interest due after the Maturity Date), Coupons, Couponholders and Talons are
not applicable.
2.5 Exchange of Bearer Notes and Registered Notes not permitted
Bearer Notes may not be exchanged for Registered Notes and vice versa.
3 Denomination
The Notes may be issued (in the case of Bearer Notes) in one or more Specified Denominations
and (in the case of Registered Notes) must be issued in a single
Specified Denomination.
Notes of one Specified Denomination may not be exchanged for Notes of another
Specified Denomination.
68
|
|
The minimum denomination of any Euro Notes must be 50,000 (or its equivalent in other
currencies). The equivalent denomination for Notes denominated in an EEA currently other
than euro must be calculated in accordance with the requirements (if any) in the relevant
EEA State. |
|
|
|
Interests in Global Notes will be transferable in multiples
of 50,000 (or its
equivalent in other currencies) unless otherwise specified in the Final Terms. |
|
4 |
|
Currency |
|
|
|
The Notes may be denominated in any Specified Currency, subject to compliance with all
applicable legal, regulatory and central bank requirements. |
|
5 |
|
Status |
|
5.1 |
|
Status of the Notes |
|
|
|
The Notes constitute direct, unsubordinated and (subject to Condition 6 (Negative
Pledge)) unsecured obligations of the Issuer. |
|
5.2 |
|
Ranking of Notes |
|
|
|
The Notes rank equally among themselves and at least equally with all other
unsecured and unsubordinated obligations of the Issuer, except for liabilities
mandatorily preferred by law. |
|
6 |
|
Negative pledge |
|
6.1 |
|
Negative pledge |
|
|
|
So long as any Notes of any Series remain Outstanding the Issuer must not create or permit
to subsist any Security Interest upon the whole or any part of its present or future
property or assets to secure any: |
|
(a) |
|
Relevant Indebtedness; or |
|
|
(b) |
|
guarantee by the Issuer of Relevant Indebtedness of third parties, unless in each case: |
|
(i) |
|
at the same time or prior thereto it secures the Notes equally and rateably
with that Relevant Indebtedness; or |
|
|
(ii) |
|
granting or procuring to be granted such other Security Interest in respect
of its obligations under all Notes of all Series as may be approved by an
Extraordinary Resolution of the Noteholders. |
6.2 |
|
Associated definitions |
|
|
|
In Condition 6.1: |
|
|
|
Relevant Indebtedness means any obligation in respect of moneys borrowed or raised which is
in the form of or evidenced by any note, bond, debenture, or other similar debt instruments
which is, or are capable of being, listed, quoted, ordinarily dealt in or traded on any
recognised stock exchange, over the counter or other securities markets. |
|
|
|
Security Interest means any mortgage, charge, pledge, lien or other security interest
(other than one arising by operation of law). |
69
7 |
|
Title |
|
7.1 |
|
Scope of this condition |
|
|
|
This Condition 7 (Title) does not apply to Australian Domestic Notes or New Zealand
Domestic Notes. |
|
7.2 |
|
Bearer Notes |
|
|
|
Title to Bearer Notes, Receipts and Coupons passes by delivery. |
|
7.3 |
|
Recognition of interests |
|
|
|
Subject to Condition 7.4 (Global Notes), and except as otherwise required by law, the
Issuer and the Euro Fiscal Agent must treat the bearer of any Bearer Note, Receipt or
Coupon as the absolute owner of the Bearer Note, Receipt or Coupon. |
|
|
|
This Condition applies whether or not a Note is overdue and despite any notice of ownership
or writing on a Note or notice of any previous loss or theft of it. |
|
7.4 |
|
Global Notes |
|
|
|
For so long as a Note is represented by a Global Note held on behalf of a common
depositary for Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg, the Issuer and the Euro Fiscal
Agent must treat: |
|
(a) |
|
for the purposes of payment of principal or interest on the principal amounts of those
Notes, the bearer of the relevant Global Note as the holder of the principal amount of those
Notes in accordance with and subject to the terms of the relevant Global Note; and |
|
|
(b) |
|
for all other purposes, each person (other than Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg) who
is for the time being shown in the records of Euroclear or of Clearstream, Luxembourg as the
holder of a particular principal amount of a Global Note as the holder of the principal amount
of those Notes. |
|
|
Any certificate or other document issued by Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg as to the
principal amount of Global Notes standing to the account of any person is conclusive and
binding for all purposes, except in the case of manifest error. |
|
8 |
|
Title to Australian and New Zealand Domestic Notes |
|
8.1 |
|
Defined terms |
|
|
|
In this Condition 8, Note means an Australian Domestic Note or a New Zealand Domestic
Note, as the case may be. |
|
8.2 |
|
Registered form |
|
|
|
Each Note takes the form of an entry in the Register. No certificate will be issued in
respect of it, unless the Issuer determines that certificates should be made available or
that they are required by law. |
|
8.3 |
|
Effect of entries in Register |
|
|
|
Each entry in the Register in respect of a Note constitutes: |
|
(a) |
|
a separate and individual acknowledgment to the Noteholder by the Issuer of the
indebtedness of the Issuer to that Noteholder; |
|
|
(b) |
|
an unconditional and irrevocable undertaking by the Issuer to the Noteholder to make all
payments of principal and interest in respect of the Note in accordance with these Conditions;
and |
70
|
(c) |
|
an entitlement to the other benefits given to the Noteholders under these Conditions in
respect of the relevant Note. |
8.4 |
|
Register conclusive as to ownership |
|
|
|
Entries in the Register in relation to a Note constitute conclusive evidence that the
person so entered is the absolute owner of the Note, subject to correction for fraud or
error. |
|
8.5 |
|
Non-recognition of interests |
|
|
|
Except as required by law, neither the Issuer nor the Registrar is required to recognise: |
|
(a) |
|
a person as holding a Note on any trust; or |
|
|
(b) |
|
any other interest in any Note or any other right in respect of a Note except an
absolute right of ownership in the registered holder, whether or not it has notice of the
interest or right. |
8.6 |
|
Joint holders |
|
|
|
Where two or more persons are entered in the Register as the joint holders of a Note then
they are taken to hold the Note as joint tenants with rights of survivorship, but the
Issuer is not bound to register more than four persons as joint holders of a Note. |
Part 3 Transfers
9 |
|
Transfers of Australian and New Zealand Domestic Notes |
|
9.1 |
|
Defined terms |
|
|
|
In this Condition 9, Note means an Australian Domestic Note or a New Zealand Domestic
Note, as the case may be. |
|
9.2 |
|
Transfers in whole |
|
|
|
Notes may be transferred in whole but not in part. |
|
9.3 |
|
Compliance with laws |
|
|
|
Notes may only be transferred if: |
|
(a) |
|
in the case of Australian Domestic Notes, the aggregate consideration payable by the
transferee at the time of transfer is at least A$500,000 (disregarding moneys lent by the
transferor or its associates) or the offer or invitation giving rise to the transfer does
not constitute an offer or invitation for which disclosure is required to be made to
investors pursuant to Part 6D.2 of the Corporations Act; and |
|
|
(b) |
|
the transfer complies with any other applicable Directives. |
9.4 |
|
Transfer procedures |
|
|
|
Unless Notes are entered in the Austraclear System or the Austraclear New Zealand System,
as the case may be, application for the transfer of Notes must be made by the lodgment of a
transfer form with the Registrar. Transfer forms are available from the Registrar. Each
form must be: |
|
(a) |
|
duly completed; |
|
|
(b) |
|
accompanied by any evidence as the Registrar may require to prove the title of the
transferor or the transferors right to transfer the Note; and |
|
|
(c) |
|
signed by both the transferor and the transferee.
|
71
|
|
Notes entered in the Austraclear System or the Austraclear New Zealand System, are
transferable only in accordance with the Austraclear Regulations or the Austraclear New
Zealand Regulations, as the case may be. |
|
9.5 |
|
Restrictions on transfers |
|
|
|
Transfers will not be registered later than the close of business on: |
|
(a) |
|
in the case of Domestic Australian Notes, the eighth calendar day prior to the Maturity
Date; or |
|
|
(b) |
|
in the case of New Zealand Domestic Notes, the tenth calendar day prior to the Maturity
Date. |
Part 4 Interest
|
10 |
|
Fixed Rate Notes |
|
10.1 |
|
Application |
|
|
|
This Condition 10 (Fixed Rate Notes) applies to the Notes only if the relevant Final
Terms states that it applies. |
|
10.2 |
|
Interest on Fixed Rate Notes |
|
|
|
Each Fixed Rate Note bears interest on its outstanding principal amount (or, if it is a
Partly Paid Note, as specified in Condition 13.2 (Interest Rate)) from (and including)
the Interest Commencement Date at the Interest Rate. Interest is payable in arrears on each
Interest Payment Date, subject as provided in Condition 16.4 (Payments on business days). |
|
10.3 |
|
Fixed Coupon Amount |
|
|
|
Except as provided in the applicable Final Terms, the amount of interest payable on each
Interest Payment Date in respect of the Interest Period ending on that date will amount to
the Fixed Coupon Amount and, if the Notes are in more than one Specified Denomination, will
amount to the Fixed Coupon Amount for the relevant Specified Denomination. |
|
10.4 |
|
Calculation of interest payable |
|
|
|
The amount of interest payable in respect of each Note for any period for which a Fixed
Coupon
Amount is not specified is calculated by applying the Interest Rate to the principal amount
of the Notes, multiplying the product by the relevant Day Count Fraction. |
|
11 |
|
Floating Rate Note and Variable Interest Notes |
|
11.1 |
|
Application |
|
|
|
This Condition 11 (Floating Rate Note and Variable Interest Notes) applies to the Notes
only if the relevant Final Terms states that it applies. |
|
11.2 |
|
Interest on Floating Rate Notes and Variable Interest Notes |
|
|
|
Each Floating Rate Note and Variable Interest Note bears interest on its outstanding
principal amount (or, if it is a Partly Paid Note, the amount paid up) from (and including)
the Interest Commencement Date at the Interest Rate. Interest is payable in arrear: |
|
(a) |
|
on each Interest Payment Date; or |
|
|
(b) |
|
if no Interest Payment Date is specified in the relevant Final Terms, each date which
falls the number of months or other period specified as the Specified Period in the
applicable Final Terms after the preceding Interest Payment Date, or, in the case of the
first Interest Payment |
72
|
|
|
Date, after the Interest Commencement Date, subject, in each case, as provided in
Condition 16.4 (Payments on business days). |
11.3 |
|
Interest Rate |
|
|
|
The Interest Rate payable in respect of a Floating Rate Note and Variable Interest Notes
must be determined in the manner specified in the applicable Final Terms. |
|
11.4 |
|
ISDA Determination |
|
|
|
If ISDA Determination is specified in the relevant Final Terms as the manner in which the
Interest Rate is to be determined, the Interest Rate applicable to the Notes for each
Interest Period will be the sum of the Margin and the relevant ISDA Rate. For the purposes
of this condition, ISDA Rate for an
Interest Period means a rate equal to the Floating Rate that would be determined by the
Calculation Agent under an interest rate swap transaction if the Calculation Agent were
acting as Calculation Agent for that interest rate swap transaction under the terms of an
agreement incorporating the ISDA Definitions and under which: |
|
(a) |
|
the Floating Rate Option is as specified in the relevant Final Terms; |
|
|
(b) |
|
the Designated Maturity is a period specified in the relevant Final Terms; and |
|
|
(c) |
|
the relevant Reset Date is either: |
|
(i) |
|
if the relevant Floating Rate Option is for a currency other than Sterling,
the second London business day before the first day of that Interest Period; or |
|
|
(ii) |
|
in any other case, as specified in the relevant Final Terms. |
|
|
For the purposes of this definition, Floating Rate, Calculation Agent, Floating Rate
Option, Designated Maturity and Reset Date have the meanings given to those terms in
the ISDA Definitions. |
|
11.5 |
|
Screen Rate Determination |
|
|
|
If Screen Rate Determination is specified in the relevant Final Terms as the manner in
which the Interest Rate is to be determined, the Interest Rate applicable to the Notes for
each Interest Period
will be the quotation offered for the Reference Rate appearing on the Relevant Screen Page
at the Relevant Time. However: |
|
(a) |
|
if there is more than one offered quotation displayed on the Relevant Screen Page at
the Relevant Time on the Interest Determination Date, the Screen Rate is the rate
calculated by the Calculation Agent as the arithmetic mean of the offered quotations. If
there are more than five offered quotations, the Calculation Agent must exclude the highest
and lowest quotations (or, in the case of equality, one of the highest and one of the
lowest quotations) from its calculation; or |
|
|
(b) |
|
if an offered quotation is not displayed by the Relevant Time on the Interest
Determination Date or if it is displayed but there is an obvious error in that rate, Screen
Rate means: |
|
(i) |
|
the rate the Calculation Agent calculates as the arithmetic mean of the
Reference Rates that each Reference Bank quoted to the leading banks in the
Relevant Financial Centre at the Relevant Time on the Interest Determination Date;
or |
|
|
(ii) |
|
where the Calculation Agent is unable to calculate a rate under sub-paragraph
(b)(i) because it is unable to obtain the necessary number of quotes, the rate the
Calculation Agent calculates is the arithmetic mean of the rates (being the
nearest equivalent to the Reference Rate) in respect of an amount that is
representative for a single transaction in that market at that time quoted by two
or more institutions chosen by the Calculation Agent in the Relevant Financial
Centre at the Relevant Time on the date on which those banks would customarily
quote those rates for a |
73
|
|
|
period commencing on the first day of the Interest Period to which the
relevant Interest Determination Date relates for a period equivalent to
the relevant Interest Period to leading banks carrying on business in the
Relevant Financial Centre in good faith at approximately 11:00am on that
day and in an amount that is representative for a single transaction in
the market at that time; or |
|
(c) |
|
if the relevant Final Terms specifies an alternate method for the determination of the
Screen Rate Determination, then that alternate method will apply. |
11.6 |
|
Index Linked Interest Notes |
|
|
|
If the Index Linked Interest Note Provisions are specified in the relevant Final Terms as
being applicable, the Interest Rate(s) applicable to the Notes for each Interest Period
will be determined in the manner specified in the relevant Final Terms. |
|
11.7 |
|
Maximum or Minimum Interest Rate |
|
|
|
If the relevant Final Terms specifies a Maximum Interest Rate or Minimum Interest Rate for
any Interest Period, then the Interest Rate for that Interest Period must not be greater
than the maximum, or be less than the minimum, so specified. |
|
11.8 |
|
Calculation of Interest Rate and interest payable |
|
|
|
The Calculation Agent must, as soon as practicable on or after determining the Interest
Rate in relation to each Interest Period, calculate the amount of interest payable for the
relevant Interest Period in respect of the outstanding principal amount of each Floating
Rate Note and Variable Interest Note. The amount of interest payable must be calculated by
multiplying the product of the Interest Rate for that Interest Period and the outstanding
principal amount by the applicable Day Count Fraction. |
|
11.9 |
|
Calculation of other amounts |
|
|
|
If the relevant Final Terms specifies that any other amount is to be calculated by the
Calculation Agent, the Calculation Agent must, as soon as practicable after the time or
times at which any such amount is to be determined, calculate the relevant amount. The
relevant amount must be calculated by the Calculation Agent in the manner specified in the relevant Final Terms. |
|
11.10 |
|
Notification of Interest Rate, interest payable and other items |
|
|
|
The Calculation Agent must notify the Issuer, the relevant Registrar, the relevant Agent
and the relevant Noteholders and any stock exchange or other relevant authority on which
the relevant Floating Rate Notes or Variable Interest Notes are listed as soon as possible
of: |
|
(a) |
|
each Interest Rate, the amount of interest payable and each other amount, item or
date calculated or determined by it together with the relevant Interest Payment Date;
and |
|
|
(b) |
|
any amendment to any amount, item or date referred to in paragraph (a) arising from any
extension or reduction in any relevant Interest Period or calculation period. |
|
|
The Calculation Agent must give notice under this Condition 11.10 as soon as practicable
after such determination but (in the case of each Interest Rate, the amount of interest
payable and Interest Payment Date) in any event not later than the fourth day of the
relevant Interest Period. Notice must also be given promptly to Noteholders. |
|
|
|
The Calculation Agent may amend any amount, item or date (or make appropriate alternative
arrangements by way of adjustment) as a result of the extension or reduction of the
Interest Period without prior notice but must notify each stock exchange or other relevant
authority on which the relevant Floating Rate Notes or Variable Interest Notes are listed
and the Noteholders after doing so. |
74
11.11 |
|
Determination final |
|
|
|
The determination by the Calculation Agent of all amounts, rates and dates falling to be
determined by it under these Conditions (including the Interest Rate for any Interest
Period and the amount of interest payable for any Interest Period in respect of any Note)
is, in the absence of manifest error, final and binding on the Issuer, each Noteholder, the
relevant Registrar, the relevant Agent and the Calculation Agent. |
|
12 |
|
Dual Currency Notes |
|
12.1 |
|
Application |
|
|
|
This Condition 12 (Dual Currency Notes) applies to the Notes only if the relevant Final
Terms states that it applies. |
|
12.2 |
|
Interest Rate |
|
|
|
If the rate or amount of interest falls to be determined by reference to an exchange rate,
the rate or amount of interest payable must be determined in the manner specified in the
applicable Final Terms. |
|
13 |
|
Partly Paid Notes |
|
13.1 |
|
Application |
|
|
|
This Condition 13 (Partly Paid Notes) applies to the Notes only if the relevant Final
Terms states that it applies. |
|
13.2 |
|
Interest Rate |
|
|
|
In the case of Partly Paid Notes (other than Partly Paid Notes which are Zero Coupon
Notes), interest accrues on the paid up principal amount of those Notes as specified in the
applicable Final Terms. |
|
14 |
|
General provisions applicable to interest |
|
14.1 |
|
Late payment of Notes (other than Zero Coupon Notes) |
|
|
|
Interest ceases to accrue as from the due date for redemption of a Note (other than a Zero
Coupon Note) unless upon due presentation (in the case of a Bearer Note) or demand (in the
case of a Registered Note) payment of the Redemption Amount is not made, in which case
interest continues to accrue on it (both before and after any demand or judgment) at the
rate then applicable to the outstanding principal amount of the Note or any other default
rate specified in the relevant Final Terms until the date whichever is the earlier of: |
|
(a) |
|
the date on which the relevant payment is made to the relevant Noteholder; or |
|
|
(b) |
|
the seventh day after the date on which the relevant Paying Agent has notified the
Noteholders that it has received all sums due in respect of the Notes up to such day
(except to the extent that there is any subsequent default in payment). |
14.2 |
|
Late payment of Zero Coupon Notes |
|
|
|
If the Redemption Amount payable in respect of any Zero Coupon Note is not paid when due,
the Redemption Amount is an amount equal to the sum of: |
|
(a) |
|
the Reference Price; and |
|
|
(b) |
|
the product of the Accrual Yield (compounded annually) being applied to the Reference
Price from (and including) the Issue Date to (but excluding) whichever is the earlier of: |
75
|
(i) |
|
the day on which all sums due in respect of such Note up to that day are
received by or on behalf of the relevant Noteholder; and |
|
|
(ii) |
|
the day on which the Principal Paying Agent has notified the Noteholders that
it has received all sums due in respect of the Notes up to such day (except to the
extent that there is any subsequent default in payment). |
14.3 |
|
Rounding |
|
|
|
For the purposes of any calculations required under these Conditions (unless otherwise
specified in these Conditions or the relevant Final Terms): |
|
(a) |
|
all percentages resulting from the calculations must be rounded, if necessary, to the
nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point (with 0.000005 per cent. being rounded
up to 0.00001 per cent.); |
|
|
(b) |
|
all amounts denominated in any currency used in or resulting from such calculations
will be rounded to the nearest two decimal places in such currency, with 0.005 being
rounded upwards (save in the case of Japanese Yen which will be rounded down to the nearest
Yen); |
|
|
(c) |
|
all figures must be rounded to five significant figures (with halves being rounded up);
and |
|
|
(d) |
|
all amounts that are due and payable must be rounded to the nearest sub-unit (with
halves being rounded up). In this Condition 14.3, sub-unit means, in the case of any
currency other than euro, the lowest amount of that currency available as legal tender in
the country of that currency and, in the case of euro, means one cent. |
Part 5 Redemption and purchase
15 |
|
Redemption |
|
15.1 |
|
Scheduled redemption |
|
|
|
Each Note is redeemable by the Issuer on the Maturity Date at its Final Redemption Amount
unless: |
|
(a) |
|
the Note has been previously redeemed; or |
|
|
(b) |
|
the Note has been purchased and
cancelled; or |
|
|
(c) |
|
the Final Terms states that the Note has no fixed maturity date. |
15.2 |
|
Early redemption for taxation reasons |
|
|
|
The Issuer may redeem the Notes in a Series in whole (but not in part) before their
Maturity Date at their Early Redemption Amount (Tax) if the Issuer is required under
Condition 20.2 (Withholding Tax) to increase the amount of a payment in respect of a
Note. |
|
|
|
However, the Issuer may only do so: |
|
(a) |
|
if the Issuer has given at least 30 days (and no more than 60 days) notice to the
Principal Paying Agent and the Noteholders (which notice is irrevocable); and |
|
|
(b) |
|
if, before the Issuer gives the notice under paragraph (a), the Principal Paying Agent
has received: |
|
(i) |
|
a certificate signed by two authorised officers of the Issuer; and |
|
|
(ii) |
|
an opinion of independent legal advisers of recognised standing in the
jurisdiction of incorporation of the Issuer,
|
76
|
|
|
that the Issuer would be required under Condition 20.2 (Withholding Tax) to
increase the amount of the next payment due in respect of the Notes of that
Series; and |
|
|
(c) |
|
if the Notes are Fixed Rate Notes, no notice of redemption may be given 90 days prior
to the earliest date on which the Issuer would be obliged to pay the additional amounts of
a payment in respect of the Notes then due; and |
|
|
(d) |
|
if the Notes to be redeemed are Floating Rate Notes or Variable Interest Notes: |
|
(i) |
|
the proposed redemption date is an Interest Payment Date; and |
|
|
(ii) |
|
no notice of redemption may be given more than 60 days prior to the Interest
Payment Date occurring immediately before the earliest date on which the Issuer
would be obliged to pay the additional amounts of a payment in respect of the
Notes were then due. |
15.3 |
|
Early redemption at the option of the Issuer (Issuer call) |
|
|
|
If the Final Terms states that the Issuer may redeem all or some of the Notes before their
Maturity
Date under this Condition 15.3, the Issuer may redeem so many of the Notes specified in the
Final Terms at their Early Redemption Amount (Call). |
|
|
|
However, the Issuer may only do so if: |
|
(a) |
|
the Issuer has given at least 30 days (and no more than 60 days) (or any other
period specified in the relevant Final Terms) notice to the Principal Paying Agent and
the Noteholders; and |
|
|
(b) |
|
the proposed redemption date is an Early Redemption Date (Call). |
|
|
If only some of the Notes in the Series are to be redeemed, the Notes to be redeemed
(Redeemed Notes) will be selected no later than 30 days before the date fixed for
redemption (Selection Date): |
|
(i) |
|
in the case of Redeemed Notes represented by Definitive Bearer Notes,
individually by lot in such European city as the Euro Fiscal Agent specifies or
identified in such other manner or in such other place as the Euro Fiscal Agent
may approve and deem to be appropriate and fair; |
|
|
(ii) |
|
in the case of Redeemed Notes represented by a Global Note, in accordance
with the rules of the relevant Clearing System; and |
|
|
(iii) |
|
in the case of Australian Domestic Notes and New Zealand Domestic Notes, in
such manner as may be fair and reasonable in the circumstances, taking account of
prevailing market practices and the need to ensure that the prepaid amount of any
redeemed Notes must be an integral multiple of the Specified Denomination, |
|
|
subject always to compliance with applicable laws and the requirements of any relevant
listing authority, stock exchange and/or quotation system. |
|
|
|
In the case of Redeemed Notes represented by Definitive Bearer Notes, a list of the serial
numbers of such Redeemed Notes will be published in accordance with Condition 28.1(a) not
less than 15 days (or such shorter period as is specified in the applicable Final Terms)
before the date fixed for redemption. |
|
|
|
No exchange of the relevant Global Note is permitted during the period from (and including)
the Selection Date to (and including) the date fixed for redemption under this Condition
15.3. The Issuer must notify the Noteholders of this restriction at least five days (or
such shorter period as is specified in the relevant Final Terms) before the Selection Date. |
77
15.4 |
|
Early redemption at the option of Noteholders (investor put) |
|
|
|
If the relevant Final Terms states that the Noteholder may require the Issuer to redeem all
or some of the Notes before their Maturity Date at their Early Redemption Amount (Put)
under this Condition 15.4, the Issuer must do so if the following conditions are satisfied. |
|
|
|
The conditions are: |
|
(a) |
|
the Noteholder has given at least 45 days notice to the Issuer; |
|
|
(b) |
|
if the Notes to be redeemed are Definitive Bearer Notes, they are to be redeemed in
whole; |
|
|
(c) |
|
if the Notes to be redeemed are Registered Notes, the amount of Notes to be redeemed
is, or is a multiple of, their Specified Denomination; |
|
|
(d) |
|
if the Notes to be redeemed are Bearer Notes, the Noteholder has delivered, to the
specified office of the Principal Paying Agent during normal business hours: |
|
(i) |
|
if the Notes are in Definitive Bearer Form, the Notes to be redeemed; and |
|
|
(ii) |
|
a completed and signed redemption notice (in the form obtainable from the
specified office of the Principal Paying Agent, any Paying Agent or the
Registrar); and |
|
(e) |
|
the notice referred to in paragraph (d)(ii) specifies: |
|
(i) |
|
a bank account to which the payment should be made or an address to where a
cheque for payment should be sent; and |
|
|
(ii) |
|
if the Notes to be redeemed are Registered Notes, the Early Redemption Amount
(Put) at which those Notes are to be redeemed. |
|
|
A Noteholder may not exercise its option under this Condition 15.4 in respect of any Note
which is the subject of an exercise by the Issuer of its option to redeem such Note under
Condition 15.2 (Early redemption for taxation reasons) or Condition 15.3 (Early
redemption at the option of the Issuer (Issuer call)). |
|
15.5 |
|
Calculation of Early Redemption Amounts |
|
|
Unless otherwise specified in the relevant Final Terms, the Redemption Amount payable
on redemption at any time before the Maturity Date of: |
|
(a) |
|
a Note (other than a Zero Coupon Note and a Variable Redemption Note but including any
Instalment Note or Partly-Paid Note) is an amount equal to the sum of the outstanding
principal amount and interest (if any) accrued on it; |
|
|
(b) |
|
a Zero Coupon Note is an amount equal to the sum of: |
|
(i) |
|
the Reference Price; and |
|
|
(ii) |
|
the product of the Accrual Yield (compounded annually) being applied to the
Reference Price from (and including) the Issue Date to (but excluding) the
date fixed for redemption or (as the case may be) the date upon which the
Note becomes due and payable; and |
|
(c) |
|
a Variable Redemption Note is an amount determined by the Calculation Agent that would
on the due date for redemption have the effect of preserving for the Noteholder the
economic equivalent of the obligations of the Issuer to make payment of the Final
Redemption Amount on the Maturity Date. |
78
|
|
Where the calculation is to be made for a period which is not a whole number of years,
the calculation in respect of the period of less than a full year must be made on the basis
of such Day Count Fraction as may be specified in the Final Terms for the purposes of this
Condition 15.5. |
|
15.6 |
|
Instalments
|
|
|
|
Instalment Notes will be redeemed in the Instalment Amounts and on the Instalment Dates
specified in the applicable Final Terms. In the case of early redemption, the Early
Redemption Amount will be determined under Condition 15.5 (Calculation of Early Redemption
Amounts). |
|
15.7 |
|
Partly Paid Notes |
|
|
|
Partly Paid Notes will be redeemed at maturity in accordance with the provisions of the
applicable Final Terms. In the case of Early Redemption, the Early Redemption Amount will
be determined under Condition 15.5 (Calculation of Early Redemption Amounts). |
|
15.8 |
|
Effect of notice of redemption |
|
|
|
Any notice of redemption given under this Condition 15 (Redemption) is irrevocable and
obliges the Issuer to redeem the Notes at the time and in the manner specified in the
notice. |
|
15.9 |
|
Purchase |
|
|
|
The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may at any time purchase Notes in the open market or
otherwise and at any price, provided that all unmatured Coupons are purchased with those
Notes. If purchases are made by tender, tenders must be available to all Noteholders alike. |
|
15.10 |
|
Cancellation |
|
|
|
All Notes so redeemed or purchased by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries under Condition
15.9 (Purchase) (and any unmatured Coupons attached to or surrendered with them) will be
cancelled forthwith and may not be reissued or resold. |
Part 6 Payments |
|
16 |
|
Payments |
16.1 |
|
Method of payment |
|
|
|
Except to the extent these Conditions provide otherwise: |
|
(a) |
|
payments in a Specified Currency other than euro will be made by
credit or transfer to an account in the relevant Specified Currency (which, in the
case of a payment in Japanese Yen to a non-resident of Japan, shall be a
non-resident account) maintained by the payee with, or, at the option of the payee,
by a cheque in such Specified Currency drawn on, a bank in the Principal Financial
Centre of the country of such Specified Currency; and |
|
|
(b) |
|
payments in euro will be made by credit or transfer to a euro account
(or any other account to which euro may be credited or transferred) specified by
the payee or, at the option of the payee, by a euro cheque. |
16.2 |
|
Payments in U.S. dollars |
|
|
|
Despite any Condition, if any amount of principal or interest in respect of Bearer Notes is
payable in U.S. dollars, those U.S. dollar payments of principal or interest in respect of
those Notes may be made at the Specified Office of a Paying Agent in the United States if: |
|
(a) |
|
the Issuer has appointed Paying Agents with Specified Offices outside
the United States with the reasonable expectation that such Paying Agents would be
able to make payment in U.S. dollars at such Specified Offices outside the United
States of the full amount of principal and interest on the Bearer Notes in the
manner provided above when due;
|
79
|
(b) |
|
payment of the full amount of that principal and interest at all those
Specified Offices outside the United States is illegal or effectively precluded by
exchange controls or other similar restrictions on the full payment or receipt of
principal and interest in U.S. dollars; and |
|
|
(c) |
|
the payment is then permitted under United States law without
involving, in the opinion of the Issuer, adverse tax consequences to the Issuer. |
16.3 |
|
Payments subject to fiscal laws |
|
|
|
Payments will be subject in all cases to all applicable fiscal or other laws and regulations in the
place of payment, but without prejudice to the provisions of Condition 20 (Taxation). |
|
16.4 |
|
Payments on business days |
|
|
|
If the date for payment of any amount in respect of any Note is not a Payment Business Day,
the Noteholder is not entitled to payment until the next following Payment Business Day in
the relevant place and is not entitled to further interest or other payment in respect of
such delay. |
17 |
|
Payments in respect of Definitive Bearer Notes |
17.1 |
|
Presentation of Definitive Bearer Notes, Receipts and Coupons |
|
|
|
Payments of: |
|
(a) |
|
principal in respect of a Definitive Bearer Note will be made only
against presentation and surrender (or, in the case of part payment of any sum
due, endorsement) of the Definitive Bearer Note; |
|
|
(b) |
|
interest in respect of a Definitive Bearer Note will be made only
against presentation and surrender (or, in the case of part payment of any sum
due, endorsement) of a Coupon; |
|
|
(c) |
|
instalments of principal in respect of a Definitive Bearer Note,
other than the final instalment, will be made against presentation and surrender
(or, in the case of part payment of any sum due, endorsement) of the relevant
Receipt and the presentation of the Definitive Bearer Note to which it appertains;
and |
|
|
(d) |
|
the final instalment of principal in respect of a Definitive Bearer
Note will be made only against presentation and surrender (or, in the case of part
payment of any sum due, endorsement) of the Definitive Bearer Note. |
|
|
Each Definitive Bearer Note, Receipt, and Coupon which is required to be presented under
these Conditions must be presented at the Specified Office of any Paying Agent outside the
United States. |
|
17.2 |
|
Validity of Receipts |
|
|
|
Receipts presented without the Definitive Bearer Note to which they appertain do not
constitute valid obligations of the Issuer. |
|
17.3 |
|
Unmatured Receipts |
|
|
|
When a Definitive Bearer Note becomes due and repayable, all unmatured Receipts relating to
it (whether or not attached) are void and no payment is required to be made in respect of
them. |
|
17.4 |
|
Fixed Rate Notes and unmatured Coupons |
|
|
|
Fixed Rate Notes in definitive bearer form must be presented for payment together with all
unmatured Coupons appertaining to them (including Coupons falling to be issued on exchange
of matured Talons). |
|
|
|
If any unmatured Coupons are not presented for payment in accordance with this Condition
17.4: |
80
|
(a) |
|
the amount of any missing unmatured Coupon (or, in the case of payment not
being made in full, the same proportion of the amount of that missing unmatured
Coupon as the sum so paid bears to the sum due) will be deducted from the sum due
for payment; and |
|
|
(b) |
|
each amount of principal deducted under paragraph (a) will be paid
against surrender of the relative missing Coupon at any time before the expiry of
10 years after the Relevant Date in respect of such principal (whether or not that
Coupon would otherwise have become void under Condition 21 (Time limit for
claims)) or, if later, five years from the date on which that Coupon would
otherwise have become due. |
17.5 |
|
Fixed Rate Notes and unmatured Talons |
|
|
|
If a Fixed Rate Note in definitive bearer form becomes due and repayable before its
Maturity Date, all unmatured Talons appertaining to it are void and no further Coupons will
be issued in respect of them. |
|
17.6 |
|
Other Definitive Bearer Notes and unmatured Coupons and Talons |
|
|
|
When any Floating Rate Notes or Variable Note in definitive bearer form becomes due and
repayable, all unmatured Coupons and Talons relating to it (whether or not attached) are
void and no payment or, as the case may be, exchange for further Coupons may be made in
respect of them. |
|
|
|
If the due date for redemption of any Definitive Bearer Note is not an Interest Payment
Date, any interest accrued in respect of that Note from (and including) the preceding Interest
Payment Date or, as the case may be, the Interest Commencement Date is payable only against
presentation and surrender of the relevant Definitive Bearer Note. |
|
|
18 |
|
Payments in respect of Global Notes |
|
18.1 |
|
Presentation of Global Note |
|
|
|
Payments of principal and any interest in respect of Notes represented by any Global Note
will be made: |
|
(a) |
|
against presentation or surrender, as the case may be, of that Global
Note at the Specified Office of any Paying Agent outside the United States; and |
|
|
(b) |
|
otherwise in the manner specified in the relevant Global Note. |
18.2 |
|
Records of payments |
|
|
|
A record of each payment made against presentation or surrender of any Global Note,
distinguishing between any payment of principal and any payment of interest, will be made
on that Global Note by the Paying Agent to which it was presented and that record is prima
facie evidence that the payment in question has been made. |
|
18.3 |
|
Holders of Global Notes entitled to payments |
|
|
|
The holder of a Global Note is the only person entitled to receive payments in respect of
Notes represented by that Global Note and: |
|
(a) |
|
the Issuer is discharged by payment to, or to the order of, the
holder of such Global Note in respect of each amount so paid; and |
|
|
(b) |
|
each person shown in the records of Euroclear or Clearstream,
Luxembourg as the beneficial holder of a particular principal amount of Notes
represented by a Global Note must look solely to Euroclear or Clearstream
Luxembourg, as the case may be, for that persons share of each payment so made by
the Issuer, or to the order of, the holder of such Global Note. |
81
19 |
|
Payments in respect of Australian Domestic Notes and New Zealand Domestic Notes |
|
19.1 |
|
Defined terms |
|
|
|
In this Condition 19, Note means an Australian Domestic Note or a New Zealand Domestic
Note, as the case may be. |
|
19.2 |
|
Registrar is principal paying agent |
|
|
|
The Registrar will act as principal paying agent for Notes under the Registry Services
Agreement. |
|
19.3 |
|
Method of payment Notes in a Clearing System |
|
|
|
If Notes are held in the Austraclear System or the Austraclear New Zealand System, payments
of: |
|
(a) |
|
interest will be made to the person registered at the close of
business on the relevant Record Date as the holder of such Note; |
|
|
(b) |
|
principal in respect of Australian Domestic Notes will be made to the
persons registered at 10.00am on the payment date as the holder of such Notes; and |
|
|
(c) |
|
principal in respect of New Zealand Domestic Notes will be made to
the persons registered as the holder of such Notes at the opening of business on
the payment date, |
|
|
in each case by crediting on the relevant payment date the amount then due to the account
of the Noteholder in accordance with the Austraclear Regulations or the Austraclear New
Zealand Regulations, as the case may be. |
|
19.4 |
|
Method of payment Notes not in a Clearing System |
|
|
|
If Notes are not held in the Austraclear System or the Austraclear New Zealand System,
payments of: |
|
(a) |
|
interest will be made to the persons registered at the close of
business on the relevant Record Date as the holders of such Notes; and |
|
|
(b) |
|
principal will be made to the persons registered at 10.00am on the
payment date as the holder of such Notes, |
|
|
in each case subject in all cases to normal banking practice and all applicable laws and
regulations. |
|
|
|
Payment will be made: |
|
(c) |
|
by cheques despatched by post on the relevant payment date at the
risk of the Noteholder; or |
|
|
(d) |
|
at the option of the Noteholder by the Registrar giving irrevocable
instructions for the effecting of a transfer of the relevant funds to an account
in Australia or New Zealand, as the case may be, specified by the Noteholder to
the Registrar; or |
|
|
(e) |
|
in any other manner in which the Registrar and the Noteholder agree. |
|
|
In the case of payments made by electronic transfer, payments will for all purposes be
taken to be made when the Registrar gives irrevocable instructions for the making of the
relevant payment by electronic transfer, being instructions which would be reasonably
expected to result, in the ordinary course of banking business, in the funds transferred
reaching the account of the Noteholder on the same day as the day on which the instructions
are given. |
|
|
|
If a cheque posted or an electronic transfer for which irrevocable instructions have been
given by the Registrar is shown, to the satisfaction of the Registrar, not to have reached
the Noteholder and the Registrar is able to recover the relevant funds, the Registrar may
make such other arrangements as it thinks fit for the effecting of the payment. |
82
20 |
|
Taxation |
|
20.1 |
|
No set-off, counterclaim or deductions |
|
|
|
All payments in respect of the Notes must be made in full without set-off or counterclaim,
and without any withholding or deduction in respect of Taxes unless required by law. |
|
20.2 |
|
Withholding tax |
|
|
|
If a law requires the Issuer to withhold or deduct an amount in respect of Taxes from a
payment in respect of the Notes such that the Noteholder would not actually receive on the
due date the full amount provided for under the Notes, then: |
|
(a) |
|
the Issuer agrees to withhold or deduct the amount for the Taxes (and
any further withholding or deduction applicable to any further payment due under
paragraph (b) below); and |
|
|
(b) |
|
subject to Condition 20.3 (Withholding tax exemptions), if the
amount deducted or withheld is in respect of Taxes imposed or levied by or on
behalf of the Commonwealth of Australia or any political subdivision of it, an
additional amount is payable so that, after making the deduction and further
withholding or deductions applicable to additional amounts payable under this
paragraph (b), the Noteholder is entitled to receive (at the time the payment is
due) the amount it would have received if no withholding or deductions had been
required. |
20.3 |
|
Withholding tax exemptions |
|
|
|
Condition 20.2(b) will not apply in relation to any payments in respect of any Note: |
|
(a) |
|
to a Noteholder (or a third party on its behalf) who is liable to
such Taxes in respect of that Note by reason of its having some connection with
the Commonwealth of Australia or its territories, other than: |
|
(i) |
|
the mere holding of such Note; or |
|
|
(ii) |
|
receipt of payment in respect of it provided that
such Noteholder shall not be regarded as being connected with the
Commonwealth of Australia for the reason that such Noteholder is a
resident of the Commonwealth of Australia within the meaning of the Tax
Act where, and to the extent that, such tax is payable under section
128B(2A) of the Tax Act; or |
|
(b) |
|
more than 30 days after the Relevant Date except to the extent that a
Noteholder would have been entitled to additional amounts under Condition 20.2(b)
on presenting the same, or making demand, for payment on the last day of the
period of 30 days; or |
|
|
(c) |
|
on account of Taxes which are payable by reason of the Noteholder
being an associate of the Issuer for the purposes of section 128F of the Tax Act;
or |
|
|
(d) |
|
on account of Taxes which are payable to, or to a third party on
behalf of, a Noteholder who could lawfully avoid (but has not so avoided) such
deduction or withholding by complying or procuring that any third party complies with any statutory
requirements or by making or procuring that any third party makes a declaration of
non-residence or other similar claim for exemption to the Issuer or its agent or
any tax authority where (in the case of Bearer Notes) the relevant Note is
presented for payment or (in the case of Registered Notes) where the demand for
payment is made; or |
|
|
(e) |
|
where such withholding or deduction is imposed on a payment to an
individual and is required to be made pursuant to European Council Directive
2003/48/EC or any other Directive implementing the conclusions of the ECOFIN
Council meeting of 26-27 November 2000 on the taxation of savings income or any
law implementing or complying with, or introduced in order to conform to, such
Directive; or
|
83
|
(f) |
|
which is presented for payment by or on behalf of a Noteholder who would have
been able to avoid such withholding or deduction by presenting the relevant Note
to another Paying Agent in a Member State of the EU; or |
|
|
(g) |
|
in such other circumstances as may be specified in the Final Terms. |
20.4 |
|
New Zealand resident withholding tax exemptions |
|
|
|
Each holder of a New Zealand Domestic Note who holds a certificate of exemption from New
Zealand resident withholding tax under section NF 9 of the Income Tax Act 1994 (N.Z.) or
section NF9 of the Income Tax Act 2004 (N.Z.) must provide to the Issuer or the New Zealand
Registrar either the original or a certified copy of that certificate, unless the holder is
a registered bank under the Reserve Bank of New Zealand Act 1989.
|
|
|
|
The Issuer and the New Zealand Registrar may treat the holder of a New Zealand Domestic
Note as not holding a certificate of exemption if: |
|
(a) |
|
the holder fails to comply with the above; or |
|
|
(b) |
|
the Issuer is otherwise not satisfied that the holder holds such a
certificate. |
|
|
The Issuer may require the holder of a New Zealand Domestic Note who claims any exemption
from New Zealand non-resident withholding tax to provide such evidence as the Issuer may
require to satisfy itself that the holder of a New Zealand Domestic Note has a right to any
such exemption. |
21 |
|
Time limit for claims |
|
21.1 |
|
Time limit |
|
|
|
A claim against the Issuer for a payment under a Note, Receipt or Coupon (which in this
Condition 21.1, does not include a Talon) is void unless presented for payment within 10
years (in the case of principal) and five years (in the case of interest) from the Relevant
Date. |
|
21.2 |
|
Discharge of Issuer |
|
|
|
The Issuer is discharged from its obligation to make a payment in respect of a Registered
Note to the extent that: |
|
(a) |
|
the relevant Registered Note certificate (if any) has not been
surrendered to the Registrar within; or |
|
|
(b) |
|
a cheque which has been duly despatched in the Specified Currency
remains uncashed at the end of the period of: |
|
|
10 years (in the case of principal) and five years (in the case of interest) from the
Relevant Date. |
|
21.3 |
|
Void payments |
|
|
|
There shall not be included in any Coupon sheet issued on exchange of a Talon any Coupon
the claim for payment in respect of which would be void under these Conditions. |
|
Part 7 Default |
|
22 |
|
Events of Default |
|
22.1 |
|
Event of Default |
|
|
|
An Event of Default occurs in relation to a Series of Notes if: |
84
|
(a) |
|
(payment default ) the Issuer does not pay any amount in respect of the Notes
of the relevant Series or any of them within five Business Days of the due date
for payment; or |
|
|
(b) |
|
(other default ) the Issuer does not comply with its other
obligations under or in respect of the Notes of the relevant Series and, if the
non-compliance can be remedied, does not remedy the non-compliance within 30
days after written notice requiring such default to be remedied has been delivered
to the Issuer by a Noteholder; or |
|
|
(c) |
|
(cross default ) any indebtedness in excess of A$50,000,000 (or its
equivalent in any other currency) of the Issuer in respect of money borrowed or
raised is not paid within 10 Business Days of: |
|
(i) |
|
its due date; or |
|
|
(ii) |
|
the end of any applicable period of grace, |
|
|
|
whichever is the later; or |
|
(d) |
|
(representation or warranty) a representation or warranty made or
taken to be made by the Issuer in accordance with the Notes is found or is
notified by the Issuer to be incorrect or misleading in a respect which would, or
would be likely to, have the result of making the Issuer unable to meet its
payment obligations under the Notes when due or within any applicable period of
grace; or |
|
|
(e) |
|
(insolvency) an Insolvency Event occurs in respect of the Issuer; or |
|
|
(f) |
|
(administration) a controller (as defined in the Corporations Act) is
appointed in respect of a substantial part of the property of the Issuer; or |
|
|
(g) |
|
(obligations unenforceable) any of the Notes, the Deed of Covenant,
the Australian Note Deed Poll or the New Zealand Note Deed Poll is or becomes
wholly or partly void, voidable or unenforceable. |
22.2 |
|
Associated definition |
|
|
|
In Condition 22.1 (Event of Default): |
|
|
Insolvency Event means the happening of any of these events: |
|
(a) |
|
except to reconstruct or amalgamate while solvent, the Issuer enters
into, or resolves to enter into, a scheme of arrangement, deed of company
arrangement or composition with, or assignment for the benefit of, all or any
class of its creditors, or proposes a reorganisation, moratorium or other
administration involving any of them; or |
|
|
(b) |
|
the Issuer resolves to wind itself up or otherwise dissolve itself,
except to reconstruct or amalgamate while solvent or an order is made by an
Australian court that the Issuer be wound up or the Issuer is otherwise wound up
or dissolved; or |
|
|
(c) |
|
the Issuer is or states that it is unable to pay its debts when they
fall due; or |
|
|
(d) |
|
execution or other process issued on a judgment, decree or order of
an Australian court in favour of a creditor of the Issuer for a monetary amount in
excess of A$50,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency) is returned
wholly or partly unsatisfied. |
22.3 |
|
Consequences of an Event of Default |
|
|
|
If any Event of Default occurs and is subsisting in relation to the Notes of any Series or
any of them, a Noteholder in that Series may by written notice addressed to the Issuer and
delivered to the Issuer (with a copy to the relevant Agent) declare such Note to be
immediately due and payable where upon it should become immediately due and payable at its
Final Redemption Amount (together with all
|
85
|
|
accrued interest (if any)) applicable to each Note held by the Noteholder to be
due and payable immediately or on such other date specified in the notice. |
|
Part 8 General |
|
23 |
|
Agents |
|
23.1 |
|
Role of Agents |
|
|
|
In acting under the relevant Agency Agreement and in connection with the Notes, the Paying
Agents act solely as agents of the Issuer and do not assume any obligations towards or
relationship of agency or trust for or with any of the Noteholders. |
|
23.2 |
|
Appointment and replacement of Agents |
|
|
|
The initial Paying Agents and their initial Specified Offices are listed below. The initial
Calculation Agent (if any) is specified in the relevant Final Terms. Subject to Condition
23.3 (Required Agents), the Issuer reserves the right at any time to vary or terminate
the appointment of any Paying Agent and to appoint a successor fiscal agent or Calculation
Agent and additional or successor paying agents. |
|
23.3 |
|
Required Agents |
|
|
|
The Issuer shall: |
|
(a) |
|
at all times maintain a Euro Fiscal Agent and (for so long as there
are any Australian Domestic Notes Outstanding) an Australian Registrar and (for so
long as there are any New Zealand Domestic Notes Outstanding) a New Zealand
Registrar; |
|
|
(b) |
|
if a Calculation Agent is specified in the relevant Final Terms, at
all times maintain a Calculation Agent; |
|
|
(c) |
|
if and for so long as the Notes are admitted to the Official List of
the Financial Services Authority in its capacity as competent authority for the
purposes of Part VI of FSMA and to trading on the Market and admitted to listing,
trading and/or quotation by any other listing authority, stock exchange and/or
quotation system, maintain a Paying Agent having its Specified Office in London
and/or in such other place as may be required by such listing authority, stock
exchange and/or quotation system; and |
|
|
(d) |
|
maintain a Paying Agent in an EU member state that will not be
obligated to withhold or deduct tax pursuant to European Council Directive
2003/481EC or any law implementing or complying with that Directive. |
|
|
Notice of any change in any of the Paying Agents or in their Specified Offices shall
promptly be given to the Noteholders. |
|
24 |
|
Replacement of lost or damaged Notes and Coupons |
|
|
|
If any Note or Coupon is lost, stolen, mutilated, defaced or destroyed, it may be replaced at the Specified Office of: |
|
(a) |
|
the Euro Fiscal Agent; and |
|
|
(b) |
|
if the Notes are then listed on any listing authority, stock exchange and/or
quotation system which requires the appointment of a Paying Agent in any particular place,
the Paying Agent having its Specified Office in the place required by such listing
authority, stock exchange and/or quotation system), |
|
|
subject to all applicable laws and listing authority, stock exchange and/or quotation system
requirements, upon payment by the claimant of the expenses incurred in connection with such
replacement and on such terms as to evidence, security, indemnity and otherwise as the Issuer
and the |
86
|
|
relevant Agent may reasonably require. Mutilated or defaced Notes or Coupons must be
surrendered before replacements will be issued. |
|
25 |
|
Meetings of Noteholders |
|
25.1 |
|
Meetings provisions |
|
|
|
The Meetings Provisions contain provisions (which have effect as if incorporated in these
Conditions) for convening meetings of the Noteholders of any Series to consider any matter
affecting their interest, including the modification of these Conditions and the Deed of
Covenant insofar as the same may apply to such Notes. |
|
|
|
Any such modification may be made if sanctioned by an Extraordinary Resolution. Such a
meeting may be convened by the Issuer and must be convened by the Issuer upon the request
in writing of Noteholders holding not less than 10% of the aggregate principal amount of
the outstanding Notes. The quorum at any meeting convened to vote on an Extraordinary Resolution will be two or
more persons holding or representing more than 50% of the aggregate principal amount of the
outstanding Notes or, at any adjourned meeting, two or more persons being or representing
Noteholders whatever the principal amount of the Notes held or represented. However,
Reserved Matters may only be sanctioned by an Extraordinary Resolution passed at a meeting
of Noteholders at which two or more persons holding or representing not less than 75% or,
at any adjourned meeting, 25% of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes
form a quorum. Any Extraordinary Resolution duly passed at any such meeting is binding on
all the Noteholders, whether present or not. |
|
|
|
In addition, a resolution in writing signed by or on behalf of all Noteholders who for the
time being are entitled to receive notice of a meeting of Noteholders will take effect as
if it were an Extraordinary Resolution. Such a resolution in writing may be contained in
one document or several documents in the same form, each signed by or on behalf of one or
more Noteholders. |
|
25.2 |
|
Resolutions binding |
|
|
|
An Extraordinary Resolution passed at any meeting of the Noteholders of any Series is
binding on all Noteholders of such Series, whether or not they are present at the meeting,
and on all Couponholders relating to Notes of such Series. |
|
26 |
|
Variation |
|
26.1 |
|
Variation of Notes and Conditions |
|
|
|
The Notes, these Conditions and any Program Document may be amended without the consent of
the Noteholders or the Couponholders to correct a manifest error. |
|
26.2 |
|
Variation of Program Documents |
|
|
|
The parties to any Program Document may agree to modify any provision of it, but the Issuer
is not permitted to make, and may not agree, to any such modification without the consent
of the Noteholders unless: |
|
(a) |
|
it is of a formal, minor or technical nature; or |
|
|
(b) |
|
it is made to correct a manifest error; or |
|
|
(c) |
|
it is, in the opinion of such parties, not materially prejudicial to
the interests of the Noteholders. |
26.3 |
|
Notice |
|
|
|
Notice of any amendment or variation of the Notes, these Conditions or any Program Document
shall promptly be given to the Noteholders.
|
87
27 |
|
Further issues |
|
|
|
The Issuer may from time to time, without the consent of the Noteholders or the Couponholders,
create and issue further notes having the same terms and conditions as the Notes in all respects (or in all
respects except for the first payment of interest) so as to form a single series with the Notes of any
particular Series. |
28 |
|
Notices to Noteholders |
|
28.1 |
|
Form |
|
|
|
A notice or other communication in connection with a Note to the Noteholder must be in
writing and: |
|
(a) |
|
if the Note is a Bearer Note, it may be given, and as long as the
Notes are listed on the Official List and admitted to trading on the Market it
will be given, in an advertisement published in the Financial Times or if such
publication is not practical, in a leading English daily newspaper having general circulation in Europe or (if permitted by
the relevant listing authority, stock exchange and/or quotation system) in the case
of Notes represented by a Temporary Global Note or Permanent Global Note, it may be
delivered to Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg, or any other relevant Clearing
System for communication by them to the persons shown in their respective records
as having interests in those Notes; or |
|
|
(b) |
|
if the Note is an Australian Domestic Note, it may be given in an
advertisement published in The Australian Financial Review or any other newspaper
or newspapers circulating in Australia generally; or |
|
|
(c) |
|
if the Note is a New Zealand Domestic Note, it may be given in an
advertisement published in each of the New Zealand Herald and The Dominion Post or
any other newspaper or newspapers circulating in New Zealand generally; or |
|
|
(d) |
|
if the Note is a Registered Note (including an Australian Domestic
Note or a New Zealand Domestic Note) by being sent by prepaid post (airmail if
appropriate) or left at the address of each Noteholder or any relevant Noteholder
as shown in the relevant Register at the close of business on the day which is
three Business Days prior to the dispatch of the relevant notice or communication;
or |
|
|
(e) |
|
if the Final Terms for the Note specifies an additional or alternate
newspaper then by publication in that newspaper. |
28.2 |
|
When effective |
|
|
|
A notice given in accordance with Condition 28.1 (Form) will be taken to be duly given: |
|
(a) |
|
in the case of publication in a newspaper, on the date of first such
publication has been made in all the required newspapers; or |
|
|
(b) |
|
in the case of delivery to Euroclear, Clearstream, Luxembourg or
another Clearing System, on the fourth weekday after the date of such delivery; or |
|
|
(c) |
|
in the case of Registered Notes: |
|
(i) |
|
in the case of a letter, on the fifth day after
posting; and |
|
|
(ii) |
|
in the case of a facsimile, on receipt by the sender
of a successful transmission report; and |
|
|
(iii) |
|
in the case of publication in a newspaper, on the
date of publication (or if required to be published in more than one
newspaper, on the first date on which publication shall have been made in
all the required newspapers). |
88
28.3 |
|
Couponholders |
|
|
|
Couponholders are taken for all purposes to have notice of the contents of any notice given to the
Noteholders. |
|
29 |
|
Redenomination, renominalisation and reconventioning |
|
29.1 |
|
Application |
|
|
|
This Condition 29 (Redenomination, renominalisation and reconventioning) applies to the
Notes only if the relevant Final Terms states that it applies. |
|
29.2 |
|
Notice of redenomination |
|
|
|
If the country of the Specified Currency becomes, or announces its intention to become, a
Participating Member State, the Issuer may, without the consent of the Noteholders on
giving at least 30 days prior notice to the Noteholders and the Paying Agents, designate a
date (Redenomination Date), being an Interest Payment Date under the Notes falling on or
after the date on which such country becomes a Participating Member State. |
|
29.3 |
|
Redenomination |
|
|
|
Notwithstanding the other provisions of these Conditions, with effect from the
Redenomination Date: |
|
(a) |
|
the Notes are taken to be redenominated into euro in the denomination
of euro 0.01 with a principal amount for each Note equal to the principal amount
of that Note in the Specified Currency, converted into euro at the rate for
conversion of such currency into euro established by the Council of the European
Union pursuant to the Treaty (including compliance with rules relating to rounding
in accordance with European Community regulations). However, if the Issuer
determines, with the agreement of the Euro Fiscal Agent that the then market
practice in respect of the redenomination into euro 0.01 of internationally
offered securities is different from that specified above, such provisions will be
taken to be amended so as to comply with such market practice and the Issuer must
promptly notify the Noteholders, each stock exchange (if any) on which the Notes
are then listed and the Paying Agents of such deemed amendments; |
|
|
(b) |
|
if Notes have been issued in definitive form: |
|
(i) |
|
all unmatured Coupons denominated in the Specified
Currency (whether or not attached to the Notes) will become void with
effect from the date (Euro Exchange Date) on which the Issuer gives
notice (Euro Exchange Notice) to the Noteholders that replacement Notes
and Coupons denominated in euro are available for exchange (provided that
such Notes and Coupons are available) and no payments will be made in
respect thereof; |
|
|
(ii) |
|
the payment obligations contained in all Notes
denominated in the Specified Currency will become void on the Euro
Exchange Date but all other obligations of the Issuer thereunder
(including the obligation to exchange such Notes in accordance with this
Condition 29) shall remain in full force and effect; and |
|
|
(iii) |
|
new Notes and Coupons denominated in euro will be
issued in exchange for Notes and Coupons denominated in the Specified
Currency in such manner as the Fiscal Agent may specify and as shall be
notified to the Noteholders in the Euro Exchange Notice; and |
|
(c) |
|
all payments in respect of the Notes (other than, unless the
Redenomination Date is on or after such date as the Specified Currency ceases to
be a sub -division of the euro, payments of interest in respect of periods
commencing before the Redenomination Date) will be made solely in euro by cheque
drawn on, or by credit or transfer to a euro account (or any other account to
which euro may be credited or transferred) maintained by the payee with, a bank in
the Principal Financial Centre. |
89
29.4 |
|
Interest |
|
|
|
Following redenomination of the Notes pursuant to this Condition 29, where Notes have been
issued in definitive form, the amount of interest due in respect of the Notes will be
calculated by reference to the aggregate principal amount of the Notes presented (or, as
the case may be, in respect of which Coupons are presented) for payment by the relevant
holder. |
|
29.5 |
|
Interest Determination Date |
|
|
|
If the Floating Rate Note Provisions are specified in the relevant Final Terms as being
applicable and Screen Rate Determination is specified in the relevant Final Terms as the
manner in which the Rate(s) of Interest is/are to be determined, with effect from the
Redenomination Date the Interest Determination Date shall be taken to be the second Target
Settlement Day before the first day of the relevant Interest Period. |
|
30 |
|
Governing law and jurisdiction |
|
30.1 |
|
Governing law |
|
|
|
The Bearer Notes are governed by, and shall be construed in accordance with, English law.
The Australian Domestic Notes are governed by and shall be construed in accordance with the
law of the Australian Capital Territory. The New Zealand Domestic Notes are governed by and
shall be construed in accordance with the law of New Zealand (each of these laws being the
law of a Relevant Jurisdiction). |
30.2 |
|
Jurisdiction |
|
|
|
The Issuer agrees for the benefit of the Noteholders that the courts of the Relevant
Jurisdiction have jurisdiction to hear and determine any suit, action or proceedings, and
to settle any disputes, which may arise out of or in connection with the Notes
(respectively, Proceedings and Disputes) and, for such purposes, irrevocably submits to
the jurisdiction of such courts. |
|
30.3 |
|
Appropriate forum |
|
|
|
The Issuer irrevocably waives any objection which it might now or hereafter have to the
courts of the Relevant Jurisdiction being nominated as the forum to hear and determine any
Proceedings and to settle any Disputes, and agrees not to claim that any such court is not
a convenient or appropriate forum. |
|
30.4 |
|
Process agent England |
|
|
|
The Issuer agrees that the process by which any Proceedings in England are begun may be
served on it by being delivered to Telstra Corporation Limited at 50-52 Paul Street, London
EC2A 4LB or at any address of the Issuer in England at which process may be served on it in
accordance with Part XXIII of the Companies Act 1985. If such person is not or ceases to be
effectively appointed to accept service of process on the Issuers behalf, the Issuer
agrees, on the written demand of any Noteholder addressed to the Issuer and delivered to
the Issuer or to the Specified Office of the Euro Fiscal Agent, appoint a further person in
England to accept service of process on its behalf and, failing such appointment within 15
days, any Noteholder shall be entitled to appoint such a Person by written notice addressed
to the Issuer and delivered to the Issuer or to the Specified Office of the Euro Fiscal
Agent. Nothing in this paragraph affects the right of any Noteholder to serve process in
any other manner permitted by law. |
|
30.5 |
|
Process agent New Zealand |
|
|
|
The Issuer agrees that the process by which any Proceedings in New Zealand are begun may be
served on it by being delivered to General Counsel, TelstraClear Limited, Smales Farm
Office Park, corner Northcote and Taharato Road, Takapuna, Auckland or any other manner
permitted by the laws of New Zealand. |
90
30.6 |
|
Non-exclusivity |
|
|
|
The submission to the jurisdiction of the courts of a Relevant Jurisdiction does not (and shall not be
construed so as to) limit the right of any Noteholder to take Proceedings in any other court of
competent jurisdiction, nor shall the taking of Proceedings in any one or more jurisdictions preclude
the taking of Proceedings in any other jurisdiction (whether concurrently or not) if and to the extent
permitted by law. |
|
31 |
|
Third party rights |
|
|
|
No person has any rights to enforce any term or condition of the Notes under the Contracts (Rights of
Third Parties) Act 1999 of the United Kingdom. |
|
32 |
|
Interpretation |
|
32.1 |
|
Definitions |
|
|
|
In these Conditions, the following expressions have the following meanings:
|
|
|
|
Accrual Yield has the same meaning as in the relevant Final Terms.
|
|
|
|
Additional Business Centre(s) means each city specified as such in the relevant Final Terms.
|
|
|
|
Additional Financial Centre(s) means each city specified as such in the relevant Final Terms.
|
|
|
|
Agency Agreement means: |
|
(a) |
|
the Euro Fiscal Agency Agreement; |
|
|
(b) |
|
the Australian Registry Services Agreement; |
|
|
(c) |
|
the New Zealand Registry Services Agreement; and |
|
|
(d) |
|
such other agency agreement as the Issuer may enter into in relation
to an issue of Notes under the Program. |
Agent means the Euro Fiscal Agent, each Registrar, each Paying Agent, each Calculation
Agent and includes any successor, substitute or additional agent appointed under an Agency
Agreement from time to time.
Austraclear means Austraclear Limited (ABN 94 002 060 773).
Austraclear New Zealand Regulations means the regulations known as the Austraclear New
Zealand System Rules established by the Reserve Bank of New Zealand to govern the use of
the Austraclear New Zealand System.
Austraclear New Zealand System means the system operated by the Reserve Bank of New Zealand
in New Zealand for holding securities and electronic recording and settling of transactions
in those securities between members of that system.
Austraclear Regulations means the regulations known as the Regulations and Operating
Manual established by Austraclear to govern the use of the Austraclear System.
Austraclear System means the system operated by Austraclear in Australia for holding
securities and electronic recording and settling of transactions in those securities
between members of that system.
Australian Domestic Note means a medium term registered debt obligation of the Issuer
constituted by, and owing under the Australian Note Deed Poll, the details of which are
recorded in, and evidenced by, inscription in, the Australian Note Register.
91
Australian Note Deed Poll means any Australian note deed poll so entitled made by
the Issuer in favour of Noteholders in relation to the Program.
Australian Register means a register, including any branch register, of Noteholders of
Australian Domestic Notes established and maintained by or on behalf of the Issuer.
Australian Registrar means in relation to Australian Domestic Notes, Austraclear Services
Limited (ABN 28 003 284 419) or such other person appointed by the Issuer pursuant to the
Australian Registry Services Agreement to maintain the relevant Register in relation to
Australian Domestic Notes and perform such payment and other duties as specified in that
agreement.
Australian Registry Services Agreement means the agreement titled Agency and Registry
Services Agreement between the Issuer and Austraclear Services Limited dated 31 October 2001
in relation to the Australian Domestic Notes.
Bearer Note means a Note which is in bearer form.
Business Day means:
|
(a) |
|
in relation to any sum payable in euro, a TARGET Settlement Day and a day on which
commercial banks and foreign exchange markets settle payments generally in each (if any)
Additional Financial Centre; and |
|
|
(b) |
|
in relation to any sum payable in Australian dollars, a day which banks are open for
general banking business in Sydney and Melbourne and in each Additional Financial Centre
(if any) (not being a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday in that place); |
|
|
(c) |
|
in relation to any sum payable in New Zealand dollars, a day which banks are open for
general banking business in Wellington and Auckland and in each Additional Financial
Centre (if any) (not being a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday in that place); and |
|
|
(d) |
|
in relation to any sum payable in any other currency, a day on which commercial banks
and foreign exchange markets settle payments and are open for general business in the
Principal Financial Centre of the relevant currency and in each (if any) Additional
Financial Centre. |
Business Day Convention means a convention for adjusting any date if it would otherwise fall
on a day that is not a Business Day and the following Business Day Conventions, where
specified in the Final Terms, in relation to any date applicable to any Note, have the
following meanings:
|
(a) |
|
Following Business Day Convention means that the date is postponed to the first
following day that is a Business Day; |
|
|
(b) |
|
Modified Following Business Day Convention or Modified Business Day Convention means
that the date is postponed to the first following day that is a Business Day unless that
day falls in the next calendar month in which case that date is the first preceding day
that is a Business Day; |
|
|
(c) |
|
Preceding Business Day Convention means that the date is brought forward to the first
preceding day that is a Business Day; |
|
|
(d) |
|
FRN Convention, Floating Rate Convention or Eurodollar Convention means that the date
which numerically corresponds to the preceding date in the calendar month which is the
number of months specified in the relevant Final Terms as the Specified Period after the
calendar month in which the preceding date occurred, provided however: |
|
(i) |
|
if there is no such numerically corresponding day in the calendar
month in which that date should occur, then that date is the last day which is a
Business Day in that calendar month; |
|
|
(ii) |
|
if any such date would otherwise fall on a day which is not a
Business Day, the date is postponed to the next following day which is a Business
Day unless that day falls |
92
|
|
|
in the next calendar month, in which case the date is brought forward to the
first preceding day which is a Business Day; and |
|
(iii) |
|
if the preceding date occurred on the last day in a calendar month
which was a Business Day, then all subsequent such dates will be the last day
which is a Business Day in the calendar month which is the specified number of
months after the calendar month in which the preceding such date occurred; and |
|
(e) |
|
No Adjustment means that the relevant date shall not be adjusted in accordance with
any Business Day Convention. |
Calculation Agent means the Euro Fiscal Agent or any other person specified in the relevant
Final Terms as the party responsible for calculating the Interest Rate and the amount of
interest payable in respect of that Note for that Interest Period or such other amount(s) as
may be specified in the relevant Final Terms.
Clearing System means Euroclear, Clearstream, Luxembourg, the Austraclear System, the
Austraclear New Zealand System and any other clearing system designated as such in a relevant
Final Terms.
Clearstream, Luxembourg means Clearstream Banking, société anonyme.
Common Depositary means, in relation to a Series of Notes, the common depositary for Euroclear
and Clearstream, Luxembourg.
Condition means the correspondingly numbered condition in these terms and conditions.
Corporations Act means the Corporations Act 2001 of Australia.
Coupon means a bearer interest coupon appertaining to a Definitive Note (other than a Zero
Coupon Note) in or substantially in the form set out in the Euro Fiscal Agency Agreement, or
in such other form as may be agreed between the Issuer and the Euro Fiscal Agent.
Couponholders means, in respect of a Series, the holders of the Coupons and includes,
where applicable, the Talonholders.
Day Count Fraction means, in respect of the calculation of an amount for any period of time
(Calculation Period), the day count fraction specified in these Conditions or the
relevant Final Terms and:
|
(a) |
|
if Actual/Actual (ISMA) is so specified, means: |
|
(i) |
|
where the Calculation Period is equal to or shorter than the Regular
Period during which it falls, the actual number of days in the Calculation Period
divided by the product of (1) the actual number of days in such Regular Period and
(2) the number of Regular Periods normally ending in any year; and |
|
|
(ii) |
|
where the Calculation Period is longer than one Regular Period, the
sum of: |
|
(A) |
|
the actual number of days in such Calculation Period
falling in the Regular Period in which it begins divided by the product of
(1) the actual number of days in such Regular Period and (2) the number of
Regular Periods in any year; and |
|
|
(B) |
|
the actual number of days in such Calculation Period
falling in the next Regular Period divided by the product of (1) the
actual number of days in such Regular Period and (2) the number of Regular
Periods normally ending in any year; |
|
(b) |
|
if Actual/365 or Actual/Actual (ISDA) is so specified, means the actual number of
days in the Calculation Period divided by 365 (or, if any portion of the Calculation
Period falls in a leap year, the sum of: |
93
|
(i) |
|
the actual number of days in that portion of the Calculation Period falling in
a leap year divided by 366; and |
|
|
(ii) |
|
the actual number of days in that portion of the Calculation Period
falling in a non-leap year divided by 365); |
|
(c) |
|
if Actual/365 (Fixed) is so specified, means the actual number of days in the
Calculation Period divided by 365; |
|
|
(d) |
|
if Actual/360 is so specified, means the actual number of days in the Calculation
Period divided by 360; |
|
|
(e) |
|
if 30/360 is so specified, means the number of days in the Calculation Period
divided by 360 (the number of days to be calculated on the basis of a year of 360 days
with 12 30-day months unless: |
|
(i) |
|
the last day of the Calculation Period is the 31st day of a month but
the first day of the Calculation Period is a day other than the 30th or 31st day
of a month, in which case the month that includes that last day is not considered
to be shortened to a 30-day month; or |
|
|
(ii) |
|
the last day of the Calculation Period is the last day of the month
of February, in which case the month of February is not considered to be
lengthened to a 30-day month); |
|
(f) |
|
if 30E/360 or Eurobond Basis is so specified means, the number of days in the
Calculation Period divided by 360 (the number of days to be calculated on the basis of a
year of 360 days with 12 30-day months, without regard to the date of the first day or
last day of the Calculation Period unless, in the case of the final Calculation Period, the
date of final maturity is the last day of the month of February, in which case the month
of February is not considered to be lengthened to a 30-day month); |
|
|
(g) |
|
if RBA Bond Basis or Australian Bond Basis is so specified, means one divided by
the number of Interest Payment Dates in a year; |
|
|
(h) |
|
if NZ Govt Bond Basis is so specified, means one divided by the number of Interest
Payment Dates in a year; and |
|
|
(i) |
|
any other Day Count Fraction specified in the relevant Final Terms. |
Deed of Covenant means any deed of covenant so entitled made by the Issuer in connection with
the Program.
Definitive Bearer Note means a Bearer Note issued in definitive form in or substantially in
the form set out in the Euro Fiscal Agency Agreement and having, where appropriate, Coupons,
Talons or Receipts attached on issue in definitive form.
Directive means:
|
(a) |
|
a law; or |
|
|
(b) |
|
a treaty, an official directive, request, regulation, guideline or policy (whether or
not having the force of law). |
Dual Currency Note means a Note in respect of which payments of principal or interest or both
are made or to be made in such different currencies, and at rates of exchange calculated upon
such basis or bases as indicated in the applicable Final Terms.
Early Redemption Amount (Call) means, in respect of any Note, its principal amount or such
other amount as may be specified in, or determined in accordance with, the relevant Final
Terms.
94
Early Redemption Amount (Put) means, in respect of any Note, its principal amount or
such other amount as may be specified in, or determined in accordance with, the relevant
Final Terms.
Early Redemption Amount (Tax) means, in respect of any Note, its principal amount or such
other amount as may be specified in, or determined in accordance with, the relevant Final
Terms.
Early Redemption Date (Call) means the date so described in the relevant Final Terms.
Early Redemption Date (Put) means the date so described in the relevant Final Terms.
Early Termination Amount means, in respect of any Note, its principal amount or such other
amount as may be specified in, or determined in accordance with, these Conditions or the
relevant Final Terms.
EEA means the European Economic Area.
EEA State means a Member State of the EEA which has implemented the Prospectus Directive.
EU means the European Union.
Euro Fiscal Agency Agreement means the euro fiscal agency agreement so entitled dated 31
October 2001, as amended and restated on 15 October 2002, supplemented on 14 November 2003 and
amended on 23 September 2005 between the Issuer and Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch and
Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A.
Euro Fiscal Agent means, in relation to any Notes, the person appointed to act as issuing and
principal paying agent, or any successor issuing and principal paying agent appointed, under
the Euro Fiscal Agency Agreement and/or such other issuing and paying agent in relation to any
Notes as may from time to time be appointed by the Issuer.
Euroclear means Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear System.
Euro Note means any Note admitted to trading on an exchange in the EEA or offered to the
public in an EEA State in a manner that requires the publication of a prospectus under the
Prospectus Directive. Offered to the public means, for the purposes of this definition, the
communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer
and the Notes to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the
Notes, as the same may be varied in that EEA State by any measure implementing the Prospectus
Directive in that EEA State.
Event of Default means an event so described in Condition 22.
Extraordinary Resolution has the meaning given in the Meetings Provisions of the Euro
Fiscal Agency Agreement, the Australian Note Deed Poll or other relevant Program
Document.
Final Redemption Amount means, in respect of any Note, its principal amount or such other
amount as may be specified in, or determined in accordance with, the relevant Final Terms.
Final Terms means, in respect of a Tranche, a Final Terms specifying the relevant issue details
for that Tranche.
Financial Services and Markets Act means the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 of
the United Kingdom.
Fixed Coupon Amount has the meaning given in the relevant Final Terms.
Fixed Rate Note means a Note on which interest is calculated at a fixed rate payable in
arrears on a fixed date or fixed dates in each year and on redemption or on such other
dates as indicated in the applicable Final Terms.
95
Floating Rate Note means a Note on which interest is calculated at a floating rate
payable 1, 2, 3, 6, or 12 monthly or in respect of such other period or on such date(s) as
specified in the applicable Final Terms.
Global Note means a Temporary Global Note or, as the context may require, a Permanent Global Note.
Index Linked Interest Note means a Note in respect of which the amount payable in respect of
interest is calculated by reference to an index or a formula or both as specified in the
applicable Final Terms.
Index Linked Note means an Index Linked Interest Note or an Index Linked Redemption Amount
Note, as the case may be.
Index Linked Redemption Amount Note means a Note in respect of which the amount payable in
respect of principal is calculated by reference to an index or a formula or both as
specified in the applicable Final Terms.
Instalment Amount means the amount so described in the relevant Final Terms.
Instalment Date means the date so described in the relevant Final Terms.
Instalment Note means a Note in respect of which the principal amount is payable in one or
more instalments, as specified in the applicable Final Terms.
Interest Commencement Date means the Issue Date of the Notes or any other date so described in
the relevant Final Terms.
Interest Determination Date means the date so described in the relevant Final Terms.
Interest Payment Date means each date so described in, or determined in accordance with,
the relevant Final Terms and, if a Business Day Convention is specified in the relevant
Final Terms:
|
(a) |
|
as adjusted in accordance with the relevant Business Day Convention; or |
|
|
(b) |
|
if the Business Day Convention is the FRN Convention, Floating Rate Convention or
Eurodollar Convention and an interval of a number of calendar months is specified in the
relevant Final Terms as being the Specified Period, each of such dates as may occur in
accordance with the FRN Convention, Floating Rate Convention or Eurodollar Convention at
such Specified Period of calendar months following the Interest Commencement Date (in the
case of the first Interest Payment Date) or the previous Interest Payment Date (in any
other case). |
Interest Period means each period beginning on (and including) an Interest Payment Date and
ending on (but excluding) the next Interest Payment Date. However:
|
(a) |
|
the first Interest Period commences on (and includes) the Interest Commencement Date;
and |
|
|
(b) |
|
the final Interest Period ends on (but excludes) the Maturity Date. |
Interest Rate means each rate of interest (expressed as a percentage per annum) payable in
respect of the Notes specified in the relevant Final Terms or calculated or determined in
accordance with the provisions of these Conditions or the relevant Final Terms.
ISDA Definitions means the 2000 ISDA Definitions (as supplemented, amended and updated as at
the Issue Date of the first Tranche of the Notes of the relevant Series) published by the
International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc.
Issue Date means the date on which a Note is, or is to be issued, as specified or
determined in accordance with the relevant Final Terms.
96
Issue Price means, in respect of a Note, the price at which such Note is issued as
agreed between the Issuer and the relevant Dealers.
Issuer means Telstra Corporation Limited (ABN 33 051 775 556).
Margin means the margin specified in, or determined in accordance with, the relevant Final Terms.
Market means the London Stock Exchanges Gilt-Edged and Fixed Income Market.
Maturity Date means, in relation to a Note, the date specified in the relevant Final Terms as
the date for redemption of that Note or, in the case of an amortising Note, the date on which
the last instalment of principal is payable.
Maximum Redemption Amount has the meaning given in the relevant Final Terms.
Meetings Provisions means the provisions for the convening of meetings of, and passing of
resolutions by, Noteholders set out in the Euro Fiscal Agency Agreement, the Australian
Note Deed Poll or such other Program Document as is specified from time to time.
Minimum Redemption Amount has the meaning given in the relevant Final Terms.
New Zealand Domestic Note means a medium term registered debt obligation of the Issuer
constituted by, and owing under, the New Zealand Note Deed Poll, the details of which are
recorded and evidenced by inscription in, the New Zealand Register.
New Zealand Note Deed Poll means any New Zealand note deed poll so entitled made by the Issuer
in favour of Noteholders in connection with the Program.
New Zealand Register means a register, including any branch register, of Noteholders of
New Zealand Domestic Notes established and maintained by or on behalf of the Issuer.
New Zealand Registrar means, in relation to New Zealand Domestic Notes, Computershare
Investor Services Limited or such other person appointed by the Issuer pursuant to the New
Zealand Registry Services Agreement to maintain the relevant Register in relation to New
Zealand Notes and perform such payment and other duties as specified in that agreement.
New Zealand Registry Services Agreement means the agreement between the Issuer and the New
Zealand Registrar in relation to New Zealand Domestic Notes, titled New Zealand Registry
Services Agreement executed on or about 15 October 2002.
Note means an Australian Domestic Note, a New Zealand Domestic Note, or any negotiable bearer
or registered bond, note or other debt instrument issued, or to be issued, under the Program.
Noteholder means, in respect of a Note:
|
(a) |
|
the bearer for the time being of an outstanding Bearer Note, Coupon, Talon or
Receipt; or |
|
|
(b) |
|
the person whose name is entered in the Register as the holder of a Registered Note;
or |
|
|
(c) |
|
where there are joint holders of a Registered Note, the persons whose names appear in
the Register as joint holders of the Note; or |
|
|
(d) |
|
for avoidance of doubt where a Global Note is entered into a Clearing System, the
operator of that Clearing System or the Common Depositary, as the case may be. |
Outstanding means in relation to the Notes of all or any Series, all of the Notes of such
Series other than:
|
(a) |
|
Notes which have been redeemed or satisfied in full by the Issuer; or |
97
|
(b) |
|
Notes for the payment of which funds equal to their aggregate outstanding principal
amount are on deposit with the relevant Paying Agent on terms which prohibit the return of
those Notes or in respect of which the relevant Paying Agent holds an irrevocable
direction to apply funds in repayment of Notes to be redeemed on that day; or |
|
|
(c) |
|
Notes which have been purchased or cancelled in accordance with Condition 15.10
(Cancellation); or |
|
|
(d) |
|
Notes in respect of which a Noteholder is unable to make a claim as a result of the
operation of Condition 21 (Time limit for claims); or |
|
|
(e) |
|
those mutilated or defaced Notes which have been surrendered and cancelled and in
respect of which replacements have been issued under Condition 24 (Replacement of lost or
damaged Notes and Coupons); or |
|
|
(f) |
|
any Temporary Global Note to the extent that it has been exchanged for a Permanent
Global Note or a Definitive Bearer Note and any Permanent Global Note to the extent that
it has been exchanged for Definitive Bearer Notes in each case pursuant to its provisions,
these Conditions or any relevant Program Document. |
Participating Member State means a Member State of the EU which adopts the euro as its
lawful currency in accordance with the Treaty.
Partly Paid Note means a Note in relation to which the initial subscription moneys are
payable to the Issuer in two or more instalments.
Paying Agent means, in relation to any Notes, the Euro Fiscal Agent, the Australian Registrar,
the New Zealand Registrar and any person appointed to act as paying agent, or any successor
paying agent, appointed under the Agency Agreement and such other paying agent in relation to
any Notes as may from time to time be appointed by the Issuer.
Payment Business Day means:
|
(a) |
|
if the currency of payment is euro, any day which is: |
|
(i) |
|
a day on which banks in the relevant place of presentation are open
for presentation and payment of bearer debt securities and for dealings in euro;
and |
|
|
(ii) |
|
a TARGET Settlement Day and a day on which dealings in euro may be
carried on in each (if any) Additional Financial Centre; or |
|
(b) |
|
if the currency of payment is not euro, any day which is: |
|
(i) |
|
a day on which banks in the relevant place of presentation are open
for presentation and payment of bearer debt securities and for dealings in foreign
currencies; and |
|
|
(ii) |
|
in the case of payment by transfer to an account, a day on which
dealings in foreign currencies may be carried on in the Principal Financial Centre
of the currency of payment and in each (if any) Additional Financial Centre. |
Permanent Global Note means a Global Note in permanent global form representing Bearer Notes
of one or more Tranches of the same series in or substantially in the form set out in the Euro
Fiscal Agency Agreement or in such other form as may be agreed between the Issuer, the Euro
Fiscal Agent and the relevant Dealers.
Principal Financial Centre means:
|
(a) |
|
in relation to euro, it means the principal financial centre of the Member State of
the European Communities as is selected (in the case of a payment) by the payee or (in the case
of a calculation) by the Calculation Agent; |
98
(b) |
|
in relation to Australian dollars, it means either Sydney or Melbourne as selected (in
the case of a payment) by the payee or (in the case of a calculation) by the Calculation
Agent; |
|
(c) |
|
in relation to New Zealand dollars, it means either Wellington or Auckland as
selected (in the case of a payment) by the payee or (in the case of a calculation) by the
Calculation Agent; and |
|
(d) |
|
in relation to any currency, the principal financial centre for that currency. |
Principal Paying Agent means, in relation to any Notes, the person specified as such in the
relevant Final Terms.
Program means the program for the issuance of Notes established by the Issuer and
described in Condition 1.1 (Program).
Program Documents means:
(a) |
|
each Agency Agreement; |
|
(b) |
|
the Deed of Covenant; |
|
(c) |
|
the Australian Note Deed Poll; |
|
(d) |
|
the New Zealand Note Deed Poll, |
and any other agreement, deed or document which the Issuer acknowledges in writing from
time to time to be a Program Document.
Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC of the European Parliament.
Receipt means a payment receipt relating to the payment of principal on a Note in or
substantially in the form set out in the Euro Fiscal Agency Agreement, or in such other form as
may be agreed between the Issuer and the Euro Fiscal Agent.
Receiptholder means, in respect of a Series, the holders of the Receipts.
Record Date means, in the case of payments of interest, the close of business in the place
where the relevant Register is maintained on:
(a) |
|
in the case of Australian Domestic Notes, the eighth calendar day before the relevant
date for payment or any date so described in the relevant Final Terms; and |
|
(b) |
|
in the case of New Zealand Domestic Notes, the tenth calendar day before the relevant
date for payment or any date so described in the Final Terms. |
Redemption Amount means, as appropriate, the Final Redemption Amount, the Early Redemption
Amount (Tax), the Early Redemption Amount (Call), the Early Redemption Amount (Put), the
Early Termination Amount or such other amount in the nature of a redemption amount as may be
specified in, or determined in accordance with the provisions of, the relevant Final Terms.
Reference Banks means the institutions so described in the relevant Final Terms or, if
none, four major banks selected by the Calculation Agent in the market that is most closely
connected with the Reference Rate.
Reference Price has the meaning given in the relevant Final Terms.
Reference Rate means the rate so described in the relevant Final Terms.
Register means:
(a) |
|
in relation to Australian Domestic Notes, the Australian Register; and |
99
(b) |
|
in relation to the New Zealand Domestic Notes, the New Zealand Register. |
Registered Note means an Australian Domestic Note, a New Zealand Domestic Note or such
other Note issued in registered form which is specified as such in the applicable Final
Terms.
Registrar means:
(a) |
|
in relation to Australian Domestic Notes, the Australian Registrar; and
|
|
(b) |
|
in relation to New Zealand Domestic Notes, the New Zealand Registrar. |
Registry Services Agreement means:
(a) |
|
in the case of Australian Domestic Notes, the Australian Registry Services Agreement;
and |
|
(b) |
|
in the case of New Zealand Domestic Notes, the New Zealand Registry Services
Agreement. |
Regular Period means:
(a) |
|
in the case of Notes where interest is scheduled to be paid only by means of regular
payments, each period from and including the Interest Commencement Date to but excluding
the first Interest Payment Date and each successive period from and including one Interest
Payment Date to but excluding the next Interest Payment Date; |
|
(b) |
|
in the case of Notes where, apart from the first Interest Period, interest is
scheduled to be paid only by means of regular payments, each period from and including a
Regular Date falling in any year to but excluding the next Regular Date, where Regular
Date means the day and month (but not the year) on which any Interest Payment Date falls;
and |
|
(c) |
|
in the case of Notes where, apart from one Interest Period other than the first
Interest Period, interest is scheduled to be paid only by means of regular payments, each
period from and including a Regular Date falling in any year to but excluding the next
Regular Date, where Regular Date means the day and month (but not the year) on which any
Interest Payment Date falls other than the Interest Payment Date falling at the end of the
irregular Interest Period. |
Relevant Date means, in relation to any payment, whichever is the later of:
(a) |
|
the date on which the payment in question first becomes due; and |
|
(b) |
|
if the full amount payable has not been received in the Principal Financial Centre of
the currency of payment by the Principal Paying Agent on or prior to such due date, the
date on which (the full amount having been so received) notice to that effect has been
given to the Noteholders. |
Relevant Financial Centre has the meaning given in the relevant Final Terms.
Relevant Screen Page means:
(a) |
|
the page, section or other part of a particular information service (including,
without limitation, the Reuters Monitor Money Rates Service and the Dow Jones Telerate
Service) specified as the Relevant Screen Page in the relevant Final Terms; or |
|
(b) |
|
any other page, section or other part as may replace it on that information service
or such other information service, in each case, as may be nominated by the person
providing or sponsoring the information appearing there for the purpose of displaying
rates or prices comparable to the Reference Rate. |
Relevant Time means the time so described in the relevant Final Terms.
100
Reserved Matter means any proposal to change any date fixed for payment of principal or
interest in respect of the Notes, to reduce the amount of principal or interest payable on any date in
respect of the Notes, to alter the method of calculating the amount of any payment in respect
of the Notes or the date for any such payment, to change the currency of any payment under the
Notes or to change the quorum requirement relating to meetings or the majority required to
pass an Extraordinary Resolution or to amend this definition.
Series means each original issue of a Tranche of Notes, together with the issue of any further
Tranche of Notes, expressed to form a single Series with the original issue and the Notes
comprising such Tranches being identical in every respect except for the Issue Date, Issue
Price and Interest Commencement Date of the Tranche and, in respect of the first interest
payment (if any). A Series may comprise Notes in more than one denomination.
Specified Currency means the currency specified in the relevant Final Terms including
Australian Dollars (AUD), Canadian Dollars (CAD), Euro (Euro), euro (euro), Hong Kong
Dollars (HKD), Japanese Yen (JPY), New Zealand Dollars (NZD), Singapore Dollars (SGD),
Sterling (GBP), and United States dollars (USD), or any other freely transferable and
freely convertible currency.
Specified Denomination has the meaning given in the relevant Final Terms.
Specified Office means, in relation to a person, the office specified in the most recent
Prospectus for the Program as such other address as is notified to Noteholders from time to
time.
Specified Period has the meaning given in the relevant Final Terms.
Subsidiary means of another entity which is a subsidiary of the first within the meaning of
part 1.2 division 6 of the Corporations Act or is a subsidiary of or otherwise controlled by
the first within the meaning of any approved accounting standard.
Talonholders in respect of a Series, means the holders of the Talons.
Talons means the bearer talons (if any) appertaining to, and exchangeable in accordance with
their provisions for the further Coupons appertaining to, a Definitive Bearer Note (other than
a Zero Coupon Note) in or substantially in the relevant form set out in the Euro Fiscal Agency
Agreement or in such other form as may be agreed between the Issuer and the Euro Fiscal Agent.
TARGET Settlement Day means any day on which the Trans-European Automated Real-Time Gross
Settlement Express Transfer (TARGET) System is open.
Tax Act means the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 of Australia or the Income Tax Assessment Act
1997 of Australia, as the context requires.
Taxes means taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges or withholdings and duties imposed
by any authority (including stamp and transaction duties) (together with any related
interest, penalties and expenses in connection with them).
Temporary Global Note means a Global Note in temporary global form representing Bearer Notes
of one or more Tranches of the same Series, in or substantially in the relevant form set out
in the Euro Fiscal Agency Agreement or in such other form as may be agreed between the Issuer
and the Euro Fiscal Agent.
Tranche means a tranche of Notes specified as such in the relevant Final Terms issued on the
same Issue Date and on the same Conditions (except that a Tranche may comprise Notes in more
than one denomination).
Treaty means the Treaty establishing the European Communities, as amended by the Treaty
on European Union.
Variable Interest Note means an Index Linked Interest Note or any other variable interest
rate note other than a Floating Rate Note.
101
|
|
Variable Note means a Variable Redemption Note and Variable Interest Note. |
|
|
|
Variable Redemption Note means an Index Linked Redemption Note or Dual Currency Note. |
|
|
|
Zero Coupon Note means a Note which does not carry an entitlement to periodic payment of
interest prior to the redemption date of such Note and which is issued at a discount to its
face value. |
|
32.2 |
|
References to certain general terms |
|
|
|
Unless the contrary intention appears, a reference in these Conditions to: |
|
(a) |
|
a group of persons is a reference to any two or more of them jointly
and to each of them individually; |
|
|
(b) |
|
anything (including an amount) is a reference to the whole and each
part of it; |
|
|
(c) |
|
a document (including these Conditions) includes any variation or
replacement of it; |
|
|
(d) |
|
law means common law, principles of equity, and laws made by any
parliament and regulations and other instruments under those laws and
consolidations, amendments, re-enactments or replacements of any of them); |
|
|
(e) |
|
an accounting term is a reference to that term as it is used in
accounting standards under the Corporations Act, or, if not inconsistent with
those standards, in accounting principles and practices generally accepted in
Australia; |
|
|
(f) |
|
the word person includes an individual, a firm, a body corporate,
an unincorporated association and an authority; and |
|
|
(g) |
|
a particular person includes a reference to the persons executors,
administrators, successors, substitutes (including persons taking by novation) and
assigns. |
32.3 |
|
Number |
|
|
|
The singular includes the plural and vice versa. |
|
32.4 |
|
Headings |
|
|
|
Headings (including those in brackets at the beginning of paragraphs) are for convenience
only and do not affect the interpretation of these Conditions. |
|
32.5 |
|
References |
|
|
|
Unless the contrary intention appears, in these Conditions: |
|
(a) |
|
a reference to a Noteholder is a reference to the holder of Notes of
a particular Series and includes Couponholders, Talonholders and Receiptholders
(if any); |
|
|
(b) |
|
a reference to a Note is a reference to a Note of a particular Series
and includes: |
|
(i) |
|
any Coupon, Receipt or Talon in relation to that
Note; and |
|
|
(ii) |
|
any replacement Note, Coupon, Receipt or Talon issued
under the Conditions; |
|
(c) |
|
if Talons are specified in the relevant Final Terms as being attached
to the Notes at the time of issue, references to Coupons are taken to include
references to Talons; and |
|
|
(d) |
|
if Talons are not specified in the relevant Final Terms as being
attached to the Notes at the time of issue, references to Talons are not
applicable. |
102
32.6 |
|
References to principal and interest |
|
|
|
Unless the contrary intention appears, in these Conditions: |
|
(a) |
|
any reference to principal is taken to include the Redemption
Amount, any additional amounts in respect of principal which may be payable under
Condition 20 (Taxation), any premium payable in respect of a Note, and any other
amount in the nature of principal payable in respect of the Notes under these
Conditions; |
|
|
(b) |
|
any reference to interest is taken to include any additional
amounts in respect of interest which may be payable under Condition 20
(Taxation) and any other amount in the nature of interest payable in respect of
the Notes under these Conditions; and |
|
|
(c) |
|
if an expression is stated as having the meaning given in the
relevant Final Terms, but the relevant Final Terms gives no such meaning or
specifies that such expression is Not Applicable then such expression is not
applicable to the Notes. |
103
Taxation
Australian Taxation
The following is a summary of the taxation treatment under the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 and
Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 of Australia (together, Australian Tax Act) at the date of this
Prospectus, of payments of interest (as defined in the Australian Tax Act) on the Notes and certain
other matters. It is not exhaustive, and in particular, does not deal with the position of certain
classes of Noteholders (such as dealers in securities).
Prospective Noteholders should be aware that the particular terms of issue of any Series of Notes
may affect the tax treatment of that Series of Notes. The following is a general guide and should
be treated with appropriate caution. Noteholders who are in any doubt as to their tax positions
should consult their professional advisers on the tax implications of an investment in the Notes
for their particular circumstances.
1 Interest withholding tax
An exemption from Australian interest withholding tax imposed under Division 11A of Part III of the
Australian Tax Act (IWT) is available in respect of the Notes issued by an Issuer under section
128F of the Australian Tax Act if the following conditions are met:
(a) |
|
the Issuer is a resident of Australia when it issues the Notes and when interest is
paid. Interest is defined to include amounts in the nature of, or in substitution for,
interest and certain other amounts; |
|
(b) |
|
the Notes are issued in a manner which satisfies the public offer test. There are
five principal methods of satisfying the public offer test the purpose of which is to
ensure that lenders in overseas capital markets are aware that the Issuer is offering
Notes for issue. In summary, the five methods are: |
|
(i) |
|
offers to 10 or more unrelated financiers or securities dealers; |
|
|
(ii) |
|
offers to 100 or more investors; |
|
|
(iii) |
|
offers of listed Notes; |
|
|
(iv) |
|
offers via publicly available information sources; and |
|
|
(v) |
|
offers to the Dealers who offer to sell the Notes within 30 days by
one of the preceding methods. |
|
|
In addition, the issue of a global bond or note and the offering of interests in the global
bond or note by one of these methods should satisfy the public offer test; |
(c) |
|
the Issuer does not know, or have reasonable grounds to suspect, at the time of
issue, that the Notes were being, or would later be, acquired, directly or indirectly, by
an associate of the Issuer (other than in the capacity of a dealer, manager or
underwriter in relation to the placement of the Notes), except as permitted by section
128F(5) of the Australian Tax Act; and |
|
(d) |
|
at the time of the payment of interest, the Issuer does not know, or have reasonable
grounds to suspect, that the payee is an associate of the Issuer, except as permitted by
section 128F(6) of the Australian Tax Act. |
Associates
An associate of an Issuer for the purposes of section 128F of the Australian Tax Act when the
Issuer is not a trustee includes (i) a person or entity which holds more than 50 per cent of the
voting shares in, or otherwise controls, the Issuer, (ii) an entity in which more than 50 per cent of the voting shares
are held by, or which is otherwise controlled by, the Issuer, (iii) a trustee of a trust where the
Issuer is capable of benefiting (whether directly or indirectly) under that trust, and (iv) a
person or entity which is an associate of another person or company which is an associate of
the Issuer under any of the foregoing.
104
However, associate does not include:
|
(A) |
|
onshore associates (ie Australian resident associates who do not hold the Notes in
the course of carrying on business at or through a permanent establishment outside
Australia and non-resident associates who hold the Notes in the course of carrying on
business at or through a permanent establishment in Australia); or |
|
|
(B) |
|
offshore associates (ie Australian resident associates who hold the Notes in the
course of carrying on business at or through a permanent establishment outside Australia
and non-resident associates who do not hold the Notes in the course of carrying on
business at or through a permanent establishment in Australia) who are acting in the
capacity of: |
|
(i) |
|
in the case of section 128F(5), a dealer, manager or underwriter in
relation to the placement of the relevant Notes, or a clearing house, custodian,
funds manager or responsible entity of a registered managed investment scheme; or |
|
|
(ii) |
|
in the case of section 128F(6), a clearing house, paying agent,
custodian, funds manager or responsible entity of a registered managed investment
scheme. |
Compliance with section 128F of the Australian Tax Act
Unless otherwise specified in any relevant Final Terms (or another relevant supplement to this
Prospectus), the Issuer intends to issue Notes in a manner which will satisfy the requirements of
section 128F of the Australian Tax Act.
US and UK resident Noteholders
The Australian government has signed a number of new or amended double tax conventions (New
Treaties). The New Treaties apply to interest derived by a resident of a Specified Country.
The New Treaties effectively prevent IWT applying to interest derived by:
|
|
the government of the relevant Specified Country and certain governmental authorities
and agencies in the Specified Country; and |
|
|
|
certain unrelated (1) banks, and (2) other financial institutions which substantially
derive their profits by carrying on a business of raising and providing finance, which are
resident in the specified Country, |
by reducing the IWT rate to zero. Under the New Treaties back-to-back loans and economically
equivalent arrangements will not obtain the benefit of the reduction in IWT mentioned above and the
anti-avoidance provisions in the Australian Tax Act can apply.
Specified Countries means the United States and the United Kingdom. The New Treaty for the United
States applies to any interest paid on or after 1 July 2003. The New Treaty for the United Kingdom
applies to any interest paid on or after 1 July 2004.
Section 126 of the Australian Tax Act
Section 126 of the Australian Tax Act imposes a type of withholding tax at the rate of 47 per cent.
on the payment of interest on Notes in bearer form if the Issuer fails to disclose names and
addresses of the holders to the Australian Taxation Office. Section 126 does not apply to the
payment of interest on Notes in bearer form held by non-residents who do not carry on business at
or through a permanent establishment in Australia where the issue of those Notes has satisfied the requirements of section 128F of the
Australian Tax Act or where IWT is payable. In addition, the Australian Taxation Office has
confirmed that for the purpose of section 126 of the Australian Tax Act, the holder of debentures
(such as the Notes in bearer form) means the person in possession of the debentures. Section 126 is
therefore limited in its application to persons in possession of the Notes in bearer form who are
residents of Australia or non-residents who are engaged in carrying on business in Australia at or
through a permanent establishment in Australia. Where interests in Notes in bearer form are held
through Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg, the Issuer intends to treat the operators of those
clearing systems as the holders of those Notes for the purposes of section 126 of the Australian
Tax Act.
105
Payment of additional amounts
As set out in more detail in the relevant Terms and Conditions for the Notes and unless expressly
provided to the contrary in the relevant Final Terms (or another relevant supplement to this
Prospectus), if the Issuer is at any time compelled or authorised by law to deduct or withhold an
amount in respect of Australian withholding taxes imposed or levied by the Commonwealth of
Australia, in respect of the Notes, the Issuer must, subject to certain exceptions, pay such
additional amounts as may be necessary in order to ensure that the net amounts received by the
Noteholders after such deduction or withholding are equal to the respective amounts which would
have been received had no such deduction or withholding been required. If the Issuer is compelled
by law in relation to any Notes to deduct or withhold an amount in respect of any withholding
taxes, the Issuer will have the option to redeem those Notes in accordance with the relevant Terms
and Conditions.
2 Other tax matters
Subject to the Recent Developments section below, under Australian laws as presently in effect:
(a) |
|
income tax offshore Noteholders assuming the requirements of section 128F of the
Australian Tax Act are satisfied with respect to the Notes, payment of principal and
interest (as defined in section 128A(1AB) of the Australian Tax Act) to a Noteholder who
is a non-resident of Australia and who, during the taxable year, does not hold the Notes
in the course of carrying on business at or through a permanent establishment in
Australia, will not be subject to Australian income taxes; and |
|
(b) |
|
income tax Australian Noteholders Australian residents or non-Australian
residents who hold the Notes in the course of carrying on business at or through a
permanent establishment in Australia (Australian Holders), will be assessable for
Australian tax purposes on income either received or accrued due to them in respect of the
Notes. Whether income will be recognised on a cash receipts or accruals basis will depend
upon the tax status of the particular Noteholder and the terms and conditions of the
Notes. Special rules apply to the taxation of Australian residents who hold the Notes in
the course of carrying on business at or through a permanent establishment outside
Australia which vary depending on the country in which that permanent establishment is
located; and |
|
(c) |
|
gains on disposal of Notes Australian Noteholders Australian Holders will be
required to include any gain or loss on disposal of the Notes in their taxable income.
Special rules apply to the taxation of Australian residents who hold the Notes in the
course of carrying on business at or through a permanent establishment outside Australia
which vary depending on the country in which that permanent establishment is located; and |
|
(d) |
|
gains on disposal of Notes offshore Noteholders a Noteholder who is a
non-resident of Australia and who, during the taxable year, does not hold the Notes in the
course of carrying on business at or through a permanent establishment in Australia, will
not be subject to Australian income tax on gains realised during that year on sale or
redemption of the Notes, provided such gains do not have an Australian source. A gain
arising on the sale of Notes by a non-Australian resident holder to another
non-Australian resident where the Note is sold outside Australia and all negotiations are
conducted and all documentation is executed outside Australia would not be
regarded as having an Australian source; and |
|
(e) |
|
deemed interest there are specific rules that can apply to treat a portion of the
purchase price of Notes as interest for withholding tax purposes when certain Notes
originally issued at a discount or with a maturity premium or which do not pay interest at
least annually are sold to an Australian resident (who does not acquire them in the course
of carrying on business at or through a permanent establishment outside Australia) or a
non-resident who acquires them in the course of carrying on business at or through a
permanent establishment in Australia. These rules do not apply in circumstances where the
deemed interest would have been exempt under section 128F of the Australian Tax Act if the
Notes had been held to maturity by a non-resident; and |
|
(f) |
|
death duties no Notes will be subject to death, estate or succession duties imposed
by Australia, or by any political subdivision or authority in it having power to tax, if
held at the time of death; and |
|
(g) |
|
stamp duty and other taxes no ad valorem stamp, issue, registration or similar
taxes are payable in Australia on the issue of any Notes or transfer of any Notes; and |
106
\
(h) |
|
other withholding taxes on payments in respect of Notes section 12-140 of Schedule
1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 of Australia (Taxation Administration Act)
imposes a type of withholding tax at the rate of (currently) 48.5% on the payment of
interest on certain registered securities unless the relevant payee has quoted an
Australian tax file number (TFN), (in certain circumstances) an Australian Business
Number (ABN) or proof of some other exemption (as appropriate). |
|
|
|
Assuming the requirements of section 128F of the Australian Tax Act are satisfied with
respect to the Notes, then the requirements of section 12-140 do not apply to payments to
a holder of Notes in registered form who is not a resident of Australia and not holding the
Notes in the course of carrying on business at or through a permanent establishment in
Australia. Payments to other classes of Noteholders in registered form may be subject to a
withholding where the holder of those Notes does not quote a TFN, ABN or provide proof of
an appropriate exemption (as appropriate); and |
|
(i) |
|
supply withholding tax payments in respect of the Notes can be made free and clear
of the supply withholding tax imposed under section 12-190 of Schedule 1 to the Taxation
Administration Act; and |
|
(j) |
|
goods and services tax (GST) neither the issue nor receipt of the Notes will give
rise to a liability for GST in Australia on the basis that the supply of Notes will
comprise either an input taxed financial supply or (in the case of an offshore subscriber)
a GST-free supply. Furthermore, neither the payment of principal or interest by the
Issuer, nor the disposal of the Notes, would give rise to any GST liability in Australia;
and |
|
(k) |
|
debt/equity rules Division 974 of the Australian Tax Act, which applies from 1 July
2001, contains tests for characterising debt (for all entities) and equity (for companies)
for Australian tax purposes, including for the purposes of dividend withholding tax and
IWT. The Issuer intends to issue Notes which are to be characterised as debt interests
for the purposes of the tests contained in Division 974 and the returns paid on the Notes
are to be interest for the purpose of section 128F of the Australian Tax Act.
Accordingly, Division 974 is unlikely to affect the Australian tax treatment of holders of
Notes; and |
|
(l) |
|
additional withholdings from certain payments to
non-residents section 12 -315 of
Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act gives the Governor-General power to make
regulations requiring withholding from certain payments to non-residents after 1 July
2003. However, section 12-315 expressly provides that the regulations will not apply to
interest and other payments which are already subject to the current IWT rules or
specifically exempt from those rules. Further, regulations may only be made if the
responsible Minister is satisfied that the specified payments are of a kind that could
reasonably relate to assessable income of foreign residents. The regulations promulgated
prior to the date of this Prospectus are not relevant to any payments in respect of the
Notes. Any further regulations should also not apply to repayments of principal under the
Notes, as in the absence of any issue discount, such amounts will generally not be reasonably related to assessable income.
The possible application of any future regulations to the proceeds of any sale of the Notes
will need to be monitored; and |
|
(m) |
|
taxation of foreign exchange gains and losses Division 775 and 960 of the
Australian Tax Act contain rules to deal with the taxation consequences of foreign
exchange transactions entered into after 1 July 2003 (unless a taxpayer elects for them to
apply to earlier transactions). The rules are complex and will apply to the Issuer in
respect of any Notes denominated in a currency other than Australian dollars as well as
any currency hedging arrangements entered into in respect of such Notes. Nevertheless the
Issuer ought to be able to manage its position under the rules so that the tax
consequences are effectively the same as the commercial position (that is that any net
foreign exchange gains and losses recognised for tax purposes should be represented by
similar cash gains and losses). |
The rules may also apply to any Noteholders who are Australian residents or non-residents that hold
Notes that are not denominated in Australian dollars in the course of carrying on business in
Australia. Any such Noteholders should consult their professional advisors for advice as to how to tax account for
any foreign exchange gains or losses arising from their holding of those Notes.
107
New Zealand Taxation
The following is a summary of the New Zealand taxation treatment at the date of the Prospectus of
payments of interest on New Zealand Domestic Notes and certain other matters. It is not exhaustive
and, in particular, does not deal with the position of certain classes of holders of New Zealand
Domestic Notes. Prospective holders of New Zealand Domestic Notes who are in any doubt as to their
tax position should consult their professional advisers.
Under section NF 1(2) of the New Zealand Income Tax Act 2004 ( New Zealand Tax Act), the resident
withholding tax (RWT) rules potentially apply to all interest paid to New Zealand residents (or
non-residents engaged in business in New Zealand through a fixed establishment in New Zealand). Any
payment of interest on New Zealand Domestic Notes to a New Zealand resident (or such non-resident
with a branch in New Zealand) will be resident withholding income which is subject to the RWT
rules.
Under section NF 9 of the New Zealand Tax Act, certain categories of persons can apply for
certificates of exemption from RWT. Interest paid to holders of valid certificates of exemption is
not subject to the RWT rules. For the Issuer to be satisfied that this exemption applies to the
payment of interest on a New Zealand Domestic Note:
(a) |
|
the Issuer must be satisfied that the holder of the New Zealand Domestic Note is a
registered bank under the Reserve Bank of New Zealand Act 1989; or |
|
(b) |
|
the Issuer must have seen a copy of a certificate of exemption issued to the holder. |
If the Issuer is not satisfied that the holder has a valid certificate of exemption, the Issuer
will deduct RWT from the payment of interest on the New Zealand Domestic Notes. The rate of RWT
deducted from the interest will normally be 19.5 per cent. (provided the holder has furnished its
tax file number) but recipients can elect for a higher rate to be deducted.
If the holder is not:
(a) |
|
tax resident in New Zealand; nor
|
|
(b) |
|
engaged in business in New Zealand through a fixed establishment in New Zealand; nor |
|
(c) |
|
a resident of one of the following countries (which have double taxation agreements
in effect with New Zealand at the date of the Prospectus): Australia; Belgium; Canada;
China; Denmark; Finland; France; Germany; Ireland; Norway; Switzerland; Taiwan; United Kingdom and the
United States of America (Relevant DTA Countries), |
the Issuer must deduct non-resident withholding tax (NRWT) from the interest paid on the New
Zealand Domestic Notes. If the interest is non-resident withholding income, it is excluded from
resident withholding income and RWT does not have to be deducted.
The holder of a New Zealand Domestic Note must provide the Issuer with such evidence of the
holders residence in a Relevant DTA Country as the Issuer may require. If the Issuer is not
satisfied as to the holders residence in a Relevant DTA Country, the Issuer will deduct NRWT from
the payment of interest on the New Zealand Domestic Notes.
As set out in more detail in Condition 20 of the Notes, if the Issuer at any time is compelled by
law to deduct or withhold an amount in respect of any withholding taxes, the Issuer shall make such
deductions and there will be no grossing-up of the payment.
The Issuer has been advised that under New Zealand laws as presently in effect:
(A) |
|
assuming the holder of a New Zealand Domestic Note is a New Zealand tax resident (or
is engaged in business in New Zealand through a fixed establishment in New Zealand) and is
the holder of a certificate of exemption from RWT, payment of principal and interest to
that holder will not be subject to deduction of New Zealand resident withholding tax.
However, such a holder will be subject to income tax, under the financial arrangements
accrual rules in Part EH of the New Zealand Tax Act, |
108
|
|
in respect of any accruing (or realised) gains arising from investment in (or sale of)
the New Zealand Domestic Note; |
|
(B) |
|
in the case of a holder of a New Zealand Domestic Note who is neither tax resident in
New Zealand nor engaged in business in New Zealand through a fixed establishment in New
Zealand nor a resident of a Relevant DTA Country, payment of interest will be subject to
deduction of NRWT. That NRWT will be a final tax applied by New Zealand in respect of
interest derived by such a holder. Such a holder may be, but is unlikely to be, subject to
New Zealand income tax on any other gains derived from holding the Note, such as gains on
sale; |
|
(C) |
|
as New Zealand does not impose any stamp duty (or similar issue or registration tax)
and does not impose death duties, no New Zealand stamp duty or death duty will apply to
any New Zealand Domestic Note or any holder of a New Zealand Domestic Note; and |
|
(D) |
|
New Zealand goods and services tax will not apply in respect of any payments made on
a New Zealand Domestic Note. |
The Austraclear New Zealand System will only pay interest on securities lodged in the Austraclear
New Zealand System in gross.
European Union Directive on the Taxation of Savings
Under EC Council Directive 2003/48/EC on the taxation of savings income, since 1 July 2005 Member
States are required to provide to the tax authorities of another Member State details of payments
of interest (or similar income) paid by a person within its jurisdiction to an individual resident
in that other Member State. However, for a transitional period, Belgium, Luxembourg and Austria are
instead required (unless during that period they elect otherwise) to operate a withholding system
in relation to those types of payments (the end of the transitional period is dependent on the
conclusion of certain other agreements relating to information exchange with certain other
countries). A number of non-EU countries and territories including Switzerland have agreed to adopt
similar measures (a withholding system in the case of Switzerland).
109
Clearing and Settlement
Euroclear
The Euroclear System was created in 1968 to hold securities for participants in Euroclear
(Euroclear Participants) and to effect transactions between Euroclear Participants through immobilisation of
certificates and simultaneous electronic book-entry delivery against payment, thereby eliminating
the need for physical movement of certificates and any risk from lack of simultaneous transfer of
securities and cash. Euroclear Participants include banks (including central banks), securities
brokers and dealers and other professional financial intermediaries. Indirect access to Euroclear
is also available to other firms that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a
Euroclear Participant, either directly or indirectly.
The Euroclear System is operated by Euroclear Bank S.A./N.A. (Euroclear Operator).
Securities clearance accounts and cash accounts with the Euroclear Operator are governed by the
terms and conditions governing use of Euroclear, the related operating procedures of the Euroclear
System and applicable Belgian law (collectively, the Euroclear Terms and Conditions). The
Euroclear Terms and Conditions govern transactions of securities and cash within Euroclear,
withdrawal of securities and cash from the system and receipts of payments with respect to
securities in the system. All securities in Euroclear are held on a fungible basis without
attribution of specific certificates to specific securities clearance accounts. The Euroclear
Operator acts under the Euroclear Terms and Conditions only with Euroclear Participants themselves,
and has no record of or relationship with persons holding through Euroclear Participants.
Distributions with respect to interests in Global Notes held through Euroclear will be credited to
the Euroclear cash accounts of Euroclear Participants to the extent received by the Euroclear
Operators depositary, in accordance with the Euroclear Terms and Conditions. The Euroclear
Operator will take any other action permitted to be taken by a holder of any Global Notes on behalf
of a Euroclear Participant only in accordance with the Euroclear Terms and Conditions.
Clearstream, Luxembourg
Clearstream Banking, société anonyme (Clearstream, Luxembourg) is incorporated under the laws of
Luxembourg as a professional depositary and provides, among other things, services for safekeeping,
administration, clearance and settlement of internationally traded securities. As a professional
depositary, Clearstream, Luxembourg is subject to regulation by the Luxembourg Monetary Institute.
Clearstream, Luxembourg holds securities and provides clearing services for its participating
organisations (Clearstream, Luxembourg Participants). Securities transfers are effected through
book-entry changes in accounts of Clearstream, Luxembourg Participants, thereby eliminating the
need for physical movement of certificates. Clearstream, Luxembourg Participants are recognised
financial institutions around the world, including underwriters, securities brokers and dealers,
banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other organisations. Indirect access to
Clearstream, Luxembourg is also available to others, such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust
companies that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a Clearstream, Luxembourg,
Participant, either directly or indirectly.
Austraclear System (Australia)
Austraclear Limited began operation of the Austraclear System in Australia in 1984. Austraclear
Limited is an unlisted public company owned by financial institutions and other market
participants. It operates the national central securities depositary to the Australian money market
and registry for government, semi-government and private sector debt securities lodged with the
Austraclear System. Through its proprietary Financial
Transactions Recording and Clearance Systems (FINTRACS) software, the Austraclear System
electronically clears and settles most debt securities traded in the Australian money market and
capital market.
The rights and obligations of Austraclear Limited and participants under the Austraclear System are
created by contract, as evidenced through the Austraclear System Regulations and Operating Manual,
User Guides and instructions and directions contained within the Austraclear System (Austraclear
Rules).
110
Under the Austraclear System, a wide range of eligible debt instruments may be lodged with
Austraclear Limited and either immobilised in its vaults which are located in Austraclear Limiteds
branch offices in Sydney and Melbourne (if they are in physical form), or recorded on an electronic
register. Through the Austraclear System, ownership of these physical or discount debt
instruments (Paper Securities) and non-physical or fixed interest debt instruments (Non-Paper
Securities) is transferred electronically via book-entry changes without the need for physical
delivery. Real-time settlement of cash transactions is facilitated by a real-time gross settlement
(RTGS) system, operated by the Reserve Bank of Australia (RBA) and linked to the Austraclear
System.
The Austraclear System relies upon both parties to a transaction entering trade details into
computer terminals that the System then matches before effecting settlement. As well as
facilitating securities settlements the Austraclear System also provides members with the ability
to make high-value funds transfers independent of the need for a corresponding securities transfer.
As transactions currently processed through the Austraclear System are made on a RTGS basis, the
cash settlement of transactions in debt securities, will be settled individually on a real time
gross basis through
institutions exchange settlement accounts (held at the Reserve Bank of Australia). A payment will
be settled only if the paying institution has an adequate balance in the exchange settlement
account. Once that payment is made, it is irrevocable in the sense it is protected from recall by
the remitter or dishonour by the paying institution. This allows for true delivery versus payment
to take place; that is, securities and cash transfers occur simultaneously, counterparties to the
transaction will own either securities or cash and finality is immediate.
Austraclear New Zealand System
Since 1990, the Reserve Bank of New Zealand (RBNZ) has operated the Austraclear New Zealand
System in New Zealand out of its Financial Services Group. The Austraclear New Zealand System
electronically clears and settles most debt and equity securities issued by the New Zealand
Government, local authorities and other public and private sector issuers traded in the New Zealand
money market and capital market.
The rights and obligations of the RBNZ as operator of the Austraclear New Zealand System and
participants under the Austraclear New Zealand System are created by contract, as evidenced through
the Austraclear New Zealand System Rules and the Austraclear New Zealand Operating Guidelines
(Austraclear New Zealand Rules).
Under the Austraclear New Zealand System, a wide range of eligible New Zealand dollar-denominated
securities (debt instruments and equities) may be lodged with New Zealand Central Securities
Depositary Limited (NZCSD), a custodian that is wholly owned by the RBNZ, and recorded on an
electronic register. Through the Austraclear New Zealand System, ownership of these debt
instruments is transferred electronically via book-entry changes without the need for physical
delivery. Real-time settlement of cash transactions is facilitated by a RTGS system, operated by
the RBNZ.
The Austraclear New Zealand System relies upon both parties to a transaction entering trade details
into computer terminals that the Austraclear New Zealand System then matches before effecting
settlement. As well as facilitating securities settlements, the Austraclear New Zealand System also
provides members with the ability to make high-value funds transfers independent of the need for a
corresponding securities transfer.
As transactions currently processed through the Austraclear New Zealand System are made on a RTGS
basis, all high-value and time critical inter-bank payments, including the cash settlement of
transactions in debt securities, will be settled individually on a RTGS basis through the
institutions Austraclear New Zealand System cash account that clears through their respective
banks exchange settlement accounts. A payment will be settled only if the paying institution has
an adequate balance in the exchange settlement account it maintains with the RBNZ. Once that
payment is made, it is irrevocable in the sense it is protected from recall by the remitter or
dishonour by the paying institution. This allows for true delivery versus payment to take place;
that is, securities and cash transfers occur simultaneously, counterparties to the transaction will
own either securities or cash and finality is immediate.
The Austraclear New Zealand System will only pay interest on securities lodged in the Austraclear
New Zealand System in gross. As described in more detail above, under New Zealand Taxation,
interest paid to holders of valid certificates of exemption is not subject to the New Zealand RWT
rules. In order for this exemption to apply to the payment of interest on a New Zealand Domestic
Note, the New Zealand Registrar must have seen a copy of a certificate of exemption issued to the
holder or if the New Zealand Domestic Note is held through a
111
nominee member of the Austraclear New Zealand System, to the nominee. However, the RBNZ will
allow a member of the Austraclear New Zealand System that is non-resident in New Zealand and does
not hold a certificate of exemption from RWT to hold only New Zealand government securities.
Accordingly, in practice:
(i) |
|
a holder of a New Zealand Domestic Note lodged in the Austraclear New Zealand System
must provide evidence to the RBNZ that it is the holder of a certificate of exemption from
RWT; or |
|
(ii) |
|
the holder must hold the New Zealand Domestic Note through a nominee member of the
Austraclear New Zealand System that has itself provided that evidence to the RBNZ; or |
|
(iii) |
|
(where a New Zealand Domestic Note is traded from the Austraclear New Zealand System
to either Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg, in which case the New Zealand Domestic
Note remains within the Austraclear New Zealand System (see below)),
Westpac Nominees -NZ- Limited (Westpac
Nominees), which acts as agent for Euroclear, and ANZ Nominees Limited
(ANZ Nominees), which acts as agent for Clearstream, Luxembourg, manage any related
interest withholding tax that is legally required in relation to the relevant payment; in
this case, each of Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg is responsible for advising
Westpac Nominees or ANZ Nominees, as the case may be, of the tax status of its holder as
the beneficial owner of the New Zealand Domestic Note. |
Cross-market trading Austraclear System
The Austraclear System in Australia is a participant in the Euroclear System and the Clearstream,
Luxembourg (each a Clearance and Settlement System). The Austraclear Australian Rules provide for
members of the Austraclear System to lodge, take out (uplift) and record transactions in respect
of entitlements to certain bonds, notes, certificates of deposit and commercial paper issued in the
Euromarkets (Eurosecurities). Members of the Austraclear System will acquire an equitable
interest (a Euroentitlement) in the rights which the Austraclear System acquires to the relevant
Eurosecurities. A Euroentitlement will be lodged in the
Austraclear System by the member arranging for the transfer of the Eurosecurities to the account of
Austraclear System with the relevant Clearance and Settlement System. It will not be possible for
members to subscribe for a Eurosecurity through the Austraclear System. Once a Euroentitlement is
lodged with the Austraclear System the member can deal with the Euroentitlement in much the same
way as other securities lodged with the Austraclear System.
The Austraclear System will establish a separate account in Australia through which it will receive
and disburse payments to members who hold Euroentitlements. Payments received by the Austraclear
System in respect of Eurosecurities relating to Euroentitlements will be paid by the Austraclear
System to the relevant member for value on the same day that payment is made by the issuer of the
related Eurosecurities.
Euroentitlements will be able to be uplifted from the Austraclear System by the Austraclear System
transferring the related Eurosecurity to the account of another participant in the relevant
Clearance and Settlement System.
At present the provisions do not provide for a two-way link. The provisions will only apply to
securities issued in the Euromarkets. Accordingly, the new arrangements will not apply to
instruments issued in the Australian domestic markets.
Cross-market trading Austraclear New Zealand System
Westpac Nominees acts in New Zealand as the agent for Euroclear, and ANZ Nominees as the agent for
Clearstream, Luxembourg for New Zealand dollar-denominated fixed interest and registered discount
securities issued in the New Zealand domestic markets and initially lodged with the Austraclear New
Zealand System. Unlike the Austraclear System in Australia, the RBNZ is not a participant in
Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg. If a security is traded from the Austraclear New Zealand
System into Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg, the security is transferred from the account of
the relevant member of the Austraclear New Zealand System into the pool account of Euroclear or
Clearstream, Luxembourg, as the case may be, within the Austraclear New Zealand System. Legal
ownership of the security remains with NZCSD and only the beneficial entitlements to the security
changes. That is, the security always remains lodged within the Austraclear New Zealand System and is not uplifted into Euroclear or
Clearstream, Luxembourg. The relevant participant in Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg acquires
an equitable interest in the rights which Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg acquires to the
relevant security.
112
On advice from Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg, Westpac Nominees or ANZ Nominees, as the
case may be, enters and settles transactions in the Austraclear New Zealand System with its New
Zealand member, then advises Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg electronically via SWIFT. Any
payments of funds are cleared by Euroclears or Clearstream, Luxembourgs New Zealand bank.
At present, the Austraclear New Zealand System does not provide for a two-way link with Euroclear
and Clearstream, Luxembourg. The Austraclear New Zealand System enables New Zealand Domestic Notes
initially lodged within the Austraclear New Zealand System to be traded to Euroclear and
Clearstream, Luxembourg accounts through their respective New Zealand agents. It is not possible at
present for New Zealand dollar-denominated Eurosecurities initially lodged within Euroclear and/or
Clearstream, Luxembourg to be traded into the Austraclear New Zealand System or to be subscribed
through the Austraclear New Zealand System.
113
Summary of provisions relating to Euro Notes while in
Global Form
This summary relates to the issue by the Issuer of Notes in bearer form (Euro Notes)
pursuant to the Euro Fiscal Agency Agreement dated 31 October 2001 as amended and restated on 15
October 2002 as amended and restated or supplemented from time to time between the Issuer and the
Fiscal Agent and having the benefit of the Deed Of Covenant dated 31 October 2001 executed by the
Issuer. All capitalised terms that are not defined in this summary have the meaning given to them
in the Terms and Conditions of the Notes.
1 |
|
Initial Issue of Notes |
|
|
|
Upon the initial deposit of a Global Note with a common depositary for Euroclear and Clearstream,
Luxembourg (Common Depositary), Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg will credit each
subscriber with a principal amount of Notes equal to the principal amount for which it has subscribed
and paid. |
|
|
|
Notes that are initially deposited with the Common Depositary may also be credited to the accounts of
subscribers with (if indicated in the relevant Final Terms) other clearing systems through direct or
indirect accounts with Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg held by such other clearing systems.
Conversely, Notes that are initially deposited with any other clearing system may similarly be credited
to the accounts of subscribers with Euroclear, Clearstream, Luxembourg or other clearing systems. |
|
2 |
|
Relationship of Accountholders with Clearing Systems |
|
|
|
Each of the persons shown in the records of Euroclear, Clearstream, Luxembourg or any other clearing
system as the holder of a Note represented by a Global Note must look solely to Euroclear,
Clearstream, Luxembourg or such clearing system (as the case may be) for his share of each payment
made by the Issuer to the bearer of such Global Note and in relation to all other rights arising under the
Global Notes subject to and in accordance with the respective rules and procedures of Euroclear,
Clearstream, Luxembourg, or such clearing system (as the case may be). Such persons shall have no
claim directly against the Issuer in respect of payments due on the Notes for so long as the Notes are
represented by such Global Note and such obligations of the Issuer will be discharged by payment to
the bearer of such Global Note in respect of each amount so paid. |
|
3 |
|
Payments |
|
|
|
Whilst any Note is represented by a Temporary Global Note, payments of principal, interest
(if any) and any other amount payable in respect of the Notes due prior to the Exchange Date
will be made against presentation of the Temporary Global Note only to the extent that
certification (in a form to be provided) to the effect that the beneficial owners of interest
in such Note are not U.S. persons or persons who have purchased for resale to any U.S.
person, as required by U.S. Treasury regulations, has been received by Euroclear and/or
Clearstream, Luxembourg and Euroclear and/or Clearstream, Luxembourg, as applicable, have
given a like certification (based on the certifications it has received) to the Fiscal Agent. |
|
|
|
Payments of principal, interest (if any) or any other amounts on a Permanent Global Note will
be made through Euroclear and/or Clearstream, Luxembourg against presentation or surrender (as
the case may be) of the Permanent Global Note without any requirement for certification. |
|
4 |
|
Exchange |
|
4.1 |
|
Temporary Global Notes |
|
|
|
Each Temporary Global Note will be exchangeable, free of charge to the holder, on or after
its Exchange Date in whole or in part upon certification as to non-U.S. beneficial ownership
in the form |
114
set out in the Euro Fiscal Agency Agreement for interests in a Permanent Global Note
or, if so provided in the relevant Final Terms, for Definitive Bearer Notes.
If:
(a) |
|
a Permanent Global Note has not been delivered or its principal
amount increased by 5.00 p.m. (London time) on the seventh day after the bearer of
a Temporary Global Note has requested exchange of an interest in the Temporary
Global Note for an interest in a Permanent Global Note; or |
|
(b) |
|
Definitive Notes have not been delivered by 5.00 p.m. (London time)
on the thirtieth day after the bearer of a Temporary Global Note has requested
exchange of the Temporary Global Note for Definitive Notes; or |
|
(c) |
|
a Temporary Global Note (or any part of it) has become due and
payable in accordance with the Terms and Conditions of the Notes or the date for
final redemption of a Temporary Global Note has occurred and, in either case,
payment in full of the amount of principal falling due with all accrued interest
has not been made to the bearer of the Temporary Global Note in accordance with
the terms of the Temporary Global Note on the due date for payment, |
then the Temporary Global Note (including the obligations to deliver a Permanent Global
Note or increase the principal amount thereof or deliver Definitive Notes, as the case may
be) will become void at 5.00 p.m. (London time) on such seventh day (in the case of (a)
above) or at 5.00 p.m. (London time) on such thirtieth day (in the case of (b) above) or at
5.00 p.m. (London time) on such due date (in the case of (c) above) and the bearer of the
Temporary Global Note will have no further rights thereunder (but without prejudice to the
rights which the bearer of the Temporary Global Note or others may have under a deed of
covenant dated 23 September 2005 (Deed of Covenant ) executed by the Issuer). Under the
Deed of Covenant, persons shown in the records of Euroclear and/or Clearstream, Luxembourg
and/or any other relevant clearing system as being entitled to an interest in a Temporary
Global Note will acquire directly against the Issuer all those rights to which they would
have been entitled if, immediately before the Temporary Global Note became void, they had
been the holders of Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal
to the principal amount of Notes they were shown as holding in the records of Euroclear
and/or Clearstream, Luxembourg and/or any other relevant clearing system.
4.2 Permanent Global Notes
Each Permanent Global Note will be exchangeable, free of charge to the holder, on or after
its Exchange Date in whole but not, except as provided under Partial Exchange of Permanent
Global Notes, in part for Definitive Notes:
(a) |
|
by the Issuer giving notice to the Noteholders and the Fiscal Agent
of its intention to effect such exchange, unless principal in respect of any Notes
is not paid when due; |
|
(b) |
|
if the relevant Final Terms provides that such Global Note is
exchangeable at the request of the holder, by the holder giving notice to the
Fiscal Agent of its election for such exchange; and |
|
(c) |
|
otherwise, (i) if the Permanent Global Note is held on behalf of
Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg or any other clearing system (an Alternative
Clearing System) and any such clearing system is closed for business for a
continuous period of 14 days (other than by reason of holidays, statutory or
otherwise) or announces an intention permanently to cease business or in fact does
so or (ii) if principal in respect of any Notes is not paid when due, by the
holder giving notice to the Fiscal Agent of its election for such exchange. |
115
If:
(a) |
|
Definitive Notes have not been delivered by 5.00 p.m. (London time) on the thirtieth
day after the bearer of a Permanent Global Note has duly requested exchange of the
Permanent Global Note for Definitive Notes; or |
|
(b) |
|
a Permanent Global Note (or any part of it) has become due and payable in accordance
with the Terms and Conditions of the Notes or the date for final redemption of the Notes
has occurred and, in either case, payment in full of the amount of principal falling due
with all accrued interest has not been made to the bearer of the Permanent Global Note in
accordance with the terms of the Permanent Global Note on the due date for payment, |
then the Permanent Global Note (including the obligation to deliver Definitive Notes) will
become void at 5.00 p.m. (London time) on such thirtieth day (in the case of (a) above) or at
5.00 p.m. (London time) on such due date (in the case of (b) above) and the bearer of the
Permanent Global Note will have no further rights under it (but without prejudice to the rights
which the bearer of the Permanent Global Note or others may have under the Deed of Covenant).
Under the Deed of Covenant, persons shown in the records of Euroclear and/or Clearstream,
Luxembourg and/or any other relevant clearing system as being entitled to an interest in a
Permanent Global Note will acquire directly against the Issuer all those rights to which they
would have been entitled if, immediately before the Permanent Global Note became void, they had
been the holders of Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal
amount of Notes they were shown as holding in the records of Euroclear and/or Clearstream,
Luxembourg and/or any other relevant clearing system.
4.3 Partial exchange of Permanent Global Notes
For so long as a Permanent Global Note is held on behalf of a clearing system and the rules
of that clearing system permit, such Permanent Global Note will be exchangeable in part on
one or more occasions for Definitive Notes (a) if principal in respect of any Notes is not
paid when due or (b) if so provided in, and in accordance with, the Conditions (which will
be set out in the relevant Final Terms) relating to Partly Paid Notes.
4.4 Delivery of Notes
On or after any due date for exchange the holder of a Global Note may surrender such Global
Note or, in the case of a partial exchange, present it for endorsement to or to the order
of the Fiscal Agent. In exchange for any Global Note, or the part of it to be exchanged,
the Issuer will deliver, or procure the delivery of, a Permanent Global Note in an
aggregate principal amount equal to that of the whole or that part of a Temporary Global
Note that is being exchanged or, in the case of a
subsequent exchange, endorse, or procure the endorsement of, a Permanent Global Note to
reflect such exchange.
In this Prospectus, Definitive Notes means, in relation to any Global Note, the
definitive Bearer Notes for which such Global Note may be exchanged (if appropriate, having
attached to them all Coupons and Receipts in respect of interest or Instalment Amounts that
have not already been paid on the Global Note and a Talon). Definitive Notes will be
security printed and printed in accordance with any applicable legal and stock exchange
requirements in or substantially in the form set out in the schedules to the Euro Fiscal
Agency Agreement. On exchange in full of each Permanent Global Note, the Issuer will, if
the holder so requests, procure that it is cancelled and returned to the holder together
with the relevant Definitive Notes.
4.5 Exchange Date
Exchange Date means, in relation to a Temporary Global Note, the day falling after the
expiry of 40 days after its issue date and, in relation to a Permanent Global Note, a day
falling not less than 60 days, or in the case of failure to pay principal in respect of any
Notes when due 30 days, after that on which the notice requiring exchange is given and on
which banks are open for business in the city in which the specified office of the Fiscal
Agent is located and in the city in which the relevant clearing system is located.
116
5 |
|
Transfers |
|
|
|
Notes which are represented by a Global Note will only be transferable in accordance with the rules
and procedures for the time being of Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg, as the case may be. |
|
|
|
Interests in Global Notes will be transferable in multiples
of 50,000 (or its equivalent in other
currencies) unless otherwise specified in the Final Terms. |
|
6 |
|
Conditions applicable to Global Notes |
|
|
|
Each Global Note contains provisions which modify the Terms and Conditions of the Notes as they
apply to the Global Note. The following is a summary of certain of those provisions: |
|
(a) |
|
Meetings: The holder of a Permanent Global Note shall (unless such Permanent Global
Note represents only one Note) be treated as being two persons for the purposes of any
quorum requirements of a meeting of holders and, at any such meeting, the holder of a
Permanent Global Note shall be treated as having one vote in respect of each minimum
Denomination of Notes for which such Global Note may be exchanged. |
|
|
(b) |
|
Cancellation: Cancellation of any Note represented by a Permanent Global Note that is
required by the Conditions to be cancelled (other than upon its redemption) will be
effected by reduction in the principal amount of the relevant Permanent Global Note. |
|
|
(c) |
|
Purchase: Notes represented by a Permanent Global Note may be purchased by the Issuer
or any of its Subsidiaries at any time in the open market or otherwise and at any price. |
|
|
(d) |
|
Issuers call options: Any option of the Issuer provided for in the Conditions of the
Notes while such Notes are represented by a Permanent Global Note shall be exercised by
the Issuer giving notice to the holders within the time limits set out in and containing
the information required by the Conditions, except that the notice is not required to
contain the serial numbers of Notes drawn in the case of a partial exercise of an option
and accordingly no drawing of Notes is required. If any option of the Issuer is exercised
in respect of some but not all of the Notes of any Series, the rights of accountholders
with a clearing system in respect of the Notes are governed by the standard procedures of
Euroclear, Clearstream, Luxembourg or any other clearing system (as the case may be). |
|
|
(e) |
|
Investors put option: Any option of the holders provided for in the Conditions of
any Notes while such Notes are represented by a Permanent Global Note may be exercised by
the holder of such Permanent Global Note, giving notice to the Principal Paying Agent
within the time limits relating
to the deposit of Notes with the Principal Paying Agent substantially in the form of the
notice available from the Principal Paying Agent or any Paying Agent, except that the
notice is not required to contain the serial numbers of the Notes in respect of which the
option has been exercised, and stating the principal amount of Notes in respect of which
the option is exercised and at the same time presenting for notation the Permanent Global
Note to the Fiscal Agent. |
7 |
|
Partly Paid Notes |
|
|
|
The provisions relating to Partly Paid Notes are not set out in this Prospectus, but will be
contained in the relevant Final Terms and accordingly in the Global Notes. While any
instalments of the subscription moneys due from the holder of Partly Paid Notes are overdue,
no interest in a Global Note representing such Notes may be exchanged for any interest in a
Permanent Global Note or for Definitive Notes (as the case may be). If any Noteholder fails to
pay any instalment due on any Partly Paid Notes within the time specified, the Issuer may
forfeit such Notes and shall have no further obligation to their holder in respect of them. |
117
Sale and Subscription
Summary of Dealer Agreement
Subject to the terms and on the conditions contained in a Dealer Agreement dated 31 October
2001 as amended from time to time (Dealer Agreement) between the Issuer and the Arranger, the
Notes will be offered by the Issuer to the Dealers. The Notes may be resold at prevailing market
prices, or at related prices, at the time of such resale, as determined by the relevant Dealer. The
Notes may also be sold by the Issuer through the Dealers, acting as agents of the Issuer. The
Dealer Agreement also provides for Notes to be issued in syndicated
Tranches that may be jointly and severally underwritten by two or more Dealers.
The Issuer has agreed to indemnify the Dealers against certain liabilities in connection with the
offer and sale of the Notes and to pay the Dealers certain fees and commissions. The Dealer
Agreement entitles the Dealers to terminate any agreement that they make to subscribe for Notes in
certain circumstances prior to payment for such Notes being made to the Issuer.
Selling Restrictions
United States of America
The Notes have not been and will not be registered under the United States Securities Act of 1933,
as amended (Securities Act) and may not be offered or sold within the United States or to or for the account
or benefit of U.S. persons except in certain transactions exempt from, or not subject to, the
registration requirements of the Securities Act.
Terms used in this paragraph have the meaning given to them by Regulation S under the Securities
Act.
Regulation S provides a non-exclusive safe harbour from the application of the registration
requirements of the Securities Act.
Notes in bearer form are subject to U.S. tax law requirements and may not be offered, sold or
delivered within the United States or its possessions or to U.S. persons, except in certain
transactions permitted by U.S. tax regulations. Terms used in the preceding sentence have the
meanings given to them by the United
States Internal Revenue Code and regulations thereunder.
Each Dealer (and each subsequent Dealer appointed under the Program) will agree that, except as
permitted by the Dealer Agreement, it will not offer, sell or deliver Notes,
(a) |
|
as part of their distribution at any time or |
|
(b) |
|
otherwise until 40 days after the completion of the distribution of the Notes
comprising the relevant Tranche, as certified to the Euro Fiscal Agent or the Australian
Registrar or the New Zealand Registrar (as the case may be) or the Issuer by such Dealer
(or, in the case of a sale of a Tranche of Notes to or through more than one Dealer, by
each of such Dealers as to Notes of such Tranche purchased by or through it, in which case
the Euro Fiscal Agent or the Australian Registrar or the New Zealand Registrar (as the
case may be) or the Issuer shall notify each such Dealer when all such Dealers have so
certified), |
within the United States or to or for the account or benefit of U.S. persons, and such Dealer will
have sent to each dealer to which it sells Notes during the relevant distribution compliance period
a confirmation or other notice setting forth the restrictions on offers and sales of the Notes
within the United States or to or for the account or benefit of U.S. persons.
In addition, until 40 days after the commencement of the offering of Notes comprising any Tranche,
any offer or sale of Notes within the United States by any dealer (whether or not participating in
the offering) may violate the registration requirements of the Securities Act.
Each issue of Index Linked Interest Notes and Dual Currency Notes is subject to such additional
U.S. selling restrictions as the Issuer and the relevant Dealer or Dealers agree as a term of the
issue and purchase of such Notes, which additional selling restrictions will be set out in the
applicable Final Terms. The Dealers have
118
agreed that they will offer, sell or deliver such Notes only in compliance with such
additional U.S. selling restrictions.
European Economic Area
Unless otherwise stated in this Sale and Subscription section, in relation to each EEA State which
has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each a Relevant EEA State), each Dealer has
represented, warranted and agreed, and subsequent Dealer appointed under the Program will be
required to represent, warrant and agree, that with effect from and including the date on which the
Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant EEA State (the Relevant Implementation Date)
it has not made and will not make an offer of Notes to the public in that Relevant EEA State,
except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer
of Notes to the public in that Relevant EEA State:
(a) |
|
in (or in Germany, where the offer starts within) the period beginning on the date of
publication of a
prospectus in relation to those Notes which has been approved by the competent authority in
that
Relevant EEA State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant EEA State and
notified to the
competent authority in that Relevant EEA State, all in accordance with the Prospectus
Directive and
ending on the date which is 12 months after the date of such publication; |
|
(b) |
|
at any time to legal entities which are authorised or regulated to operate in the financial
markets or, if
not so authorised or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities; |
|
(c) |
|
at any time to any legal entity which has two or more of: |
|
(i) |
|
an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year;
|
|
|
(ii) |
|
a total balance sheet of more than 43,000,000; and |
|
|
(iii) |
|
an annual net turnover of more than 50,000,000, as shown in its last
annual or consolidated accounts; or |
(d) |
|
at any time in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by any
Issuer of a
prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive. |
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an offer of Notes to the public in relation
to any Notes in any Relevant EEA State means the communication in any form and by any means of
sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the Notes to be offered so as to enable an
investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the Notes, as the same may be varied in that EEA
State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that EEA State.
United Kingdom
Each Dealer will represent, warrant and agree, and each subsequent Dealer appointed under the
Program will be required to represent, warrant and agree, that:
(a) |
|
in relation to any Notes which have a maturity of less than one year, (i) it is a person
whose ordinary
activities involve it in acquiring, holding, managing or disposing of investments (as
principal or agent)
for the purposes of its business, and (ii) it has not offered or sold and will not offer or
sell any Notes
other than to persons whose ordinary activities involve them in acquiring, holding,
managing or
disposing of investments (as principal or as agent) for the purposes of their businesses or
who it is
reasonable to expect will acquire, hold, manage or dispose of investments (as principal or
agent) for the
purposes of their businesses where the issue of the Notes would otherwise constitute a
contravention of
Section 19 of the FSMA by the Issuer; |
|
(b) |
|
it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and it will only communicate or cause
to be
communicated any invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the
meaning of
section 21 FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of any Notes in
circumstances in
which section 21(1) FSMA does not apply to the Issuer; and |
|
(c) |
|
it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to
anything
done by it in relation to the any Notes in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.
|
119
Japan
The Notes have not been and will not be registered under the Securities and Exchange Law of Japan
(Securities and Exchange Law) and, accordingly, each Dealer will agree, and each subsequent
Dealer under the Program will be required to agree, that it will not offer or sell any Notes
directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any Japanese Person or to others for
re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to any Japanese Person except pursuant
to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the
Securities and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws and regulations of Japan. For the
purposes of this paragraph, Japanese Person means any person resident in Japan, including any
corporation or other entity organised under the laws of Japan.
Switzerland
Each Dealer will agree and each subsequent Dealer under the Program will be required to represent
and agree, that any issue of Notes denominated in Swiss Francs will be in compliance with the
guidelines of the Swiss National Bank regarding issues of Swiss Franc denominated debt securities.
Commonwealth of Australia
No prospectus or other disclosure document (as defined in the Corporations Act 2001 of Australia)
in relation to the Program or the Notes has been or will be lodged with the Australian Securities
and Investments Commission. Each Dealer will represent and agree that, unless the relevant Final
Terms provides otherwise, it:
(a) |
|
has not offered or invited applications, and will not offer or invite applications for the
issue, sale or
purchase of the Notes in Australia (including an offer or invitation which is received by a
person in
Australia); and |
|
(b) |
|
it has not distributed or published, and will not distribute or publish, the Prospectus
or any other
offering material or advertisement relating to the Notes in Australia, |
unless (i) the minimum aggregate consideration payable by each offeree is at least A$500,000 (or
its equivalent in other currencies) (disregarding moneys lent by the offeror or its associates) or
the offer or invitation otherwise does not require disclosure to investors in accordance with Part
6D.2 of the Corporations Act 2001 of Australia, and (ii) such action complies with all applicable
laws, regulations and directives, and (iii) does not require any document to be lodged with ASIC.
New Zealand
Each Dealer will represent and agree that:
(a) |
|
it has not offered or sold, and will not offer or sell, directly or indirectly, any Notes; and |
|
(b) |
|
it has not distributed and will not distribute, directly or indirectly, any
offering materials or
advertisement in relation to any offer of Notes, |
in each case in New Zealand other than:
|
(i) |
|
to persons whose principal business is the investment of money or who, in the course of
and for the purposes of their business, habitually invest money; or |
|
|
(ii) |
|
to persons who in all the circumstances can properly be regarded
as having been selected otherwise than as members of the public; or |
|
|
(iii) |
|
to persons who are each required to pay a minimum subscription price of at
least N.Z.$500,000 for the Notes before the allotment of those Notes (disregarding any
amounts payable, or paid, out of money lent by the Issuer or any associated person
of the Issuer); or
|
|
|
(iv) |
|
in other circumstances where there is no contravention of the
Securities Act 1978 of New Zealand (or any statutory modification or re-enactment of,
or statutory substitution for, the Securities Act 1978 of New Zealand).
|
120
Singapore
Each Dealer will represent and agree that it will not offer or sell the Notes nor make the Notes
the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, nor will it circulate or distribute the
Prospectus or any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation
for subscription or purchase, of the Notes, whether directly or indirectly, to the public or any
member of the public in Singapore other than:
(1) |
|
to an institutional investor or other person specified in Section 274 of the Securities and
Futures Act
2001 of Singapore (SFA); |
|
(2) |
|
to a sophisticated investor, and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275
of the SFA;
or |
|
(3) |
|
otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable
provision of the
SFA. |
The Netherlands
Each Dealer will represent and agree that it has not, directly or indirectly, offered or sold and
will not, directly or indirectly, offer or sell in The Netherlands any Notes with a denomination of
less than EUR50,000 (or its foreign currency equivalent) other than to persons who trade or invest
in securities in the conduct of a profession or business (which include banks, stockbrokers,
insurance companies, pension funds, other institutional investors and finance companies and
treasury departments of large enterprises) unless one of the other exemptions from or exceptions to
the prohibition contained in article 3 of the Dutch Securities Act 1995 (Wet toezicht
effectenverkeer 1995) is applicable and the conditions attached to such exemption are complied
with.
Italy
The offering of the Notes has not been cleared by CONSOB (the Italian Securities Exchange
Commission) pursuant to Italian securities legislation and, accordingly, no Notes may be offered,
sold or delivered, nor may copies of the Prospectus or of any other document relating to the Notes
be distributed in the Republic of Italy, except:
(a) |
|
to professional investors (operatori qualificati), as defined in article 31, second
paragraph, of
CONSOB Regulation No. 11522 of 1 July 1998, as successively amended; or |
|
(b) |
|
in circumstances which are exempted from the rules on solicitation of investments pursuant to
article
100 of legislative decree No. 58 of 24 February 1998 (the Financial Services Act) and
article 33, first
paragraph, of CONSOB Regulation No. 11971 of 14 May 1999, as successively amended. |
Any offer, sale or delivery of the Notes or distribution of copies of the Prospectus or any other
document relating to the Notes in the Republic of Italy under (a) or (b) above must:
|
(i) |
|
made by an investment firm, bank or financial intermediary permitted to conduct such
activities in the Republic of Italy in accordance with the Financial Services Act
and legislation decree No. 385 of 1 September 1993
(Banking Act); |
|
|
(ii) |
|
in compliance with article 129 of the Banking Act and the implementing
guidelines of the Bank of Italy pursuant to which the issue or the offer of
securities in the Republic of Italy may need to be preceded and followed by an
appropriate notice to be filed with the Bank of Italy depending on inter alia, the
aggregate value of the value of the securities issued or offered in the Republic of
Italy and their characteristics; and |
|
|
(iii) |
|
in accordance with any other applicable laws or
regulations. |
Canada
The Notes will not be qualified for sale under the securities laws of any province or territory of
Canada. Each Dealer will represent that:
(a) |
|
it has not offered, sold or distributed and will not offer, sell or distribute any
Notes, directly or
indirectly, in Canada or to or for the benefit of any resident of Canada, other than in
compliance with
the applicable securities laws; |
|
(b) |
|
it has not and will not distribute or deliver the Prospectus, or any other offering material
in connection
with any offering of Notes in Canada, other than in compliance with the applicable
securities laws. |
General
These selling restrictions may be modified by the agreement of the Issuer and the Dealers following
a change in a relevant law, regulation or directive. Any such modification will be set out in the
relevant Final Terms issued in respect of the issue of Notes to which it relates or in a supplement
to this Prospectus.
No action has been taken or will be taken in any jurisdiction that would permit a public offering
of any of the Notes, or possession or distribution or making available of the Prospectus or any
other offering material or any Final Terms, in any country or jurisdiction where action for that
purpose is required.
Each Dealer will agree that it will comply with all relevant laws, regulations and directives in
each jurisdiction in which it purchases, offers, sells, distributes or delivers Notes or has in its
possession or distributes or makes available the Prospectus, any other offering material or any
Final Terms and the Issuer nor any other Dealer shall have responsibility for them.
With regard to each Tranche, the relevant Dealer(s) will comply with such other additional
restrictions as the Issuer and the relevant Dealer(s) agree and are set out in the relevant Final
Terms.
122
Form of Final Terms
Set out below is a proforma Final Terms which, subject to completion and amendment, will be issued
in respect of issues of Notes under the Program. Text in this section appearing in italics does
not form part of the form of the Final Terms but denotes directions for completing the Final
Terms.
Final
Terms dated
[ ]
Telstra Corporation Limited
(ABN 33
051 775 556)
Issue of [Aggregate Nominal Amount of Tranche] [Title of Notes]
under the unlimited
Debt Issuance Program
Part A Contractual Terms
Terms used in this document are deemed to be defined as such for the purposes of the Conditions set
forth in the Prospectus dated [ ] September 2005 [and the supplemental Prospectus dated [date]]
which [together] constitute[s] a base prospectus for the purposes of the Prospectus Directive
(Directive 2003/71/EC) (Prospectus Directive). This document constitutes the Final Terms of the
Notes described in it for the purposes of Article 5.4 of the Prospectus Directive and must be read
in conjunction with the Prospectus [as so supplemented]. Full information on the Issuer and the
offer of the Notes is only available on the basis of the combination of these Final Terms and the
Prospectus. The Prospectus [and the supplemental Prospectus] [is] [are] available for viewing at
[address] [and] [website] and copies may be obtained from [address].
The following alternative language applies if the first tranche of an issue which is being
increased was issued under a Prospectus with an earlier date.
Terms used in this document are deemed to be defined as such for the purposes of the Conditions
(the Conditions) set forth in the Prospectus dated [original date] [and the supplemental Prospectus
dated [date]]. This document constitutes the Final Terms of the Notes described in it for the
purposes of Article 5.4 of the Prospectus Directive (Directive
2003/71/EC) (Prospectus Directive)
and must be read in conjunction with the Prospectus dated [ ] September 2005 [and the supplemental
Prospectus dated [date]], which [together] constitute[s] a base prospectus for the purposes of the
Prospectus Directive, save in respect of the Conditions which are extracted from the Prospectus
dated [original date] [and the supplemental Prospectus dated [date]] which are attached to these
Final Terms. Full information on the Issuer and the offer of the Notes is only available on the
basis of the combination of these Final Terms and the Prospectuses dated [original date] and [ ]
September 2005 [and the supplemental Prospectuses dated [date]]. The Prospectuses [and the
supplemental Prospectuses] are available for viewing at [address] [and] [website] and copies may be
obtained from [address].
[Include whichever of the following apply or specify as Not Applicable (N/A). Note that the
numbering should remain as set out below, even if Not Applicable is indicated for individual
paragraphs or subparagraphs. For Zero Coupon Notes with a maturity of less than 365 days, complete
only paragraphs 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7(i), 8, 10, 14(i), 19, 26, 33 and 35 in Part A and paragraphs 10
and 11 in Part B. Italics denote guidance for completing the Final Terms.]
[When completing any Final Terms, or adding any other final terms or information, consideration
should be given as to whether such terms or information constitute
significant new factors and
consequently trigger the need for a supplement to the Prospectus under Article 16 of the Prospectus
Directive.]
123
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Issuer:
|
|
|
|
Telstra Corporation Limited |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
(i)
|
|
Series Number:
|
|
[ ] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(ii)
|
|
Tranche Number:
|
|
[ ] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[if fungible with an existing Series, details of that Series,
including the date on which the Notes become fungible] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 |
|
Specified Currency or Currencies: |
|
[ ] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4 |
|
Aggregate Nominal Amount: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(i)
|
|
Series:
|
|
[ ] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(ii)
|
|
Tranche:
|
|
[ ] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5 |
|
Issue Price: |
|
[ ] per cent of the Aggregate Nominal Amount [plus
accrued interest from [insert date] [in the case of
fungible issues only, if applicable]] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6 |
|
Specified Denomination(s): |
|
[ ] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[If the Notes admitted to trading on an exchange in the
EEA or are offered to the public in an EEA State then the minimum denomination
must be 50,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies). The equivalent
denomination for Notes denominated in an EEA currency other than euro must be calculated in
accordance with the requirements (if any) in the relevant EEA
State.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[If the Notes have a maturity of less than one year from the date of
their issue, the minimum denomination must be £100,000 or
its equivalent in another currency unless it does not otherwise breach section 19 of FSMA.]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
(i)
|
|
Issue Date:
|
|
[ ] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(ii)
|
|
Interest Commencement Date (if
different from the Issue Date):
|
|
[ ] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8 |
|
Maturity Date: |
|
[Fixed rate specify date |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Floating rate specify Interest Payment Date falling in
the relevant month and year] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9 |
|
Record Date |
|
In the case of payments of interest, the close of business
in the place where the relevant Register is maintained on
the [eighth] [ for Australian Notes] [tenth] [for New
Zealand Notes] calendar day before the relevant date for
payment or any date so described in the relevant Final
Terms. [Applicable to Australian and New Zealand
Domestic Notes only. Do not amend unless relevant
Clearing System approves] |
124
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10 |
|
Interest Basis: |
|
[Fixed Rate] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Specify reference rate +/- [ ]% Floating Rate] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Zero Coupon] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Index Linked Interest] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[specify other] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(further particulars specified below) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11 |
|
Redemption/Payment Basis: |
|
[Redemption at par] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Index Linked Redemption] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Dual Currency] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Partly Paid] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Instalment] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[specify other] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[N.B. If the Final Redemption Amount is less than 100
per cent. of the nominal value the Notes will be
derivative securities for the purposes of the Prospectus
Directive and the requirements of Annex XII of the
Prospectus Directive Regulation will apply. This is not
the only circumstance in which Annex XII will apply] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12 |
|
Change of Interest or Redemption/Payment
Basis: |
|
[Specify details of any provision for change of Notes into
another interest or redemption/payment basis] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13 |
|
Put/Call Options: |
|
[Investor Put]
[Issuer Call]
[(further particulars specified below)] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14 |
|
(i) |
|
Status of Notes: |
|
Senior |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(ii) |
|
[Date [Board]
approval for issuance of Notes obtained: |
|
[ ] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[N.B. Only relevant where
Board (or similar) authorisation is required for the particular
tranche of Notes] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15 |
|
Listing: |
|
[London/Australia/other (specify)/None] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16 |
|
Method of distribution: |
|
[Syndicated/Non-syndicated] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PROVISIONS RELATING TO INTEREST (IF ANY) PAYABLE |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17 |
|
Fixed Rate Note Provisions |
|
[Applicable/Not Applicable]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[If not applicable, delete the remaining sub-paragraphs
of this paragraph] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(i)
|
|
Fixed Rate[(s)] of Interest:
|
|
[ ] per cent. per annum [payable
annually/semi-annually/quarterly/monthly]
in arrears.] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(ii)
|
|
Interest Payment Date(s):
|
|
[ ] in each year |
125
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(iii)
|
|
Fixed Coupon Amount[(s)]:
|
|
[ ] [per Note of
[ ] Specified Denomination] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(iv)
|
|
Broken Amount(s):
|
|
[Insert particulars of any initial or final broken interest amounts which do not correspond with
the Fixed Coupon Amounts] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(v)
|
|
Day Count Fraction:
|
|
[30/360]/[Actual/Actual (ISMA)] specify other/
[If neither of these options applies, give
details] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(vi)
|
|
Other terms relating to the method of
calculating interest for Fixed Rate Notes:
|
|
[Not Applicable/give details]
[Consider if day count fraction, particular
for euro denominated issues, should be on an
Actual/Actual (ISMA) basis.] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18 |
|
Floating Rate Note Provisions |
|
[Applicable/Not Applicable]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[If not applicable, delete the remaining
sub-paragraphs of this paragraph. Also consider
whether EURO BBA LIBOR or EURIBOR is the
appropriate reference rate] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(i)
|
|
Interest Period(s)/Interest Payment Date(s):
|
|
[ ] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(ii)
|
|
Specified Interest Payment Dates:
|
|
[ ] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(iii)
|
|
Business Day Convention:
|
|
[Floating Rate Convention/Following Business
Day Convention/Modified Following Business Day
Convention/Preceding Business Day Convention/(specify other) and specify whether
[(adjusted)/(unadjusted)] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(iv)
|
|
Additional Business Centre(s):
|
|
[Not Applicable/give details] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(v)
|
|
Manner in which the Rate(s) of Interest
is/are to be determined:
|
|
[Screen Rate Determination/ISDA
Determination/(specify other)] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(v)
|
|
Party responsible for calculating the
Rate(s) of Interest and Interest Amount(s) (if
not the [Fiscal Agent]):
|
|
[ ] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(vii)
|
|
Screen Rate Determination: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Reference Rate:
|
|
[For example, LIBOR, EURIBOR or BBSW] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Interest Determination Date(s):
|
|
[For example, second London business day prior to
the start of each Interest Period of LIBOR other
than sterling or euro LIBOR, first day of each
Interest Period of sterling LIBOR and the second
day on which the TARGET System is open prior to the
start of each Interest Period of EURIBOR or euro
LIBOR.] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Relevant Screen Page:
|
|
[In the case of EURIBOR, if not Telerate Page
248, ensure it is a page which shows a
composite rate or amend the fallback provisions
appropriately] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(viii)
|
|
ISDA Determination: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Floating Rate Option:
|
|
[ ] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Designated Maturity:
|
|
[ ] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Reset Date:
|
|
[ ] |
126
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(ix)
|
|
Margin(s):
|
|
[+/-] [ ] per cent. per annum |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(x)
|
|
Minimum Rate of Interest:
|
|
[ ] per cent. per annum |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(xi)
|
|
Maximum Rate of Interest:
|
|
[ ] per cent. per annum |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(xii)
|
|
Day Count Fraction:
|
|
[ ] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(xiii)
|
|
Fall back provisions, rounding
provisions, denominator and any
other terms relating to the method of
calculating interest on Floating Rate
Notes, if different from those set out
in the Conditions:
|
|
[Not applicable/give details] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19 |
|
Zero Coupon Note Provisions |
|
[Applicable/Not Applicable]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[If not applicable, delete the remaining sub-paragraph
of this paragraph] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(i)
|
|
[Amortisation/Accrual] Yield:
|
|
[ ] per cent. per annum |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(ii)
|
|
Reference Price:
|
|
[ ] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(iii)
|
|
Any other formula/basis of
determining amount payable:
|
|
[Consider whether it is necessary to specify a Day Count
Fraction for the purposes of Condition 15.5] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20 |
|
Index Linked Interest Note Provisions |
|
[Applicable/Not Applicable]
[If not applicable, delete the remaining sub-paragraphs
of this paragraph] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(i)
|
|
Index/Formula:
|
|
[Give or annex details] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(ii)
|
|
Calculation Agent responsible for calculating
the interest due (name and address):
|
|
[ ] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(iii)
|
|
Provisions for determining Coupon where
calculated by reference to Index and/or
Formula:
|
|
[ ] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(iii)
|
|
Provisions for determining Coupon
where calculation by reference to Index and/or
Formula is impossible or impracticable:
|
|
[ ]
[Need to include a description of market
disruption or settlement disruption events and
adjustment provisions] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(iv)
|
|
Interest Period(s)
|
|
[ ] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(v)
|
|
Specified Period(s)/Specified Interest
Payment Dates:
|
|
[ ] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(vi)
|
|
Business Day Convention:
|
|
[Floating Rate Convention/Following Business Day
Convention/Modified Following Business Day
Convention/Preceding Business Day Convention/(specify other)] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(vii)
|
|
Additional Business Centre(s):
|
|
[Not Applicable/give details] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(viii)
|
|
Minimum Rate of Interest:
|
|
[ ] per cent. per annum |
127
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(ix)
|
|
Maximum Rate of Interest:
|
|
[ ] per cent. per annum |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(x)
|
|
Day Count Fraction:
|
|
[ ] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21 |
|
Dual Currency Note Provisions |
|
[Applicable/Not
Applicable]
[If not applicable, delete the remaining
sub-paragraphs of this paragraph] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(i)
|
|
Rate of Exchange/method of
calculating Rate of Exchange:
|
|
[Give details] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(ii)
|
|
Calculation Agent, if any,
responsible for calculating the
principal and/or interest due:
|
|
[ ] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(iii)
|
|
Provisions applicable where
calculation by reference to Rate of
Exchange impossible or
impracticable:
|
|
[ ] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(iv)
|
|
Person at whose option Specified
Currency/Currencies is/are payable:
|
|
[ ] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PROVISIONS RELATING TO REDEMPTION |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22 |
|
Issuer Call Option |
|
[Applicable/Not Applicable]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[If not applicable, delete the remaining sub-paragraphs
of this paragraph] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(i)
|
|
Optional Redemption Date(s):
|
|
[ ] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(ii)
|
|
Optional Redemption Amount(s) and
method, if any, of calculation of such
amount(s):
|
|
[ ] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(iii)
|
|
If redeemable in part: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) Minimum Redemption
Amount:
|
|
[ ] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(b) Maximum Redemption
Amount:
|
|
[ ] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(iv)
|
|
Notice period (if other than as set out
in the Conditions):
|
|
[ ] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
[N.B. If setting notice periods which are different to
those provided in the Conditions, the Issuer is advised to
consider the practicalities of distribution of information
through intermediaries, for example, clearing systems
and custodians, as well as any other notice requirements
which may apply, for example, as between the Issuer and
the Agents] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23 |
|
Investor Put Option |
|
[Applicable/Not Applicable]
[If not applicable, delete the remaining sub-paragraphs
of this paragraph] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(i)
|
|
Optional Redemption Date(s):
|
|
[ ] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(ii)
|
|
Optional Redemption Amount(s)
and method, if any, of calculation of
such amount(s):
|
|
[ ] |
128
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(iii)
|
|
Notice period (if other than as set out
in the Conditions):
|
|
[ ] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[N.B. If setting notice periods which are different to
those provided in the Conditions, the Issuer is advised to
consider the practicalities of distribution of information
through intermediaries, for example, clearing systems
and custodians, as well as any other notice requirements
which may apply, for example, as between the Issuer and
the Agents] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24 |
|
Final Redemption Amount |
|
[[ ] per Note of [ ] specified denomination /(specify
other)/see Appendix] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25 |
|
Early Redemption
Amount
Early Redemption Amount(s) payable on redemption for taxation reasons
or on event of default and/or the method of calculating the same (if
required or if different from that set out in the Conditions) |
|
[ ] [If early
redemption is variable linked (eg index linked) then additional
information needs to be added to this section.] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE NOTES |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
Form of Notes:
|
|
[Bearer Notes/Australian Domestic Notes (in registered
form)/New Zealand Domestic Notes (in registered
form)/[specify other]]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Interests in a Temporary Global Note in bearer form are
exchangeable for interests in a Permanent Global Note in
bearer form; interests in a Permanent Global Note in
bearer form are exchangeable for Definitive Bearer
Notes, each in the limited circumstances specified in the
Permanent Global Note.] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Interests in a Temporary Global Note in bearer form are
exchangeable for Definitive Bearer Notes on or after the
Exchange Date] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
Additional Financial Centre(s) or other
special provisions relating to Payment
Dates:
|
|
[Not Applicable/give details. Note that this item relates
to the place of payment, and not interest period end
dates, to which item 16(iii) relates] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
Talons for future Coupons or Receipts to be
attached to Definitive Notes (and dates on
which such Talons mature):
|
|
[Yes/No. If yes, give details] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
Details relating to Partly Paid Notes:
amount of each payment comprising the
Issue Price and date on which each payment
is to be made and consequences (if any) of
failure to pay, including any right of the
Issuer to forfeit the Notes and interest due
on late payment:
|
|
[Not Applicable/give details] [Attach further provisions
as necessary] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
Details relating to Instalment Notes:
amount of each instalment, date on which
each payment is to be made:
|
|
[Not Applicable/give details] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
Notices:
|
|
[specify any other means of effective communications] |
129
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
Consolidation provisions
|
|
[Not applicable/The provisions [in Condition 27
(Further issues)] [annexed to this Final Terms] apply] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
Governing law:
|
|
[English law/Australian Capital Territory law/New
Zealand law/specify other] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
Redenomination, renominalisation and
reconventioning provisions:
|
|
[Not applicable/The provisions in [Condition 29/annexed
to this Final Terms] apply] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
Other final terms or special conditions:
|
|
[Not Applicable/give details]
[For Zero Coupon Notes with a maturity of less than 365
days, Condition 6 (Negative Pledge) and Condition 22
(Events of Default) should be disapplied.]
[When adding any other final terms consideration
should be given as to whether such terms constitute
significant new factors and consequently trigger the
need for a supplement to the Base Prospectus under
Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DISTRIBUTION |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
(i)
|
|
If syndicated, names [and addresses]
of Managers [and underwriting commitments]:
|
|
[Not Applicable/give names, [addresses
and commitments]]
[Addresses of Managers and details of underwriter only
required if the Notes fall within Annex XII.]
[If Notes fall within Annex XII, include names and
addresses of entities agreeing to underwrite the issue on
a firm commitment basis and names and addresses of the
entities agreeing to place the issue without a firm
commitment or on a best efforts basis if such entities
are not the same as the Managers.] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[(ii)
|
|
Date of [Syndication] Agreement:]
|
|
[ ] [Only required if the Notes fall within Annex XII] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(ii)
|
|
Stabilising Manager (if any):
|
|
[Not Applicable/give name] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
37 |
|
If non-syndicated, name and address of
Dealer: |
|
[Not Applicable/give name and address] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
38 |
|
Additional selling restrictions: |
|
[Not Applicable/give details] |
POST INSURANCE REPORTING
[If Notes fall within Annex XXII, include a statement as to whether the Issuer intends to provide
post issuance information and, where this is the case, specify what will be reported and where it
can be obtained.]
LISTING AND ADMISSION TO TRADING APPLICATION
These Final Terms comprise the final terms required to list and have admitted to trading the
issue of Notes described in this document pursuant to the Prospectus of Telstra Corporation
Limited.
RESPONSIBILITY
130
Telstra Corporation Limited (as Issuer) accepts responsibility for the information contained
in these Final Terms. [Information on underlying assets] has been extracted from [source]. Telstra
Corporation Limited (as Issuer) confirms that such information has been accurately reproduced and
that, so far as it is aware, and is able to ascertain from information published by [ ], no facts
have been omitted which would render the reproduced information inaccurate or misleading.
Signed on behalf of Telstra Corporation Limited (as Issuer):
By: __________________
Duly authorised officer
131
PART B OTHER INFORMATION
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(i)
|
|
Listing:
|
|
[London/other (specify)/None] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(ii)
|
|
Admission to trading:
|
|
[Application has been made for the Notes to be admitted to
trading on [ ] with effect from [ ].] [Not Applicable.] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Where documenting a fungible issue need to indicate that
original securities are already admitted to trading.] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ratings:
|
|
The Notes to be issued have been rated: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[S & P: [ ]] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Moodys: [ ]] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[[Other]: [ ]] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Need to include a brief explanation of the meaning of the
ratings if this has previously been published by the rating
provider and it is not included in the Prospectus.] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[The above disclosure should reflect the rating allocated to
Notes of the type being issued under the Programme
generally or, where the issue has been specifically rated,
that rating.] |
The UK Listing Authority [has been requested to provide/has provided] include first
alternative for an issue which is contemporaneous with the establishment or update of the
Programme and the second alternative for subsequent issues] the [names of competent
authorities of host Member States] with a certificate of approval attesting that the
Prospectus has been drawn up in accordance with the Prospectus Directive.]
|
|
|
4. |
|
INTERESTS OF NATURAL AND LEGAL PERSONS INVOLVED IN THE ISSUE |
[Save for any fees payable to the Dealers, so far as the Issuer is aware, no person
involved in the issue of the Notes has an interest material to the
offer. Amend as
appropriate if there are other interests. This needs to include a description of any
interest, including conflicting ones, that is material to the issue, detailing the persons
involved and the nature of the interest.]
|
|
|
5. |
|
REASONS FOR THE OFFER, ESTIMATED NET PROCEEDS AND TOTAL EXPENSES |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(i)
|
|
[Reasons for the offer
|
|
[ ] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[This section 5 is only required if the
Notes are derivative securities to
which Annex XII of the Prospectus
Directive Regulation applies and
when the reasons for the offer are not
making a profit and/or hedging
certain risks.] |
|
(See Use of Proceeds
wording in the Prospectus if
reasons for offer different from making profit and/or
hedging certain risks will need to include those reasons
here.)] |
132
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(ii)
|
|
[Estimated net proceeds]:
|
|
[ ] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[If proceeds are intended for more than one use will need to
split out and present in order of priority. If proceeds
insufficient to fund all proposed uses state amount and
sources of other funding.] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(iii)
|
|
[Estimated total expenses]:
|
|
[ ]. [Include breakdown of expenses] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Expenses:
|
|
[ ] |
|
|
|
|
|
[If not included through paragraph 5 above,
include a statement as to the total expenses
related to the admission to trading here.] |
|
|
|
|
|
7. |
|
YIELD (Fixed Rate Notes only) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Indication of yield:
|
|
[ ] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Calculated as [include details of method of calculation in
summary form] on the Issue Date.] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As set out above, the yield is calculated at the Issue Date on
the basis of the Issue Price. It is not an indication of future
yield. |
|
|
|
8. |
|
PERFORMANCE OF INDEX/FORMULA, EXPLANATION OF EFFECT ON VALUE OF INVESTMENT AND ASSOCIATED
RISKS AND OTHER INFORMATION CONCERNING THE UNDERLYING (INDEX-LINKED NOTES ONLY) |
[Need to include details of where past and future performance and volatility of the
index/formula can be obtained. Where the underlying is an index need to include the name
of the index and a description if composed by the Issuer and if the index is not composed
by the Issuer need to include details of where the information about the index can be
obtained. Where the underlying is not an index need to include equivalent information.
Need to include information setting out the type of underlying and where information in
relation to the underlying can be obtained, a description of market or settlement
disruption events and adjustment rules.] [This section 7 is only required if the Notes are
derivative securities to which Annex XII of the Prospectus Directive Regulation applies.]
|
|
|
9. |
|
PERFORMANCE OF RATE[S] OF EXCHANGE AND EXPLANATION OF EFFECT ON VALUE OF INVESTMENT (Dual
Currency Notes only) |
[Need to include details of where past and future performance and volatility of the
relevant rates can be obtained.]
[This section 8 is only required if the Notes are derivative securities to which Annex
XII of the Prospectus Directive Regulation applies.]
133
10. |
|
OPERATIONAL INFORMATION |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(i)
|
|
ISIN Code:
|
|
[ ] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(ii)
|
|
Common Code:
|
|
[ ] |
|
|
|
(iii)
|
|
Any clearing system(s) other than
Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V. and
Clearstream Banking, société
anonyme and the relevant
identification number(s):
|
|
[Not Applicable/give name(s) and number(s)] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(iv)
|
|
Austraclear [New Zealand]
identification number:
|
|
[ ] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(v)
|
|
Any clearing system(s) other than
Euroclear, Clearstream,
Luxembourg, Austraclear or
Austraclear New Zealand and the
relevant identification number(s):
|
|
[Not Applicable/give name(s) and number(s)] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(vi)
|
|
Delivery:
|
|
Delivery [against/free of] payment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(vii)
|
|
Additional Payment Agent(s)
names and addresses (if any):
|
|
[ ] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(viii)
|
|
In the case of [Australian/New
Zealand] Domestic Notes: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(ix)
|
|
[Australian/New Zealand]
Registrar:
|
|
[ ] of [address]] |
The Note will be eligible for lodgement into the [Austraclear/Austraclear New Zealand]
System. Distributions of principal and interest with respect to Notes held through the
Austraclear/Austraclear New Zealand] System will be credited to the cash accounts of
members of the Austraclear/Austraclear New Zealand] System in accordance with the
regulations and the operating manual applicable to the Austraclear/Austraclear New Zealand]
System.
Interests in the Notes may be held through Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg indirectly
through institutions which are participants in Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg. In
such circumstances, [Westpac Custodian Nominees Limited/Westpac Nominees -NZ- Limited] (as
nominee of Euroclear) or ANZ Nominees Limited (as nominee of Clearstream, Luxembourg) would
hold the interests in the Notes in the [Austraclear/Austraclear New Zealand] System.
[Austraclear Limited/NZCSD] will be [inscribed/ registered] as the Holder of such Notes and
will therefore be treated by the Issuer and the [Australian/New Zealand] Registrar as the
absolute owner of such Notes.
The Issuer will not be responsible for the operation of the clearing arrangements which is
a matter for the clearing institutions, their participants and the investors.
|
|
|
11. |
|
PUBLIC OFFER TEST COMPLIANT |
|
|
|
|
|
The Notes [are issued/are not issued] in a manner
which the Issuer intends to comply with the
requirements of Section 128F of the Income Tax
Assessment Act 1936 of Australia |
134
General Information
Listing
The admission of the Program to listing on the Official List of the UK Listing Authority and to
trading on the Market is expected to take effect on 23 September 2005. Any Tranche of Notes
intended to be admitted to listing on the Official List of the UK Listing Authority and admitted to
trading on the Market will be so admitted to listing and trading upon submission to the UK Listing
Authority and the Market of the relevant Final Terms and any other information required by the UK
Listing Authority and the London Stock
Exchange, subject to the issue of the relevant Notes. Prior to official listing, dealings will be
permitted by the London Stock Exchange in accordance with its rules. Transactions will normally be
effected for delivery on the third working day after the day of the transaction.
However, Notes may be issued pursuant to the Program which will not be admitted to listing, trading
and/or quotation by the UK Listing Authority or the Market or any other listing authority, stock
exchange and/or quotation system or which will be admitted to listing, trading and/or quotation by
such listing authority, stock exchange and/or quotation system as the Issuer and the relevant
Dealer(s) may agree.
Authorisations
The establishment of the Program was authorised as part of the borrowing Program approved on 19
October 2001. The Issuer has obtained or will obtain from time to time all necessary consents,
approvals and authorisations in connection with the issue and performance of the Notes.
Clearing of the Notes
The Notes (other than Australian Domestic Notes and New Zealand Domestic Notes) have been accepted
for clearance through Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg. The appropriate common code and the
International Securities Identification Number in relation to the Notes of each Series will be
specified in the Final Terms relating thereto. The relevant Final Terms shall specify any other
clearing system as shall have accepted the relevant Notes for clearance together with any further
appropriate information.
US selling restrictions
Notes (other than Temporary Global Notes, Australian Domestic Notes and New Zealand Domestic Notes)
and any Coupon appertaining thereto will bear a legend substantially to the following effect: Any
United States person who holds this obligation will be subject to limitations under the United
States income tax laws, including the limitations provided in Sections 165(j) and 1287(a) of the
Internal Revenue Code. The sections referred to in such legend provide that a United States person
who holds a bearer Note or Coupon will generally not be allowed to deduct any loss realised on the
sale, exchange or redemption of such bearer Note or Coupon and any gain (which might otherwise be
characterised as capital gain) recognised on such sale, exchange or redemption will be treated as
ordinary income.
Settlement arrangements
Settlement arrangements will be agreed between the Issuer, the relevant Dealer(s) and the Fiscal
Agent (if relevant) in relation to each Tranche of Notes.
Legal proceedings
There are no governmental, legal or arbitration proceedings involving the Issuer or any of its
subsidiaries (and, so far as the Issuer is aware, no such proceedings are pending or threatened)
that have or may have or have had during the twelve months prior to the date of this document, a
significant effect on the financial position or profitability of the Issuer and its subsidiaries
taken as a whole.
Financial information and accounts
Since 30 June 2005, the last day of the financial period for which the most recent audited
financial statements of the Issuer have been prepared, there has been no significant change in the
financial or trading position and no material adverse change in the financial position or prospects
of the Issuer and its subsidiaries taken as a whole.
135
Independent public auditors have audited the Issuers financial statements for the four fiscal
years ended 30 June 2005 and unqualified opinions have been received. While the auditor for
Australian financial reporting purposes was the Australian National Audit Office for the four year
period ending on 30 June 2005, the auditor for filings outside Australia has been Ernst & Young for
the fiscal years ended 30 June 2005, 30 June 2004, 30 June 2003, 30 June 2002 and 30 June 2001. No
financial information in this Prospectus other than the financial statements incorporated by
reference (see paragraph (a) and (b) of the
section headed Documents Incorporated by Reference above) has been audited. Where in this
Prospectus it indicates that the Issuers financial statements have been audited, these statements
will have been audited according to Australian auditing requirements. Australian auditing
requirements have no significant departures from International Standards on Auditing. Unless
stated otherwise, the financial statements have been prepared by the auditor at the request of the
Issuer and the auditor has authorised the inclusion of those financial statements in this
Prospectus in the form they are presented.
Material Change
There has been no material adverse change in the prospects of the Issuer since 30 June 2005, being
the date of the latest published audited financial statements of the Issuer. In addition, there
have been no recent events particular to the Issuer which are to a material extent relevant to the
evaluation of the Issuers solvency.
Program documents
For as long as the Program remains in effect or any Notes are outstanding, copies of the following
documents may be inspected during normal business hours at the specified office of the Fiscal
Agent, the Paying Agent, the Australian Registrar, the New Zealand Registrar and from the principal
office of the Issuer, namely:
(a) |
|
the constitution of the Issuer; |
|
(b) |
|
the current Prospectus and any supplementary Prospectus in relation to the Program, together
with any amendments; |
|
(c) |
|
any reports, letters or other documents referred to in this
Prospectus; |
|
(d) |
|
the Deed of Covenant; |
|
(e) |
|
the Euro Fiscal Agency
Agreement; |
|
(f) |
|
the Dealer Agreement; |
|
(g) |
|
the Australian Registry
Services Agreement; |
|
(h) |
|
the New Zealand Registry Services Agreement; |
|
(i) |
|
the Australian Note Deed Poll; |
|
(j) |
|
the New Zealand Note Deed Poll; |
|
(k) |
|
the most recent accounts and consolidated accounts of the Issuer beginning with the accounts
for the years ended 30 June 2002, 30 June 2003, 30 June 2004 and 30 June 2005 together with any
unaudited interim consolidated accounts of the Issuer beginning with the 31 December 2002
consolidated accounts; |
|
(l) |
|
any Final Terms relating to Notes which are admitted to listing, trading and/or quotation by
any listing authority, stock exchange and/or quotation system. (In the case of any Notes which are
not admitted to listing, trading and/or quotation by any listing authority, stock exchange and/or
quotation system, copies of the relevant Final Terms will only be available for inspection by a
Noteholder (including, for this purpose, any person holding an interest in a Global Note) in
respect of such Note); and |
|
(m) |
|
any documents incorporated into this Prospectus by reference (see Documents Incorporated by
Reference above). |
136
Transparency Directive
EU Directive 2004/109/EC (Transparency Directive) was passed on 15 December 2004 and came into
force on 20 January 2005. The Transparency Directive must be implemented by Member States of the
European Union by 20 January 2007. If the implementation imposes obligations on the Issuer that
are unduly burdensome, the Issuer may decide to de-list the Notes from the Official List of the UK
Listing Authority and from trading on the Market and may procure admission to listing, trading
and/or quotation on such other exchange located outside the European Union.
In the event of a de-listing for this reason, the Issuer will notify the Market and the UK Listing
Authority and notice of the de-listing will be published in accordance with Condition 28 as is
agreed between it, the Arranger and relevant Dealers.
137
|
|
|
PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER |
|
Telstra Corporation Limited |
242 Exhibition Street |
Melbourne Victoria 3000 |
Australia |
Tel: +61 (0) 3 9634 4000 |
|
REGISTERED OFFICE OF THE ISSUER |
|
Level 41 |
242 Exhibition Street |
Melbourne Victoria 3000 |
Australia |
Tel: +61 (0) 3 9634 4000 |
|
ARRANGER |
|
J.P. Morgan Securities Ltd. |
125 London Wall |
London EC2Y 5AJ |
United Kingdom |
|
AUDITORS OF THE ISSUER |
|
Ernst & Young |
120 Collins Street |
Melbourne Victoria 3000 |
Australia |
|
FISCAL AGENT AND PAYING AGENT |
|
Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch |
Winchester House |
1 Great Winchester Street |
London EC2N 2DB |
United Kingdom |
|
PAYING AGENT |
Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A. |
2 Boulevard Konrad Adenauer |
L-1115 Luxembourg |
|
AUSTRALIAN REGISTRAR |
|
Austraclear Services Limited |
30 Grosvenor Street |
Sydney NSW 2000 |
Australia |
|
NEW ZEALAND REGISTRAR |
|
Computershare Investor Services Limited |
Level 2 |
JD Edwards Building |
159 Hurstmere Road |
Takapuna |
Auckland 1020 |
New Zealand |
138
|
|
|
LEGAL ADVISERS |
|
to the Issuer as |
to Australian and English law |
|
Mallesons Stephen Jaques |
Level 50 |
Bourke Place |
600 Bourke Street |
Melbourne Victoria 3000 |
Australia |
|
Mallesons Stephen Jaques |
6th Floor |
Alder Castle |
10 Noble Street |
London EC2V 7JX |
United Kingdom |
|
|
|
to the Arranger
as to English law
|
|
to the Issuer
as to New Zealand law |
|
|
|
Clifford Chance
10 Upper Bank Street
London E14 5JJ
United Kingdom
|
|
Bell Gully
Vero Centre
48 Shortland Street
Auckland
New Zealand |
139
MEDIA RELEASE
26 September, 2005
Focus
& grow strategy for
TelstraClear
TelstraClears strategic review has resulted in a plan for growth through the delivery of
differentiated services and investment in high-value voice and data services.
The review will see TelstraClear focus on providing profitable services in areas where it has
network and look to future growth through broadband, IP, ICT and mobility. Outside its network
areas the company will repackage resold consumer services so they are profitable.
TelstraClear Chief Executive Allan Freeth launched the review when he took over as CEO in May
with a focus on the companys two biggest issues how to deliver the services customers want
and grow shareholder value.
The review found TelstraClear is a company of committed, talented people delivering the best
services in some markets. But it has also shown some areas of business are unprofitable and our
people are frustrated that they cannot deliver services to the standard our customers deserve,
says Dr Freeth.
The company will maintain its strong emphasis on serving customers via its leading Internet
Protocol network, which reaches the major CBDs and 16 regional centres.
We will continue to drive growth in Government, corporate and business markets where we have
won over 35% market share and attracted large customers such as Inland Revenue, Tower and BP by
offering flexible, cost effective and scalable solutions.
We will also compete vigorously in Wellington and Christchurch where we have the best
residential networks in New Zealand. We have achieved 38% customer penetration in Wellington
and 42% in Christchurch and we intend to build on this strong customer base.
Dr Freeth says TelstraClear will use targeted true wholesale services, when they become
available.
TelstraClear will focus on profitability and service. We will not offer resale services just
to prove we are in the market, but will seek services with a fair margin that allow us to
control service quality, he says.
Until there are significant changes to the wholesale regime TelstraClear will not provide a
choice in some markets. Thats been a tough decision to make, but we are not a social service
and nor will we allow ourselves to be used, in an attempt to show that there is true
competition in the New Zealand market place.
Lets be honest, competition is not alive and well in the New Zealand telecommunications
industry and it is at best naive and at worst dishonest to claim otherwise.
Our decision, made reluctantly, is in the long term interests of customers and TelstraClear.
Dr Freeth says the review also resulted in some changes to TelstraClears organisational
structure, which will take effect over coming months.
Our new structure provides profit and cost centre accountability across the company. Its
designed to provide a clear line of sight to the customer so we can improve the way we
deliver.
Changes in reporting lines and position descriptions are being discussed with staff and it is
too early to determine how many jobs will be dis-established and how many will be lost by
attrition.
As part of the restructure TelstraClear will also focus on internal system improvements, such
as billing system integration, which will improve customer service and improve efficiency.
Dr Freeth says the outcomes of the strategy review have been approved by the TelstraClear
board, which has reaffirmed its commitment to New Zealand.
ENDS
For Further information
Ralph Little
Corporate Communications Manager
TelstraClear Ltd
Direct
dial + 64 (09) 912 4134
Mobile
+ 64
(029) 912 4134
TelstraClear Limited
TelstraClear is New Zealands second largest full service communications company, providing
innovative market leading products, services and customer focus to the business, government,
wholesale and residential sectors.
TelstraClear offers real choice in the local and national market and seamless services to
trans-Tasman customers and the rest of the world.
|
|
|
Media Release
|
|
![(TELSTRA LOGO)](y13489y1348900.gif) |
Telstra left carrying the CAN: June Quarter Service Report
Telstra today released service results for the June quarter showing customer service outcomes
for connections and repair times across Australia.
Telstras Head of Network Services, Mr Michael Lawrey, said the very good results showed Telstras
strong and ongoing commitment to meeting more than 90 per cent of service requests within regulated
timeframes.
Telstra is placing intense focus on our systems and processes, the technologies we use and the way
we work, Mr Lawrey said.
These initiatives are aligned to a genuine commitment among everyone in Telstra to provide our
customers with improved service levels.
However, more needs to be done across the industry to protect the long-term sustainability of the
network. This is a growing problem where Telstra competitors continue to be encouraged to simply
resell Telstras network rather than contribute in any real sense to maintenance or investment in
new services such as broadband.
Australias regulatory regime forces Telstra to provide basic telephony services to all customers
in all geographic locations but encourages our competitors to cherry pick the most profitable and
easily serviced markets, without putting a fair share back into the network from which they draw
their profits.
Telstra wants to continue to provide improved service to all customers but competitors
contribution to network investment is below todays cost and Telstra is left to carry the can. This
simply cannot go on indefinitely.
These results make it clear Telstra does not walk away from our service commitments to Australians
and we will continue to work at improving our performance. However, every customer and shareholder
should be aware that what is urgently needed is for the policy makers, regulators and the industry
to work together to find new and equitable ways to ensure the national telecommunications network
is maintained and capable of meeting the future needs of all Australians.
A copy of the June Quality of Service report is available at:
http://www.telstra.com.au/servicereports/index.htm
Telstra Media Contact: Warwick Ponder: 0409 369 711, 02 9298 4619
Telstras National Media Inquiry line is 131639 and the Telstra Corporation Communications Centre
is
located at www.telstra.com.au/abouttelstra/media
Telstra Corporation Limited
ABN 33 051 775 556
|
|
|
Media Release
|
|
![(TELSTRA LOGO)](y13489y1348900.gif) |
HR appointment to accelerate cultural change
Telstra today announced the appointment of Ms Andrea Grant as Group Managing Director, Human
Resources, reporting to the Chief Executive Officer.
Ms Grant will be responsible for developing the capability of Telstras people to meet the
companys objectives of growing the business, competing, and providing the best possible service to
our customers, Chief Executive Officer, Mr Sol Trujillo, said today.
Ms Grant joins Telstra from GM Holden where she was Executive Director, Human Resources; a position
she held since 2001. She also served as GM Holdens first female board member.
In the course of our strategic review the new management team has been pleased with the
considerable talent here at Telstra. Ms Grant will help us to best harness this talent and build
our capabilities to support our commercial objectives, Mr Trujillo said.
Ms Grant will develop performance measurement programs, succession planning and other human
capital and organisational development programs to advance the new vision for the company.
Ms Grant will also help drive cultural change to ensure that our focus is fully on our customers
and on our strategies going forward, Mr Trujillo said.
In 2003, Ms Grant received the Australian HR Awards award for Best HR Director in Australia.
Recently she was awarded the EOWA Business Achievement Award for Diversity Leader for the
Advancement of Women.
Before joining GM Holden, Ms Grant was Human Resources Director of Merck,
Sharp & Dohme (New Zealand) Limited.
I
am delighted to welcome Ms Grant to Telstra, and I look forward to the significant role she will
make in our company, Mr Trujillo said.
Telstra
Media Contact Kerrina Lawrence 03 9632 5611, 0419 352 313
Telstras National Media Inquiry line is 131639 and the Telstra Corporation Communications Centre
is
located at www.telstra.com.au/abouttelstra/media
Telstra Corporation Limited
ABN 33 051 775 556
Biographical Notes Ms Andrea Grant
Andrea began her career in human resources in 1984 with Drake International in Johannesburg,
South Africa, as a recruitment consultant. She transferred to Australia with Drake in 1986 and
worked in both Canberra and Sydney. Following an appointment into Human Resources at MLC Life Ltd
in 1988 she developed her career working in all aspects of HR. After a move to Melbourne in 1990
she began to specialise in organisational development and change management. This included the
roles of HR Consultant and Training and Education Manager for the Customer Services Division of
Colonial Mutual Life-Australia.
In 1993 Andrea returned to New Zealand to take up the position of Human Resources Manager with
Merck Sharp & Dohme (New Zealand) Ltd a subsidiary of the pharmaceutical multinational Merck &
Co. Within two years Andrea was promoted to Director status, and led a successful organisational
transformation program.
In 2000, Merck Sharpe & Dohme received the NZ Governments Best Employer New Zealand award for
its Work and Life initiatives.
Andrea holds a Bachelor of Education Degree, a Post Graduate Diploma in Teaching, and an Affilliate
Diploma from the Australian/NZ Insurance and Finance Institute. In addition she is a graduate of
the London Business Schools Advanced Development Programme
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant
has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto
duly authorized.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TELSTRA CORPORATION LIMITED |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
![-s- Douglas Gration](y13489y1348901.gif) /s/ Douglas Gration |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
Douglas Gration |
|
|
|
|
Title: Company Secretary |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date: 7 October 2005 |
|
|